METTLER TOLEDO INTERNATIONAL INC/
S-3, 1998-05-06
MISC INDUSTRIAL & COMMERCIAL MACHINERY & EQUIPMENT
Previous: METTLER TOLEDO INTERNATIONAL INC/, 10-Q, 1998-05-06
Next: ONTRO INC, 8-A12G, 1998-05-06





   As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on May 6, 1998
                                                      Registration No. 333-
================================================================================
                     SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                           WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

                           ----------------------
                                  FORM S-3
                           REGISTRATION STATEMENT

                                   UNDER

                         THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

                           ----------------------
                     METTLER-TOLEDO INTERNATIONAL INC.
           (EXACT NAME OF REGISTRANT AS SPECIFIED IN ITS CHARTER)

       DELAWARE                     3596                     13-3668641
    (STATE OR OTHER     (PRIMARY STANDARD INDUSTRIAL      (I.R.S. EMPLOYER
    JURISDICTION OF     CLASSIFICATION CODE NUMBER)    IDENTIFICATION NUMBER)
   INCORPORATION OR
     ORGANIZATION)

            IM LANGACHER                          WILLIAM P. DONNELLY
           P.O. BOX MT-100                 METTLER-TOLEDO INTERNATIONAL INC.
   CH 8606 GREIFENSEE, SWITZERLAND                 PARK AVENUE TOWER
          011-41-944-22-11                  65 EAST 55TH STREET, 27TH FLOOR
  (ADDRESS, INCLUDING ZIP CODE, AND                NEW YORK, NY 10022
  TELEPHONE NUMBER, INCLUDING AREA CODE,             (212) 644-5900
   OF REGISTRANT'S PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE     (NAME, ADDRESS, INCLUDING ZIP CODE,
              OFFICES)                       AND TELEPHONE NUMBER, INCLUDING
                                             AREA CODE, OF AGENT FOR SERVICE)

                           ----------------------
                                 Copies to:

       TIMOTHY E. PETERSON, ESQ.                  JAMES C. SCOVILLE, ESQ.
FRIED, FRANK, HARRIS, SHRIVER & JACOBSON           DEBEVOISE & PLIMPTON
         4 CHISWELL STREET                           875 THIRD AVENUE
     LONDON, EC1Y 4UP, ENGLAND                  NEW YORK, NEW YORK 10022
       (011-44-171) 972-9600                          (212) 909-6000

                           ----------------------

     APPROXIMATE  DATE OF COMMENCEMENT OF PROPOSED SALE TO PUBLIC:  As soon
as practicable after the effective date of this Registration Statement.

     If any of the  securities  being  registered  on this  Form  are to be
offered on a delayed or  continuous  basis  pursuant  to Rule 415 under the
Securities Act of 1933, check the following box. |_|

     If  this  Form is  filed  to  register  additional  securities  for an
offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the
following box and list the Securities Act registration  statement number of
the earlier  effective  registration  statement for the same offering.  |_|
______________________

     If this Form is a  post-effective  amendment  filed  pursuant  to Rule
462(c)  under the  Securities  Act,  check the  following  box and list the
Securities  Act  registration  statement  number of the  earlier  effective
registration statement for the same offering. |_| ______________________

     If delivery of the  Prospectus is expected to be made pursuant to Rule
434, please check the following box. |X|
<TABLE>

                      CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE
<CAPTION>

====================================================================================
                                          PROPOSED         PROPOSED
TITLE OF SECURITIES   AMOUNT TO BE    MAXIMUM OFFERING      MAXIMUM       AMOUNT OF
  TO BE REGISTERED    REGISTERED(1)  PRICE PER SHARE(2)    AGGREGATE    REGISTRATION
                                                           OFFERING        FEE(2)
                                                          PRICE(1)(2)
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                  <C>             <C>                 <C>              <C>
Common Stock $.01
par value..........  16,962,500      $19.78               $335,518,250     $98,978
=====================================================================================

(1)  Includes  shares  of Common  Stock  that may be sold  pursuant  to the
     Underwriters' over-allotment option.
(2)  Estimated  solely for the purpose of calculating the  registration fee
     pursuant to Rule 457(c),  using the average of the high and low prices
     reported on the New York Stock Exchange on May 4, 1998.
                               ----------------------
</TABLE>

     THE REGISTRANT HEREBY AMENDS THIS REGISTRATION  STATEMENT ON SUCH DATE
OR  DATES AS MAY BE  NECESSARY  TO  DELAY  ITS  EFFECTIVE  DATE  UNTIL  THE
REGISTRANT SHALL FILE A FURTHER  AMENDMENT WHICH  SPECIFICALLY  STATES THAT
THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT SHALL THEREAFTER BECOME EFFECTIVE IN ACCORDANCE
WITH SECTION 8(A) OF THE SECURITIES  ACT OF 1933 OR UNTIL THE  REGISTRATION
STATEMENT  SHALL BECOME  EFFECTIVE ON SUCH DATE AS THE  COMMISSION,  ACTING
PURSUANT TO SAID SECTION 8(A), MAY DETERMINE.

[RED  HERRING] 
Information  contained  herein is subject to  completion  or  amendment.  A
registration statement relating to these securities has been filed with the
Securities and Exchange  Commission.  These  securities may not be sold nor
may offers  to buy be accepted prior to the time the registration statement
becomes effective. This Prospectus shall not constitute an offer to sell or
the  solicitation  of an offer to buy nor shall  there be any sale of these
securities in any State in which such offer,  solicitation or sale would be
unlawful prior to the  registration or  qualification  under the securities
laws of any such State.


================================================================================

                              EXPLANATORY NOTE

     This registration  statement contains two forms of Prospectus:  one to
be used in  connection  with a United  States and Canadian  offering of the
registrant's  Common  Stock (the "U.S.  Prospectus")  and one to be used in
connection  with a  concurrent  international  offering of the Common Stock
(the "International Prospectus", and together with the U.S. Prospectus, the
"Prospectuses"). The International Prospectus will be identical to the U.S.
Prospectus  except  that  it  will  have  a  different  front  cover  page,
underwriting  section and back cover page. The U.S.  Prospectus is included
herein  and  is  followed  by  the  alternate  pages  to  be  used  in  the
International  Prospectus.  The front cover page,  underwriting section and
back cover page for the International  Prospectus  included herein have all
been labeled "Alternate Page for International Prospectus."



                           SUBJECT TO COMPLETION
                  PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS DATED MAY 6, 1998

PROSPECTUS                                                     [LOGO]

                              14,750,000 SHARES
                     METTLER-TOLEDO INTERNATIONAL INC.

                                COMMON STOCK

                               --------------

     All of  the  14,750,000  shares  of  Common  Stock  of  Mettler-Toledo
International Inc.  ("Mettler-Toledo"  or the "Company") offered hereby are
being sold by certain  shareholders  (the  "Selling  Shareholders")  of the
Company.  See  "Principal  and  Selling  Shareholders."  The Company is not
selling shares of Common Stock in this Offering and will not receive any of
the proceeds from the sale of Common Stock offered hereby.

     Of the 14,750,000  shares of Common Stock offered  hereby,  11,800,000
shares are being offered for sale initially in the United States and Canada
by the U.S.  Underwriters  and 2,950,000  shares are being offered for sale
initially in a concurrent  offering outside the United States and Canada by
the  International  Managers.  The initial  public  offering  price and the
underwriting  discount per share will be identical for both Offerings.  See
"Underwriting."

     The Common  Stock is listed on the New York Stock  Exchange  under the
symbol  "MTD." On May 5, 1998,  the last sale price of the Common  Stock as
reported on the New York Stock Exchange was $20 per share. See "Price Range
of Common Stock."

     SEE "RISK  FACTORS"  BEGINNING ON PAGE 11 FOR A DISCUSSION  OF CERTAIN
FACTORS THAT SHOULD BE CONSIDERED BY  PROSPECTIVE  PURCHASERS OF THE COMMON
STOCK OFFERED HEREBY.

                               --------------
  THESE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED BY THE SECURITIES
    AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION, NOR HAS
       THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES
          COMMISSION PASSED UPON THE ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY OF THIS
                   PROSPECTUS. ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE
                      CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.
============================================================================
                     PRICE TO      UNDERWRITING         PROCEEDS TO
                      PUBLIC        DISCOUNT(1)    SELLING SHAREHOLDERS(2)
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Per Share........  $               $                  $
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total(3).........  $               $                  $
============================================================================

(1)  The Company and the Selling  Shareholders have agreed to indemnify the
     several Underwriters  against certain  liabilities,  including certain
     liabilities  under  the  Securities  Act  of  1933,  as  amended.  See
     "Underwriting."
(2)  The  Company  has  agreed  to pay  certain  expenses  of  the  Selling
     Shareholders estimated at $________.
(3)  The Selling  Stockholders have granted the International  Managers and
     the U.S.  Underwriters options to purchase up to an additional 442,500
     shares and  1,770,000  shares of Common Stock,  respectively,  in each
     case exercisable within 30 days after the date hereof, solely to cover
     over-allotments,  if any. If such options are  exercised in full,  the
     total Price to Public,  Underwriting  Discount and Proceeds to Selling
     Shareholders will be $______, $ ______ and $______,  respectively. See
     "Underwriting."

                               --------------

     The shares of Common  Stock are offered by the  several  Underwriters,
subject to prior  sale,  when,  as and if issued to and  accepted  by them,
subject  to  approval  of  certain   legal   matters  by  counsel  for  the
Underwriters and certain other  conditions.  The  Underwriters  reserve the
right to  withdraw,  cancel or modify  such  offer and to reject  orders in
whole or in part.  It is  expected  that  delivery  of the shares of Common
Stock will be made in New York, New York on or about         , 1998.

                               --------------
MERRILL LYNCH & CO.
                 BT ALEX. BROWN

                             CREDIT SUISSE FIRST BOSTON
                                                GOLDMAN, SACHS & CO.
                                                SALOMON SMITH BARNEY

                               --------------

                 The date of this Prospectus is      , 1998.


                   [PICTURES OF PRODUCTS WITH CAPTIONS:]



















     This Prospectus contains forward-looking statements.  These statements
are  subject to a number of risks and  uncertainties,  certain of which are
beyond the Company's control. See "Risk Factors-Forward-Looking  Statements
and  Associated  Risks"  and  "Management's   Discussion  and  Analysis  of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations."

     Certain  persons   participating   in  the  Offerings  may  engage  in
transactions that stabilize,  maintain or otherwise affect the price of the
Common Stock.  Such transactions may include  stabilizing,  the purchase of
Common Stock to cover  syndicate  short  positions  and the  imposition  of
penalty bids. For a description of these activities, see "Underwriting."

     Mettler-Toledo    (Registered),     Mettler    (Registered),    Ingold
(Registered),    Garvens   (Registered),   Ohaus   (Registered),    DigiTol
(Registered)  and Safeline  (Registered)  are registered  trademarks of the
Company  and   MonoBloc   (Trademark),   Spider   (Trademark),   Mentor  SC
(Trademark),   MultiRange  (Trademark),  TRUCKMATE  (Trademark),  Signature
(Trademark) and Powerphase (Trademark) are trademarks of the Company.



                             PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

     The  following  summary is qualified in its entirety by, and should be
read in  conjunction  with,  the more  detailed  information  and financial
statements,  including  the  related  notes,  appearing  elsewhere  in this
Prospectus.  Unless otherwise indicated,  industry data contained herein is
derived from publicly available industry trade journals, government reports
and  other  publicly   available   sources,   which  the  Company  has  not
independently  verified but which the Company believes to be reliable,  and
where such sources are not  available,  from Company  estimates,  which the
Company  believes  to be  reasonable,  but which  cannot  be  independently
verified.  As used in this Prospectus,  "$" refers to U.S.  dollars,  "SFr"
refers to Swiss francs,  "(pound)" refers to British  pounds  sterling and
"CDN"  refers to Canadian  dollars.  Unless  otherwise  stated or where the
context  otherwise  requires,  (i)  references  herein to the  "Company" or
"Mettler-Toledo" refer to Mettler-Toledo  International Inc. and its direct
and  indirect  subsidiaries  and (ii) all  information  herein  assumes  no
exercise of the Underwriters' over-allotment options.

                                THE COMPANY

GENERAL

     Mettler-Toledo is a leading global supplier of precision  instruments.
The Company is the world's  largest  manufacturer  and marketer of weighing
instruments   for  use  in   laboratory,   industrial  and  food  retailing
applications.  In addition,  the Company  holds one of the top three market
positions in several  related  analytical  instruments  such as  titrators,
thermal analysis systems, pH meters, automatic lab reactors and electrodes.
Through  its  1997  acquisition  (the "Safeline  Acquisition")  of Safeline
Limited ("Safeline"),  the Company is also the world's largest manufacturer
and  marketer of metal  detection  systems for  companies  that produce and
package goods in the food processing, pharmaceutical,  cosmetics, chemicals
and other industries.  The Company focuses on high value-added  segments of
its markets by  providing  innovative  instruments,  by  integrating  these
instruments  into  application-specific  solutions  for  customers,  and by
facilitating  the  processing of data gathered by its  instruments  and the
transfer  of  this  data  to  customers'  management  information  systems.
Mettler-Toledo services a worldwide customer base through its own sales and
service organization and has a global manufacturing presence in Europe, the
United  States and Asia.  The  Company  generated  1997 net sales of $878.4
million  which were derived 45% in Europe,  42% in North and South  America
and 13% in Asia and other markets.

     The Company  believes that in 1997 the global market for the Company's
products and services was approximately $6.0 billion.  Weighing instruments
are among the most broadly used  measuring  devices,  and their results are
often used as the basis of commercial transactions.  Analytical instruments
are critical to the research and development and quality control efforts of
end-users,  while metal  detection  systems provide  important  quality and
safety checks in production and packaging.  The Company's products are used
in  laboratories  as an  integral  part of  research  and  quality  control
processes,  in industry for various manufacturing processes such as quality
control, materials preparation,  filling, counting and dimensioning, and in
food retailing for preparation, portioning and inventory control. Customers
include  pharmaceutical,  biotechnology,  chemicals,  cosmetics,  food  and
beverage, metals, electronics, logistics, transportation and food retailing
businesses,  as well as  schools,  universities  and  government  standards
laboratories.

MARKET LEADERSHIP

     The Company  believes that it maintains a leading  position in each of
its markets. In the weighing instruments market, Mettler-Toledo is the only
company to offer  products for  laboratory,  industrial  and food retailing
applications throughout the world and believes that it holds a market share
more  than two  times  greater  than that of its  nearest  competitor.  The
Company believes that in 1997 it had an approximate 40% market share of the
global market for laboratory  balances,  including the largest market share
in each of Europe,  the United States and Asia (excluding  Japan),  and the
number two position in Japan. In the industrial and food retailing  market,
the Company  believes it has the largest  market share in Europe and in the
United  States.  In Asia, the Company has a  substantial,  rapidly  growing
industrial  and  food  retailing  business  supported  by  its  established
manufacturing  presence  in China.  The  Company  also holds one of the top
three global market  positions in several  analytical  instruments  such as
titrators,  thermal analysis systems,  electrodes,  pH meters and automatic
lab  reactors.  The Company  recently  enhanced  its leading  positions  in
precision  instruments  through the addition of Safeline's  market  leading
metal  detection  products,  which  can be used  in  conjunction  with  the
Company's checkweighing instruments for important quality and safety checks
in the food  processing,  pharmaceutical,  cosmetics,  chemicals  and other
industries.  Mettler-Toledo  attributes  its  worldwide  market  leadership
positions to the following competitive strengths:

     Global  Brand  and  Reputation.   The  Mettler-Toledo  brand  name  is
identified worldwide with accuracy,  reliability and innovation.  Customers
value these  characteristics  because precision  instruments,  particularly
weighing  and  analytical  instruments,   significantly  impact  customers'
product   quality,   productivity,   costs   and   regulatory   compliance.
Furthermore,  precision instruments generally constitute a small percentage
of customers'  aggregate  expenditures.  As a result,  the Company believes
customers  tend  to  emphasize  accuracy,  product  reliability,  technical
innovation,   service  quality,  reputation  and  past  experience  with  a
manufacturer's products when making their purchasing decisions for weighing
and other precision instruments and experience high switching costs if they
attempt to change  vendors.  A recent  independent  survey  concluded  that
"Mettler-Toledo"  was one of the three most  recognized  brand names in the
laboratory.  The Company's brand name is so well recognized that laboratory
balances are often  generically  referred to as "Mettlers." The strength of
this  brand  name has  allowed  the  Company  to  successfully  extend  its
laboratory  product line to include  titrators,  thermal analysis  systems,
electrodes, pH meters and automatic lab reactors.

     Technological  Innovation.  Mettler-Toledo  has a long and  successful
track  record  of  innovation,  as  demonstrated  by the  invention  of the
single-pan  analytical  balance in 1945 and the  introduction  of the first
fully electronic precision balance in 1973. The Company has continued to be
at the forefront of technology with recent innovations in both weighing and
related  instrumentation,  including  its new digital load cell,  its ID 20
terminal (the first personal computer  interface to be certified by weights
and measures regulators), its MonoBloc weighing sensor technology, its GOBI
moisture  determination  instrument,  a new automatic lab reactor, the Zero
Metal-Free Zone metal detector and its new PILAR  (Parallel  Infrared Laser
Array)  dimensioning  equipment.  As  with  many  of the  Company's  recent
innovations, the Company's new MonoBloc weighing sensor technology provides
greater accuracy, while also significantly reducing manufacturing costs and
the time and expense of design changes by reducing from  approximately  100
to approximately 50 the number of parts in the sensor. The Company believes
it  is  the  global   leader  in  its  industry  in  providing   innovative
instruments,  in  integrating  its  instruments  into  application-specific
solutions  for  customers,  and in  facilitating  the  processing  of  data
gathered by its  instruments  and the  transfer of this data to  customers'
management information systems.  Mettler-Toledo's  technological innovation
efforts  benefit  from the  Company's  manufacturing  expertise  in  sensor
technology, precision machining and electronics, as well as its strength in
software development.

     Comprehensive, High Quality Product Range. Mettler-Toledo manufactures
a  more  comprehensive  range  of  weighing  instruments  than  any  of its
competitors.  The Company's  broad  product line  addresses a wide range of
weighing  applications  across  and within  many  industries  and  regions.
Furthermore,  the  Company's  analytical  instruments  and metal  detection
systems  complement  its weighing  products,  enabling the Company to offer
integrated  solutions.  The Company manufactures its products in its modern
manufacturing   facilities,   most  of  which   are  ISO  9001   certified.
Mettler-Toledo's  broad range of high  quality  products and the ability to
provide  integrated  solutions allows the Company to leverage its sales and
service organization,  product development activities and manufacturing and
distribution capabilities.

     Global  Sales and  Service.  The Company has the only global sales and
service organization among weighing instruments manufacturers. At March 31,
1998,  this  organization   consisted  of  approximately   3,100  employees
organized into locally-based,  customer-focused  groups that provide prompt
service  and  support  to  the  Company's  customers  and  distributors  in
virtually  all major  markets  around  the  world.  The local  focus of the
Company's  sales and  service  organization  enables the Company to provide
timely, responsive support to customers worldwide and provides feedback for
manufacturing  and product  development.  This global  infrastructure  also
allows the  Company  to  capitalize  on growth  opportunities  in  emerging
markets.

     Largest  Installed Base. The Company  believes that it has the largest
installed base of weighing  instruments  in the world.  From this installed
base, the Company obtains service contracts which provide a strong,  stable
source  of  recurring   service   revenue.   Service  revenue   represented
approximately  16% of net  sales in  1997,  of  which  approximately  9% is
derived  solely  from  service  contracts  and repairs  with the  remainder
derived  from  the sale of  spare  parts.  The  Company  believes  that its
installed base of weighing instruments  represents a competitive  advantage
with  respect to repeat  purchases  and  purchases  of  related  analytical
instruments and metal detection  systems,  because customers tend to remain
with an existing  supplier that can provide accurate and reliable  products
and related services.  In addition,  switching to a new instrument supplier
entails additional costs to the customer for training, spare parts, service
and systems  integration  requirements.  Close  relationships  and frequent
contact  with its broad  customer  base also provide the Company with sales
leads and new product and application ideas.

     Geographical,  Product and  Customer  Diversification.  The  Company's
revenue  base is  diversified  by  geographic  region,  product  range  and
customer.  The  Company's  broad range of product  offerings is utilized in
many   different   industries,    including,   among   others,   chemicals,
pharmaceuticals,  food processing,  food retailing and transportation.  The
Company  supplies  customers  in over 100  countries,  and no one  customer
accounted  for more  than 2.6% of 1997 net  sales.  The  Company's  diverse
revenue base reduces its exposure to regional or industry-specific economic
conditions,  and its presence in many different geographic markets, product
markets  and  industries  enhances  its  attractiveness  as a  supplier  to
multinational customers.

GROWTH STRATEGY

     Prior to its acquisition on October 15, 1996 (the  "Acquisition") in a
transaction   sponsored  by  management   and  AEA  Investors   Inc.  ("AEA
Investors"),  Mettler-Toledo  operated  as  a  division  of  Ciba-Geigy  AG
("Ciba").   In  connection  with  the  Acquisition,   Mettler-Toledo  began
implementing  a strategy to enhance its position as global market leader by
accelerating   new   product   introductions,    capitalizing   on   market
opportunities, focusing on expansion in emerging markets, pursuing selected
acquisitions  and  reengineering  its  operations  in order to  reduce  its
overall  cost  structure.   These   initiatives   have  contributed  to  an
improvement in operating income (gross profit less research and development
and selling,  general and administrative  expenses) before amortization and
non-recurring costs ("Adjusted  Operating Income") from $39.5 million (4.6%
of net  sales)  for 1995 to $81.5  million  (9.3% of net  sales)  for 1997.
Adjusted  Operating Income increased from $12.3 million (6.2% of net sales)
for the three  months  ended March 31, 1997 to $18.7  million  (8.7% of net
sales) for the three months ended March 31, 1998, an increase of 52.6%.

     New Product  Introductions.  The Company intends to continue to invest
in product innovation in order to provide technologically advanced products
to its  customers  for existing and new  applications.  Over the last three
calendar years, the Company invested more than $150 million in research and
development and customer  engineering,  which has resulted in a pipeline of
innovative  and new products,  significant  reductions in product costs and
reduced  time to market for new  products.  Examples  of recent or upcoming
product  introductions  include:  industrial and retail products that apply
open-system   architecture,   a  higher  performance   titrator,  a  higher
performance   modular   thermal   analysis   system,   a  new  density  and
refractometry measurement technology, a fully integrated metal detector and
checkweigher,  and the first  Chinese-designed and manufactured  laboratory
balance.  In  addition,  the Company is also  focused on  innovations  that
reduce  manufacturing  costs.  For example,  the Company is  extending  the
utilization  of  its  high-accuracy,   low-cost  MonoBloc  weighing  sensor
technology  through  much of its  weighing  instrument  product  line.  The
Company  attributes a significant  portion of its recent margin improvement
to its research and development efforts.

     Capitalize on Market Opportunities. Mettler-Toledo believes it is well
positioned to capitalize on potential market opportunities  including:  (i)
the integration of precision  measurement  instruments into data management
software systems to automate processes and/or improve process control; (ii)
the   development  of  integrated   solutions   that  combine   measurement
instruments and related technologies directly into manufacturing processes;
(iii) the  harmonization  of national  weighing  standards among countries,
particularly  in the  European  Union;  and  (iv)  the  standardization  of
manufacturing  and laboratory  practices through programs such as ISO 9001,
Good Laboratory  Practices and Good  Manufacturing  Practices.  The Company
believes that these trends,  together with the Company's brand name, global
presence  and the  pipeline  of  planned  new  products,  will  allow it to
increase its  penetration of developed  markets such as Europe,  the United
States and Japan.

     Further  Expansion  in Emerging  Markets.  The Company  believes  that
global  recognition  of the  Mettler-Toledo  brand  name and the  Company's
global sales,  service and manufacturing  capabilities  position it to take
advantage of continued  growth  opportunities  in emerging  markets.  These
growth  opportunities  have been driven by economic  development and global
manufacturers'  utilization of additional and more sophisticated  precision
measurement  instruments  as they shift  production to these  markets.  The
primary focus to date of the Company's  emerging market  expansion has been
in Asia.  In Asia  (excluding  Japan),  the Company is the market leader in
laboratory  weighing  instruments  and has  substantial and rapidly growing
industrial  and  food  retailing  businesses.  The  Company  maintains  two
profitable  operations  in China:  first,  a 60% owned joint  venture which
manufactures and sells industrial and food retailing  products and, second,
a wholly owned  facility  which  manufactures  and  distributes  laboratory
products.  Both of these  operations serve the domestic and export markets.
The Company has opened direct  marketing  organizations  in Taiwan,  Korea,
Hong Kong,  Thailand,  Malaysia and Eastern Europe. The Company's net sales
in Southeast Asia and Korea  collectively  represented  approximately 3% of
the Company's net sales for 1997.  The Company is also  expanding its sales
and service  presence  in Latin  America and other  emerging  markets.  The
Company  believes Asia and other emerging  markets will continue to provide
opportunities  for growth in the long term based upon the  movement  toward
international  quality standards,  the need to upgrade mechanical scales to
electronic versions and the establishment of local production facilities by
the  Company's  multinational  client base.  The Company  believes that its
brand name, its global marketing and manufacturing  infrastructure  and its
already  substantial  sales in  Asia,  Latin  America  and  Eastern  Europe
position it to take advantage of these growth opportunities.

     Pursue Selected  Acquisition  Opportunities.  Mettler-Toledo  plans to
actively pursue  additional  complementary  product lines and  distribution
channels.  In the laboratory  market,  the Company  intends to leverage its
existing   laboratory   distribution  system  through  the  acquisition  of
complementary  product lines and the  development of integrated  laboratory
solutions.  In the industrial and food retailing markets, the Company plans
to pursue the acquisition of related products and  technologies  that allow
for  the  integration  of  weighing  with  other  customer  operations  and
information  systems.  The Company began implementing this strategy through
the May 1997 acquisition of Safeline, which is the world's leading supplier
of metal detection  systems for companies that produce and package goods in
the  food  processing,  pharmaceutical,   cosmetics,  chemicals  and  other
industries.  Safeline's metal detection systems enable the Company to offer
integrated  solutions  for  quality  control and data  management  to these
industries. The Company believes that by taking advantage of its brand name
and global sales and service organization it can expand the distribution of
acquired product lines and operate acquired businesses more effectively.

     Reengineering  and Cost  Reductions.  The Company's recent increase in
profitability has been achieved in part through:  (i) focusing research and
development  efforts on product cost  reductions;  (ii)  achieving  greater
flexibility  in, and a targeted  reduction  of,  the  Company's  workforce,
including a planned  further  reduction  of  approximately  70 personnel in
1998; (iii) consolidating  manufacturing facilities,  including the closure
of the Westerville, Ohio facility; and (iv) moving production to lower-cost
manufacturing  facilities.  The Company  has also  started  implementing  a
number of additional  operational  changes such as the restructuring of its
ordering  process,  product  delivery  and parts  inventory  management  in
Europe, the consolidation of worldwide precision balance manufacturing, the
realignment  of  industrial   product   manufacturing  in  Europe  and  the
consolidation  of the Company's North American  laboratory,  industrial and
food retailing businesses into a single marketing organization. The Company
believes that these new initiatives,  as well as its continuing  efforts to
reduce  product  costs  through  research and  development  and the move of
production to lower-cost manufacturing  facilities,  will place the Company
in a  position  to  build  on  its  recent  improvement  in  profitability.
Furthermore,  the  Company  believes  that  it can  leverage  its  existing
infrastructure, particularly the recent investments made in Asia, to obtain
continued  sales growth without  significant  additions to its overall cost
base.

ACQUISITION AND SAFELINE ACQUISITION

     Acquisition.   On  October  15,   1996,   the  Company   acquired  the
Mettler-Toledo Group from Ciba in a transaction sponsored by management and
AEA Investors.  As of March 31, 1998,  approximately 1,000 of the Company's
employees,  including  executive  officers,  key  management  employees and
Company sponsored pension funds,  owned at least 2,875,000 shares of Common
Stock and held options to purchase  4,408,740  additional  shares of Common
Stock,  collectively  representing  on a fully  diluted  basis an aggregate
ownership  interest of  approximately  18%. See "Management" and "Principal
and Selling Shareholders."

     Safeline  Acquisition.  On May 30, 1997, the Company acquired Safeline
for (pound)61.0 million (approximately $100.0 million at May 30, 1997) plus
up to an additional (pound)6.0 million  (approximately $10.0 million at May
30, 1997) for a contingent  earn-out payment.  In October 1997, the Company
made an additional  payment,  representing  a post-closing  adjustment,  of
(pound)1.9  million  (approximately  $3.1 million at October 3, 1997). Such
amount has been accounted for as additional purchase price. Safeline, based
in Manchester,  U.K., is the world's largest  manufacturer  and marketer of
metal detection systems for companies that produce and package goods in the
food processing, pharmaceutical, cosmetics, chemicals and other industries.
Safeline's  metal  detectors  can  also  be used in  conjunction  with  the
Company's checkweighing products for important quality and safety checks in
these industries.

INITIAL PUBLIC OFFERING AND REFINANCING

     During the fourth quarter of 1997,  the Company  completed its initial
public  offering  of  7,666,667  shares  of  Common  Stock,  including  the
underwriters' over-allotment option (the "IPO"), at a per share price equal
to $14.00. The IPO raised net proceeds,  after underwriters' commission and
expenses,  of approximately  $97.3 million. In connection with the IPO, the
Company  effected a merger by and  between it and its direct  wholly  owned
subsidiary,  Mettler-Toledo  Holding Inc., whereby  Mettler-Toledo  Holding
Inc. was merged with and into the Company  (the  "Merger").  In  connection
with the Merger, all classes of the Company's  previous  outstanding common
stock were  converted  into  30,669,347  shares of a single class of Common
Stock.  Concurrently  with the IPO,  the Company  refinanced  its  existing
credit  facility  by  entering  into a new  credit  facility  (the  "Credit
Agreement"),  borrowings from which,  along with the proceeds from the IPO,
were used to repay  substantially  all of the Company's then existing debt,
including  all  of the 9 3/4%  Senior  Subordinated  Notes  due  2006  (the
"Notes") of the Company's  wholly owned  subsidiary,  Mettler-Toledo,  Inc.
(collectively, the "Refinancing").  In connection with the Refinancing, the
Company  recorded an  extraordinary  charge of $31.6  million,  net of tax,
principally  for  prepayment  premiums  on certain  debt repaid and for the
write-off  of  existing  deferred  financing  fees.  At March 31,  1998 the
Company had  borrowings  of $374.2  million.  Of these  borrowings,  $191.4
million are in the form of a term loan and the  remainder  are  outstanding
under a revolving  credit  facility  and various  other  arrangements.  The
Company's  revolving  credit  facility  commitment  increased  from  $170.0
million to $420.0  million under the Credit  Agreement,  including a $100.0
million acquisition facility commitment.

                               THE OFFERINGS

     The offering of 11,800,000  shares of the Company's  Common Stock, par
value $.01 per share, in the United States and Canada (the "U.S. Offering")
and the offering of 2,950,000 shares of the Common Stock outside the United
States and Canada (the "International  Offering") are collectively referred
to herein as the "Offerings."

Common Stock Offered by the
   Selling Shareholders (1)
      U.S. Offering...............        11,800,000 shares
      International Offering.......        2,950,000 shares
Common Stock Outstanding Before and
   After the Offerings (2)..........      38,336,014 shares
Use of Proceeds....................       All of the Common Stock offered
                                          hereby is being sold by the
                                          Selling Shareholders. The Company
                                          will not receive any proceeds
                                          from the sale of the shares
                                          offered hereby.
New York Stock Exchange Symbol.....       "MTD"

- ------------

(1)  Excludes  2,212,500  shares  which are  subject to the  over-allotment
     options  granted by the Selling  Shareholders  to the  Underwriters in
     connection with the Offerings.
(2)  Excludes  4,408,740  shares  that may be issued  upon the  exercise of
     outstanding  options  granted  pursuant to the Company's  Stock Option
     Plan (the "Stock Plan").

                                RISK FACTORS

     Prospective  purchasers of the Common Stock should carefully  consider
all of the  information  contained  in this  Prospectus  before  making  an
investment  in the Common  Stock.  In  particular,  prospective  purchasers
should  carefully  consider  the  factors  set  forth  herein  under  "Risk
Factors."  These risks  include:  the effect of the  Company's  substantial
indebtedness  on operations and liquidity;  risks  associated with currency
fluctuations;   risks  associated  with  international  operations;   risks
associated with  competition and improvements in technology by competitors;
risks  due  to  significant  sales  to  the  pharmaceutical  and  chemicals
industries;  risks relating to future  acquisitions;  risks associated with
reliance on key management;  risks of liability under  environmental  laws;
potentially adverse effect on stock price due to shares eligible for future
sale;  restrictions  on payment of  dividends;  and  certain  anti-takeover
provisions in the Company's certificate of incorporation.

                       SUMMARY FINANCIAL INFORMATION

     The summary historical  financial  information set forth below for the
years ended  December 31, 1993,  1994 and 1995, for the period from January
1, 1996 to October  14,  1996,  for the period  from  October  15,  1996 to
December 31, 1996 and for the year ended  December 31, 1997 is derived from
the Company's financial statements,  which were audited by KPMG Fides Peat,
independent  auditors.  The financial  information for all periods prior to
October  15,  1996,  the date of the  Acquisition,  is  combined  financial
information of the Mettler-Toledo Group (the "Predecessor  Business").  The
summary  historical  financial  information  at March 31,  1998 and for the
three months  ended March 31, 1997 and 1998 is derived  from the  unaudited
interim  consolidated  financial  statements of the Company,  which, in the
opinion  of  management,  include  all  adjustments  necessary  for a  fair
presentation of the results for the unaudited  periods.  Operating  results
for the three months ended March 31, 1998 are not necessarily indicative of
the results that may be expected for the year ended  December 31, 1998. The
combined  historical data of the Predecessor  Business and the consolidated
historical  data of the Company are not  comparable in many respects due to
the Acquisition and the Safeline Acquisition.  See "Management's Discussion
and  Analysis of Financial  Condition  and Results of  Operations"  and the
Consolidated  Financial  Statements and accompanying notes included herein.
The financial  information  presented below was prepared in accordance with
U.S. generally accepted accounting principles ("U.S. GAAP").

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                           Predecessor Business                         Mettler-Toledo International Inc.
                         -----------------------------------------------------   ---------------------------------------------
                                                                     
                                                          Jan. 1,    Oct. 15,      1996                   Three Months Ended
                          Year Ended December 31,           to         to       Pro forma   Year Ended         March 31,
                         -------------------------        Oct. 14,   Dec. 31,   (a)(b)(c)  December 31,  --------------------
                         1993        1994       1995       1996        1996       (d)(e)      1997        1997          1998
                         ----        ----       ----       ----        ----       ------      ----        ----          ----
                                                   (dollars in thousands, except per share data)

<S>                 <C>           <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>          <C>        <C>          <C>          <C>      
STATEMENT OF 
 OPERATIONS DATA:
Net Sales ......... $    728,958  $ 769,136  $ 850,415  $ 662,221  $ 186,912    $889,567   $ 878,415    $  197,402   $ 215,655
Cost of Sales .....      443,534    461,629    508,089    395,239    136,820(b)  523,783     493,480(d)    114,120     121,048
                    ------------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------    --------   ---------    ----------   ---------
Gross profit ......      285,424    307,507    342,326    266,982     50,092     365,784     384,935        83,282      94,607
Research and
 development ......       46,438     47,994     54,542     40,244      9,805      50,608      47,551        10,832      10,795
Selling,
 general and 
 administrative ...      209,692    224,978    248,327    186,898     59,353     252,085     260,397        60,193      65,112
Amortization ......        2,917      6,437      2,765      2,151      1,065       6,526       6,222         1,157       1,818
Purchased research
 and development ..          --         --         --         --     114,070(c)      --       29,959(e)        --          --

Interest expense ..       15,239     13,307     18,219     13,868      8,738      30,007      35,924         9,446       5,879
Other charges 
 (income), 
 net(f) ...........       14,110     (7,716)    (9,331)    (1,332)    17,137      14,036      10,834         3,754         454
                    ------------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------    --------   ---------    ----------   ---------
Earnings (loss) 
 before taxes,
 minority 
 interest and 
 extraordinary 
 items.............       (2,972)    22,507     27,804     25,153   (160,076)     12,522      (5,952)       (2,100)     10,549
Provision for 
 taxes ............        3,041      8,676      8,782     10,055       (938)      6,956      17,489        (1,087)      3,692
Minority 
 interest .........        1,140        347        768        637        (92)        593         468           109          19
                    ------------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------    --------   ---------    ----------   ---------
Earnings (loss)                                                          
 before                                                            
 extraordinary
 items ............       (7,153)    13,484     18,254     14,461   (159,046)      4,973     (23,909)       (1,122)      6,838
Extraordinary 
 items-debt
 extinguishments ..          --         --         --         --         --                  (41,197)(g)       --           --
                    ------------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------    --------   ---------    ----------   ---------
Net earnings
 (loss) ........... $     (7,153) $  13,484  $  18,254  $  14,461  $(159,046)   $  4,973   $ (65,106)   $   (1,122)  $   6,838
                    ============  =========  =========  =========  =========    ========   =========    ==========   ========= 
Diluted earnings 
 (loss) per common
 share(h):
   Earnings (loss)
    per common
    share before 
    extraordinary
    items .........                                                $   (5.18)             $    (0.76)   $    (0.04)  $    0.17
   Extraordinary 
    items .........                                                      --                    (1.30)          --          --
                                                                   ---------              ----------    ----------   ---------
   Earnings (loss)
    per common 
    share .........                                                 $  (5.18)              $   (2.06)   $    (0.04) $     0.17
                                                                   =========              ==========    ==========  ==========
   Weighted average
    number of common
    shares ...........                                            30,686,065              31,617,071    30,686,065  40,600,109

OTHER DATA:

Local currency net
 sales growth(i) ..                       7%         6%                                3%         11%            4%         14%
Gross profit before
 non-recurring
 costs as a
 percentage of 
 net sales(j) .....         39.2%      40.0%      40.3%      40.3%      44.0%       41.1%       44.1%         42.2%       43.9%
Adjusted Operating
 Income(k) ........ $     29,294  $  34,535  $  39,457  $  39,840  $  17,912    $ 67,875  $   81,541    $   12,257  $   18,700
Adjusted Operating 
 Income as a 
 percentage of 
 net sales(k) .....          4.0%       4.5%       4.6%       6.0%       9.6%        7.6%        9.3%          6.2%       8.7%
Depreciation and
 amortization
 expense .......... $     29,591  $  34,118  $  33,363  $  21,663  $   8,990    $ 34,393  $   31,835    $    6,978  $    7,695
Capital
 expenditures .....       25,122     24,916     25,858     16,649     11,928      29,417      22,251         3,063       7,417

                                                                                                                     March 31,
BALANCE SHEET DATA:                                                                                                    1998
                                                                                                                       
Working capital...................................................................................................  $   77,503
Total assets......................................................................................................     735,138
Long-term debt....................................................................................................     319,207
Other non-current liabilities (l).................................................................................      91,181
Shareholders' equity..............................................................................................      33,926

- ------------------------------
<FN>
(a)  Represents   the  unaudited  pro  forma   consolidated   statement  of
     operations  of  the  Company  for  fiscal  year  1996,   assuming  the
     Acquisition,  the Safeline  Acquisition,  the IPO and the  Refinancing
     occurred on January 1, 1996. The 1996 pro forma data includes  certain
     adjustments  to  historical  results to  reflect:  (i) an  increase in
     interest expense resulting from acquisition-related  borrowings, which
     expense  has been  partially  offset by reduced  borrowings  following
     application  of IPO  proceeds  and a  lower  effective  interest  rate
     following  the  Refinancing,  (ii)  an  increase  in  amortization  of
     goodwill and other intangible assets following the Acquisition and the
     Safeline Acquisition,  and (iii) changes to the provision for taxes to
     reflect the Company's  estimated effective income tax rate at a stated
     level of pro forma earnings before tax for the year ended December 31,
     1996.  Certain other one-time  charges  incurred  during 1996 have not
     been excluded from the unaudited pro forma  consolidated  statement of
     operations  for the year ended  December 31, 1996.  See  "Management's
     Discussion  and  Analysis  of  Financial   Condition  and  Results  of
     Operations -- Results of Operations."

(b)  In connection with the Acquisition,  the Company  allocated $32,194 of
     the  purchase  price  to  revalue  certain  inventories   (principally
     work-in-progress  and  finished  goods) to fair value (net  realizable
     value). Substantially all such inventories were sold during the period
     October 15, 1996 to December 31,  1996.  The charges  associated  with
     this  revaluation have been excluded from the 1996 pro forma financial
     information.

(c)  In conjunction with the Acquisition, the Company allocated, based upon
     independent  valuations,  $114,070 of the purchase  price to purchased
     research and  development  in process.  This amount was recorded as an
     expense immediately  following the Acquisition.  This expense has been
     excluded from the 1996 pro forma financial information.

(d)  In connection  with the  Safeline  Acquisition, the Company  allocated
     $2,054  of  the  purchase   price  to  revalue   certain   inventories
     (principally  work-in-progress  and finished goods) to fair value (net
     realizable value). Substantially all such inventories were sold during
     the  second  quarter  of  1997.  The  charges   associated  with  this
     revaluation  have  been  excluded  from the 1996 pro  forma  financial
     information.

(e)  In conjunction with the Safeline  Acquisition,  the Company allocated,
     based upon  independent  valuations,  $29,959 of the purchase price to
     purchased  research  and  development  in  process.  This  amount  was
     recorded as an expense immediately following the Safeline Acquisition.
     This  expense  has been  excluded  from the 1996 pro  forma  financial
     information.

(f)  Other  charges  (income),  net  generally  includes  interest  income,
     foreign  currency  transactions  (gains)  losses,  (gains) losses from
     sales of assets and other charges (income).  In 1993, the amount shown
     includes costs associated with the closure of a manufacturing facility
     in  Cologne,  Germany,  the  restructuring  of  certain  manufacturing
     operations and an early retirement  program in the United States.  For
     the period  January  1, 1996 to October  14,  1996,  the amount  shown
     includes  employee  severance and other exit costs associated with the
     closing of the Company's  Westerville,  Ohio facility.  For the period
     October 15, 1996 to  December  31,  1996,  the amount  shown  includes
     employee  severance  benefits  associated  with the Company's  general
     headcount  reduction  programs  in Europe  and North  America  and the
     realignment  of the  analytical  and  precision  balance  business  in
     Switzerland.  For the year ended  December 31, 1997,  the amount shown
     includes  a  restructuring  charge  of  $6,300  to  consolidate  three
     facilities in North America.  See Note 14 to the audited  consolidated
     financial statements (the "Audited Consolidated Financial Statements")
     included herein.

(g)  Represents  charges for the write-off of  capitalized  debt  issurance
     fees and  related  expenses  associated  with the  Company's  previous
     credit  facilities as well as the prepayment  premium on the Notes and
     the write-off of the related capitalized debt issuance fees.

(h)  Effective   December  31,  1997,  the  Company  adopted  Statement  of
     Financial  Accounting  Standards No. 128,  "Earnings per Share" ("SFAS
     128").  Accordingly,  basic and diluted loss per common share data for
     each period  presented  have been  determined in  accordance  with the
     provisions of SFAS 128.

(i)  Local  currency net sales growth is adjusted for the exit from certain
     systems  businesses.  Pro forma 1996 local  currency  net sales growth
     assumes that the Safeline Acquisition occurred on January 1, 1995. For
     1997,  local  currency  net sales  increased  7% absent  the  Safeline
     Acquisition. For the  three  months  ended  March  31,  1998,  local
     currency net sales increased 7% absent the Safeline Acquisition.

(j)  Non-recurring   costs   represent   costs   associated   with  selling
     inventories  revalued to fair value in connection with the Acquisition
     and the Safeline Acquisition. See Notes (b) and (d) above.

(k)  Adjusted Operating Income is defined as operating income (gross profit
     less research and development and selling,  general and administrative
     expenses) before amortization and non-recurring  costs.  Non-recurring
     costs  which  have been  excluded  are the costs set forth in Note (j)
     above and for the period from  October 15, 1996 to December  31, 1996,
     and  in  pro  forma   1996,   advisory   fees   associated   with  the
     reorganization  of the Company's  structure of  approximately  $4,800.
     Non-recurring  costs in 1997 includes a charge of $2,500 in connection
     with the termination of the Company's  management  services  agreement
     with AEA Investors.

(l)  Consists  primarily of  obligations  under  various  pension plans and
     plans that provide  post-retirement  medical benefits.  See Note 12 to
     the Audited Consolidated Financial Statements included herein.
</FN>
</TABLE>


                                RISK FACTORS

     In addition to the other  information  contained  in this  Prospectus,
prospective  investors should consider carefully the following risk factors
before purchasing the Common Stock offered hereby. This Prospectus contains
forward-looking  statements.  These  statements  are subject to a number of
risks and uncertainties, certain of which are beyond the Company's control.
See  "-Forward-Looking  Statements and Associated  Risks" and "Management's
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations."

EFFECT OF SUBSTANTIAL INDEBTEDNESS ON OPERATIONS AND LIQUIDITY

     In connection with the Acquisition and the Safeline  Acquisition,  the
Company incurred a significant  amount of indebtedness.  At March 31, 1998,
the Company's consolidated  indebtedness (excluding unused commitments) was
$374.2 million. As of March 31, 1998, the Company had additional  borrowing
capacity of approximately  $240.0 million on a revolving credit basis under
the  Credit  Agreement  and under  local  working  capital  facilities  for
acquisitions and other purposes.  The Company is required to make scheduled
principal  payments  on the term  loans  under the  Credit  Agreement.  The
Company's  ability to comply with the terms of the Credit Agreement and its
other  debt  obligations  to  make  cash  payments  with  respect  to  such
obligations  and to  satisfy  its other  debt or to  refinance  any of such
obligations will depend on the future performance of the Company, which, in
turn,  is subject to prevailing  economic and  competitive  conditions  and
certain  financial,  business and other  factors  beyond its  control.  See
"Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations--Liquidity and Capital Resources."

     The   Company's   high  degree  of  leverage   could  have   important
consequences including but not limited to the following:  (i) the Company's
ability  to  obtain   additional   financing  for   acquisitions,   capital
expenditures, working capital or general corporate purposes may be impaired
in the future;  (ii) a substantial  portion of the Company's cash flow from
operations  must be dedicated  to the payment of principal  and interest on
borrowings under the Credit Agreement and the Company's other indebtedness,
thereby  reducing the funds available to the Company for its operations and
other  purposes,  including  investments  in research and  development  and
capital  spending;  (iii) certain of the Company's  borrowings are and will
continue to be at variable rates of interest,  which exposes the Company to
the  risk  of  increased  interest  rates;  and  (iv)  the  Company  may be
substantially  more  leveraged than certain of its  competitors,  which may
place the Company at a relative  competitive  disadvantage and may make the
Company more vulnerable to a downturn in general economic conditions or its
business or changing market conditions and regulations.

     The Credit Agreement and the Company's other debt obligations  contain
a number of covenants that, among other things, restrict the ability of the
Company to incur additional  indebtedness,  dispose of certain assets, make
capital  expenditures  and otherwise  restrict  corporate  activities.  The
Company's  ability to comply with such  covenants may be affected by events
beyond its control,  including prevailing economic,  financial and industry
conditions.  A  failure  to  comply  with the  covenants  and  restrictions
contained in the Credit Agreement,  the Company's other debt obligations or
any agreements with respect to any additional  financing could result in an
event of default under its debt agreements.

RISKS ASSOCIATED WITH CURRENCY FLUCTUATIONS

     Swiss  franc-denominated  expenses represent a much greater percentage
of the  Company's  operating  expenses than Swiss  franc-denominated  sales
represent of total net sales. Some of the Company's  manufacturing costs in
Switzerland  relate  to  products  that are sold  outside  of  Switzerland,
including many  technologically  sophisticated  products  requiring  highly
skilled  personnel.  Moreover,  a  substantial  percentage of the Company's
research and development  expenses and general and administrative  expenses
are incurred in  Switzerland.  Appreciation  of the Swiss franc against the
Company's major trading  currencies  (i.e., the U.S. dollar,  certain major
European  currencies  and the  Japanese  yen) has a negative  impact on the
Company's income from operations,  whereas  depreciation of the Swiss franc
has a positive impact.

     The  Company's  operations  are  conducted  by  subsidiaries  in  many
countries, and the results of operations and the financial position of each
of those subsidiaries is reported in the relevant foreign currency and then
translated into U.S. dollars at the applicable  foreign  currency  exchange
rate for inclusion in the Company's consolidated  financial statements.  As
exchange  rates  between  these  foreign  currencies  and the  U.S.  dollar
fluctuate,  the translation effect of such fluctuations may have a material
adverse effect on the Company's results of operations or financial position
as reported in U.S. dollars. However, the effect of these changes on income
from  operations  generally  offsets  in part the  effect  on  income  from
operations  of changes in the  exchange  rate  between  the Swiss franc and
other currencies described in the preceding paragraph.

RISKS ASSOCIATED WITH INTERNATIONAL OPERATIONS

     The Company does business in numerous  countries,  including  emerging
markets in Asia, Latin America and Eastern Europe.  In addition to currency
risks discussed above, the Company's  international  operations are subject
to the risk of new and different legal and regulatory requirements in local
jurisdictions,  tariffs  and  trade  barriers,  potential  difficulties  in
staffing and managing local operations,  credit risk of local customers and
distributors,  potential difficulties in protecting  intellectual property,
risk of nationalization  of private  enterprises,  potential  imposition of
restrictions  on  investments,   potentially   adverse  tax   consequences,
including  imposition  or  increase  of  withholding  and  other  taxes  on
remittances  and  other  payments  by  subsidiaries,  and  local  economic,
political   and   social   conditions,   including   the   possibility   of
hyper-inflationary   conditions,  in  certain  countries.  The  Company  is
increasing its presence in China,  Latin America and Eastern  Europe.  As a
result,   inflationary   conditions  in  these   countries  could  have  an
increasingly   significant  effect  on  the  Company's  operating  results.
Recently,   growth  in  net  sales  in  Southeast  Asia  and  Korea  (which
collectively represented  approximately 3% of the Company's total net sales
in 1997) has slowed and the Company  anticipates this trend to continue for
the near term.

     The conversion into foreign currency of funds earned in local currency
through the Company's  operations in the People's Republic of China and the
repatriation of such funds require certain governmental approvals.  Failure
to obtain  such  approvals  could  result in the  Company  being  unable to
convert or  repatriate  earnings  from its  Chinese  operations,  which may
become  an  increasingly  important  part  of the  Company's  international
operations.

COMPETITION; IMPROVEMENTS IN TECHNOLOGY

     The  markets in which the  Company  operates  are highly  competitive.
Weighing  instruments  markets are fragmented  both  geographically  and by
application,  particularly the industrial and food retailing  market.  As a
result,   the  Company  competes  with  numerous  regional  or  specialized
competitors,  many of  which  are  well  established  in  their  respective
markets.   Some   competitors  are  divisions  of  larger   companies  with
potentially  greater  financial and other  resources than the Company.  The
Company  has,  from  time  to  time,   experienced   price  pressures  from
competitors in certain product lines and geographic markets.

     The Company's  competitors  can be expected to continue to improve the
design and performance of their products and to introduce new products with
competitive  price and  performance  characteristics.  Although the Company
believes that it has certain  technological  and other  advantages over its
competitors,  realizing and maintaining  these  advantages will require the
continued productive investment by the Company in research and development,
sales and  marketing  and  customer  service and  support.  There can be no
assurance  that the Company will have  sufficient  resources to continue to
make such investments or that the Company will be successful in maintaining
such advantages.

SIGNIFICANT SALES TO PHARMACEUTICAL AND CHEMICALS INDUSTRIES

     The Company's  products are used extensively in the pharmaceutical and
chemicals industries.  Consolidation in these industries has had an adverse
impact on the Company's  sales in prior years. A prolonged  downturn or any
additional  consolidation  in these  industries  could adversely affect the
Company's operating results.

RISKS RELATING TO FUTURE ACQUISITIONS

     The Company may in the future  pursue  acquisitions  of  complementary
product lines,  technologies  or  businesses.  Future  acquisitions  by the
Company may result in potentially  dilutive issuances of equity securities,
the incurrence of debt and contingent liabilities and amortization expenses
related to goodwill and other  intangible  assets,  which could  materially
adversely  affect the Company's  profitability.  In addition,  acquisitions
involve numerous risks,  including  difficulties in the assimilation of the
operations,  technologies  and  products  of the  acquired  companies,  the
diversion of  management's  attention from other business  concerns and the
potential  loss  of  key  employees  of the  acquired  company.  There  are
currently  no  understandings  or  agreements  with respect to any material
acquisition,  nor can there be any assurances that the Company will be able
to identify and successfully complete and integrate potential  acquisitions
in the future. In the event that any such acquisition does occur,  however,
there  can  be no  assurance  as to the  effect  thereof  on the  Company's
business or operating results.

RELIANCE ON KEY MANAGEMENT

     Robert F. Spoerry,  the Company's Chief Executive Officer, and each of
the other key management employees of the Company have employment contracts
with the Company. In addition,  various members of management own a portion
of the shares of Common  Stock of the Company and have  options to purchase
additional  shares  of  such  Common  Stock.  See  "Principal  and  Selling
Shareholders."  Nonetheless,  there is no assurance  that such  individuals
will remain with the Company. If, for any reason, such key personnel do not
continue  to be active in the  Company's  management,  operations  could be
adversely affected. The Company has no key man life insurance policies with
respect to any of its senior executives.

ENVIRONMENTAL MATTERS

     The Company is subject to various  environmental  laws and regulations
in the jurisdictions in which it operates,  including those relating to air
emissions,  wastewater  discharges,  the handling and disposal of solid and
hazardous wastes and the remediation of  contamination  associated with the
use and disposal of  hazardous  substances.  The Company,  like many of its
competitors,  has  incurred,  and  will  continue  to  incur,  capital  and
operating  expenditures  and other  costs in  complying  with such laws and
regulations in both the United States and abroad.  The Company is currently
involved in, or has potential liability with respect to, the remediation of
past  contamination  in certain of its  presently  and  formerly  owned and
leased  facilities  in both the United  States  and  abroad.  In  addition,
certain of the Company's  present and former facilities have or had been in
operation  for many decades and, over such time,  some of these  facilities
may have used  substances  or generated and disposed of wastes which are or
may be considered  hazardous.  It is possible  that such sites,  as well as
disposal sites owned by third parties to which the Company has sent wastes,
may in the future be  identified  and become  the  subject of  remediation.
Accordingly,  although  the  Company  believes  that  it is in  substantial
compliance with applicable environmental requirements,  it is possible that
the Company could become subject to additional environmental liabilities in
the future that could result in a material  adverse effect on the Company's
results of operations or financial condition. See  "Business--Environmental
Matters."

POTENTIAL  ADVERSE EFFECT ON MARKET PRICE DUE TO SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE
SALE

     Sales of a substantial  number of shares of Common Stock in the public
market or the perception that such sales could occur could adversely affect
prevailing  market prices for the Common Stock.  As of March 31, 1998,  the
Company had outstanding  38,336,014  shares of Common Stock.  All shares of
Common Stock are freely tradeable without  restriction under the Securities
Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities  Act"),  except to the extent such
shares are subject to the agreement with the  Underwriters  described below
and for any such shares which are held by an "affiliate" of the Company. In
connection  with  the  Offerings,  the  Company,  the  Company's  executive
officers and directors and existing  shareholders of the Company holding in
the aggregate _____ shares of Common Stock will agree not to dispose of any
shares  of  Common  Stock  for a  period  of 90 days  from the date of this
Prospectus  without the consent of Merrill  Lynch,  Pierce,  Fenner & Smith
Incorporated  ("Merrill  Lynch") on behalf of the  Underwriters  subject to
certain  exceptions.  Upon expiration of the lockup period, all shares will
be eligible for sale in the public market, with shares held by "affiliates"
(as such term is defined under the Securities  Act) of the Company  subject
to compliance with the volume  limitations and other  restrictions of Rules
144 and 145 under the  Securities  Act. In  addition,  the Company  will be
filing a registration  statement under the Securities Act covering the sale
of shares of Common Stock reserved for issuance or sale under the Company's
Stock  Plan.  As of March 31,  1998,  there  were  outstanding  options  to
purchase  a total of  4,408,740  shares of Common  Stock.  The sale of such
shares  could  have an  adverse  effect on the  Company's  ability to raise
equity  capital in the public  markets.  See  "Shares  Eligible  for Future
Sale."

RESTRICTIONS ON PAYMENT OF DIVIDENDS; ABSENCE OF DIVIDENDS

     The Credit Agreement restricts, among other things, the ability of the
Company to pay dividends.  The Company does not anticipate  paying any cash
dividends  on the Common Stock in the  foreseeable  future.  See  "Dividend
Policy."

CERTAIN ANTI-TAKEOVER PROVISIONS

     The Company's amended and restated  certificate of incorporation  (the
"Amended and Restated  Certificate of  Incorporation")  and amended by-laws
(the "Amended  By-laws")  contain  certain  provisions that could make more
difficult the acquisition of the Company by means of a tender offer,  proxy
contest or otherwise. The Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation
authorizes the issuance of preferred stock without shareholder approval and
upon such terms as the Board of Directors may determine.  The rights of the
holders of Common Stock are subject to, and may be  adversely  affected by,
the rights of holders of preferred  stock that may be issued in the future.
In addition,  the Amended  By-laws  contain  advance notice  procedures for
shareholders  to nominate  candidates  for  election as  directors  and for
shareholders to submit proposals for consideration at shareholder meetings.
Under  certain   circumstances,   Section  203  of  the  Delaware   General
Corporation  Law makes it more  difficult for an  "interested  stockholder"
(generally a 15% stockholder) to effect various business  combinations with
a corporation for a three-year period.

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS AND ASSOCIATED RISKS

     This Prospectus includes  forward-looking  statements that reflect the
Company's  current  views  with  respect  to future  events  and  financial
performance, including capital expenditures, planned product introductions,
research and development  expenditures,  potential future growth, including
potential   penetration   of  developed   markets  and   potential   growth
opportunities in emerging markets, potential future acquisitions, potential
cost savings from planned employee  reductions and restructuring  programs,
estimated  proceeds  from and timing of asset  sales,  planned  operational
changes and research and  development  efforts,  strategic plans and future
cash sources and requirements. These forward-looking statements are subject
to certain risks and  uncertainties,  including  those  identified in "Risk
Factors,"  which  could  cause  actual  results to differ  materially  from
historical  results or those  anticipated.  The words "believe,"  "expect,"
"anticipate" and similar expressions identify  forward-looking  statements.
Readers are cautioned not to place undue reliance on these  forward-looking
statements,  which speak only as of their dates. The Company  undertakes no
obligation  to publicly  update or revise any  forward-looking  statements,
whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise.


                                THE COMPANY

GENERAL

     Mettler-Toledo is a leading global supplier of precision  instruments.
The Company is the world's  largest  manufacturer  and marketer of weighing
instruments   for  use  in   laboratory,   industrial  and  food  retailing
applications.  In addition,  the Company  holds one of the top three market
positions in several  related  analytical  instruments  such as  titrators,
thermal analysis systems, pH meters, automatic lab reactors and electrodes.
Through its recent acquisition of Safeline, the Company is also the world's
largest  manufacturer and marketer of metal detection systems for companies
that  produce and  package  goods in the food  processing,  pharmaceutical,
cosmetics,  chemicals  and other  industries.  The Company  focuses on high
value-added segments of its markets by providing innovative instruments, by
integrating  these  instruments  into  application-specific  solutions  for
customers,  and by  facilitating  the  processing  of data  gathered by its
instruments  and  the  transfer  of  this  data  to  customers'  management
information  systems.  Mettler-Toledo  services a worldwide  customer  base
through  its  own  sales  and  service   organization   and  has  a  global
manufacturing  presence in Europe,  the United States and Asia. The Company
generated  1997 net sales of  $878.4  million  which  were  derived  45% in
Europe, 42% in North and South America and 13% in Asia and other markets.

     The mailing address of the Company's principal executive offices is Im
Langacher, P.O. Box MT-100, CH-8606, Greifensee, Switzerland. Its telephone
number is 41-1-944-22-11.

ACQUISITION AND SAFELINE ACQUISITION

     Acquisition.  The Company was  incorporated  in December  1991. It was
recapitalized  in connection  with the October 15, 1996  acquisition of the
Mettler-Toledo Group from Ciba in a transaction sponsored by management and
AEA Investors.  The Company paid cash  consideration of  approximately  SFr
505.0 million (approximately $402.0 million at October 15, 1996), including
dividends of approximately SFr 109.4 million  (approximately  $87.1 million
at October 15, 1996), paid  approximately  $185.0 million to settle amounts
due to Ciba and its affiliates and incurred expenses in connection with the
Acquisition  and related  financing of  approximately  $29.0  million.  The
Company  primarily  financed the  Acquisition  with (i) borrowings  under a
credit  agreement  in the amount of $307.0  million,  (ii) the  issuance of
$135.0  million  of the Notes and  (iii) an equity  contribution  of $190.0
million  primarily  from  AEA  Investors,  its   shareholder-investors  and
executive officers and other employees of the Company.

     Safeline  Acquisition.  On May 30, 1997, the Company acquired Safeline
for (pound)61.0 million (approximately $100.0 million at May 30, 1997) plus
up to an additional (pound)6.0 million  (approximately $10.0 million at May
30, 1997) for a contingent  earn-out payment.  In October 1997, the Company
made an additional  payment,  representing  a post-closing  adjustment,  of
(pound)1.9  million  (approximately  $3.1 million at October 3, 1997). Such
amount has been accounted for as additional purchase price. Safeline, based
in Manchester,  U.K., is the world's largest  manufacturer  and marketer of
metal detection systems for companies that produce and package goods in the
food processing, pharmaceutical, cosmetics, chemicals and other industries.
Safeline's  metal  detectors  can  also  be used in  conjunction  with  the
Company's checkweighing products for important quality and safety checks in
these industries.

INITIAL PUBLIC OFFERING AND REFINANCING

     During the fourth  quarter of 1997,  the Company  completed its IPO of
7,666,667   shares   of   Common   Stock,   including   the   underwriters'
over-allotment option, at a per share price equal to $14.00. The IPO raised
net proceeds, after underwriters' commission and expenses, of approximately
$97.3 million.  Concurrently  with the IPO, the Company effected the Merger
and the  Refinancing.  In  connection  with the  Refinancing,  the  Company
recorded an extraordinary  charge of $31.6 million, net of tax, principally
for  prepayment  premiums on certain  debt repaid and for the  write-off of
existing  deferred  financing  fees.  At March  31,  1998 the  Company  had
borrowings of $374.2 million.  Of these  borrowings,  $191.4 million are in
the form of a term loan and the remainder are outstanding under a revolving
credit  facility and various other  arrangements.  The Company's  revolving
credit facility commitment  increased from $170.0 million to $420.0 million
under the Credit Agreement, including a $100.0 million acquisition facility
commitment.

                              USE OF PROCEEDS

     All of the Common  Stock  offered  hereby is being sold by the Selling
Shareholders.  The Company will not receive any  proceeds  from the sale of
the Common Stock offered hereby. See "Principal and Selling Shareholders."

                              DIVIDEND POLICY

     The Company has never paid any  dividends on its common stock and does
not  anticipate  paying  any  cash  dividends  on the  Common  Stock in the
foreseeable  future. The current policy of the Company's Board of Directors
is to retain  earnings  to finance  the  operations  and  expansion  of the
Company's business.  In addition,  the Company's Credit Agreement restricts
the  Company's  ability to pay  dividends to its  shareholders.  Any future
determination  to pay  dividends  will depend on the  Company's  results of
operations,   financial  condition,   capital   requirements,   contractual
restrictions  and other factors deemed  relevant by the Board of Directors.
See  "Management's  Discussion  and  Analysis of  Financial  Condition  and
Results of Operations-Liquidity and Capital Resources."


                        PRICE RANGE OF COMMON STOCK

     The  Company's  Common  Stock  began  trading  on the New  York  Stock
Exchange on November 14, 1997 under the symbol "MTD." The  following  table
sets  forth  on a per  share  basis  the  high  and low  sales  prices  for
consolidated  trading in the Common Stock as reported on the New York Stock
Exchange Composite Tape for the quarters indicated.

                                                      Common Stock Price Range
                                                     -------------------------
                                                         High           Low

1997

   Fourth Quarter (beginning November 14, 1997) ...     $18 3/4     $14 1/16
1998
   First Quarter ..................................      22 3/8      16 9/16
   Second Quarter (through May _____,  1998).......

     For a recent  reported last sale price for the Common  Stock,  see the
cover page of this Prospectus.

     As of  ________,  1998,  there  were  ______  holders of record of the
Company's Common Stock,  which excludes  beneficial  owners of Common Stock
held in "street name."

                               CAPITALIZATION

     The following table sets forth the short-term debt and  capitalization
of the Company at March 31, 1998. The information presented below should be
read in  conjunction  with the  Consolidated  Financial  Statements and the
related  notes  thereto  and  "Management's   Discussion  and  Analysts  of
Financial  Condition and Results of Operations"  included elsewhere in this
Prospectus.

                                                                  MARCH 31,
                                                                    1998
                                                                 (DOLLARS IN
                                                                 THOUSANDS,
                                                              EXCEPT PER SHARE
                                                                     DATA)

Short-term debt, including current maturities of 
  long-term debt (a):
   Short-term portion of term loans under credit agreements ..   $  15,866
   Revolving credit facility under credit agreements (b)......      29,156
   Other short-term borrowings                                       9,930
                                                                 ---------
      Total short-term debt ..................................   $  54,952
                                                                 =========
Long-term debt (a):
   Revolving credit facility under credit agreements (b)......   $ 127,732
   Term loans under credit agreements ........................     175,514
   Other long-term debt ......................................      15,961
                                                                 ---------
      Total long-term debt ...................................     319,207
Shareholders' equity:
   Common stock, par value $0.01, authorized 125,000,000
   shares; issued 38,336,014 (excluding 64,467 shares
     held in treasury) (c) ...................................         383
   Additional paid-in capital ................................     284,630
   Accumulated deficit .......................................    (217,314)
   Accumulated other comprehensive loss ......................     (33,773)
                                                                 ---------
      Total shareholders' equity .............................      33,926
                                                                 ---------
         Total capitalization ................................   $ 353,133
                                                                 =========
- ---------

(a)  At  March  31,  1998,  the  Company  and its  subsidiaries  had  total
     availability   of   approximately   $240,000   (including  a  $100,000
     acquisition  facility)  under the  revolving  credit  facility  of the
     Credit Agreement and local working capital facilities.

(b)  The Company has the ability to  refinance  its  short-term  borrowings
     under its revolving  facility for an  uninterrupted  period  extending
     beyond one year.  Accordingly,  $127,732 of the  Company's  short-term
     borrowings at March 31, 1998 have been reclassified to long-term.

(c)  Does not  include  shares of  Common  Stock  that may be  issued  upon
     exercise of options granted pursuant to the Stock Plan.


                 SELECTED HISTORICAL FINANCIAL INFORMATION

          The selected historical financial  information set forth below at
December 31, 1994,  1995,  1996 and 1997,  for the years ended December 31,
1993,  1994 and 1995,  for the period  from  January 1, 1996 to October 14,
1996,  for the period from October 15, 1996 to December  31, 1996,  and for
the year ended  December 31, 1997 is derived from the  Company's  financial
statements,  which were audited by KPMG Fides Peat,  independent  auditors.
The financial  information  for all periods prior to October 15, 1996,  the
date  of  the  Acquisition,   is  combined  financial  information  of  the
Mettler-Toledo Group (the "Predecessor Business").  The selected historical
financial  information  at March 31, 1997 and 1998 and for the three months
then ended is derived from the  unaudited  interim  consolidated  financial
statements of the Company, which, in the opinion of management, include all
adjustments  necessary  for a fair  presentation  of the  results  for  the
unaudited  periods.  Operating results for the three months ended March 31,
1998 are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for
the year ended  December 31,  1998.  The  combined  historical  data of the
Predecessor  Business and the  consolidated  historical data of the Company
are not comparable in many respects due to the Acquisition and the Safeline
Acquisition.   See  "Management's  Discussion  and  Analysis  of  Financial
Condition  and  Results  of  Operations"  and  the  Consolidated  Financial
Statements and  accompanying  notes included  elsewhere in this Prospectus.
The financial  information  presented below was prepared in accordance with
U.S. GAAP.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                              Predecessor Business                        Mettler-Toledo International Inc.
                                    ----------------------------------------   ---------------------------------------------------
                                                                 January 1       October 15
                                                                     to             to        Year Ended      Three Months Ended
                                      Year Ended December 31,    October 14,    December 31,  December 31,        March 31,
                                    1993      1994       1995       1996           1996          1997         1997        1998
                                    ----      ----       ----       ----           ----          ----         ----        ----
                                                               (dollars in thousands, except per share data)
<S>                              <C>        <C>        <C>         <C>         <C>           <C>            <C>         <C>       
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA:
Net Sales .....................  $ 728,958  $ 769,136  $ 850,415   $ 662,221   $  186,912    $  878,415     $  197,402  $  215,655
Cost of sales .................    443,534    461,629    508,089     395,239      136,820(a)    493,480(c)     114,120     121,048
                                 ---------  ---------  ---------   ---------   ----------    ----------     ----------  ----------
Gross profit ..................    285,424    307,507    342,326     266,982       50,092       384,935         83,282      94,607
Research and development ......     46,438     47,994     54,542      40,244        9,805        47,551         10,832      10,795
Selling, general and ..........    209,692    224,978    248,327     186,898       59,353       260,397         60,193      65,112
administrative
Amortization ..................      2,917      6,437      2,765       2,151        1,065         6,222          1,157       1,818
Purchased research and ........       --         --         --          --        114,070(b)     29,959(d)        --          --
development
Interest expense ..............     15,239     13,307     18,219      13,868        8,738        35,924          9,446       5,879
Other charges (income),
  net(e) ......................     14,110     (7,716)    (9,331)     (1,332)      17,137        10,834          3,754         454
                                 ---------  ---------  ---------   ---------   ----------    ----------     ----------  ----------
Earnings (loss) before taxes,
    minority interest and .....     (2,972)    22,507     27,804      25,153     (160,076)       (5,952)        (2,100)     10,549
    extraordinary items
Provision for taxes ...........      3,041      8,676      8,782      10,055         (938)       17,489         (1,087)      3,692
Minority interest .............      1,140        347        768         637          (92)          468            109          19
                                 ---------  ---------  ---------   ---------   ----------    ----------     ----------  ----------
Earnings (loss) before
    extraordinary .............     (7,153)    13,484     18,254      14,461     (159,046)      (23,909)        (1,122)      6,838
    items
Extraordinary items-debt
    extinguishments ...........       --         --         --          --           --         (41,197)(f)       --          --
                                 ---------  ---------  ---------   ---------   ----------    ----------     ----------  ----------
Net earnings (loss) ...........  $  (7,153) $  13,484  $  18,254   $  14,461   $ (159,046)   $  (65,106)    $   (1,122) $    6,838
                                 =========  =========  =========   =========   ==========    ==========     ==========  ==========
Basic earnings (loss) per 
 common share(g):
    Earnings (loss) per
      common share 
      before extraordinary 
      items....................                                                $    (5.18)   $    (0.76)    $    (0.04) $     0.18
    Extraordinary items .......                                                        --         (1.30)            --          --
                                                                               ----------    ----------     ----------  ----------
    Earnings (loss) per
      common share ............                                                $    (5.18)   $    (2.06)    $    (0.04) $     0.18
                                                                               ==========    ==========     ==========  ==========
    Weighted average
      number of common 
      share....................                                                30,686,065    31,617,071     30,686,065  38,336,014
Diluted earnings (loss) per
  common share(g):
    Earnings (loss) per common
       share before 
       extraordinary items.....                                                $    (5.18)   $    (0.76)    $    (0.04) $     0.17
    Extraordinary items .......                                                        --         (1.30)            --          --
                                                                               ----------    ----------     ----------  ----------
    Earnings (loss) per common 
       share ..................                                                $    (5.18)   $    (2.06)    $    (0.04) $     0.17
                                                                               ==========    ==========     ==========  ==========
    Weighted average number of
       common share ...........                                                30,686,065    31,617,071     30,686,065  40,600,109



BALANCE SHEET DATA (AT END OF
  PERIOD)(h):

Cash and cash equivalents .....             $  63,802  $  41,402               $   60,969    $   23,566     $   40,599  $   21,303
Working capital ...............               132,586    136,911                  103,697        79,163        100,734      77,503
Total assets ..................               683,198    724,094                  771,888       749,313        728,891     735,138
Long-term debt ................                   862      3,621                  373,758       340,334        365,369     319,207
Net borrowing from Ciba and ...               177,651    203,157                      --            --             --          --
  affiliates(i)
Other non-current
  liabilities(j) ..............                83,964     84,303                   96,810        91,011         92,177      91,181
Shareholders' equity(k) .......               228,194    193,254                   12,426        25,399          2,982      33,926

- -------------------------------------
<FN>

(a)  In connection with the Acquisition,  the Company  allocated $32,194 of
     the  purchase  price  to  revalue  certain  inventories   (principally
     work-in-progress  and  finished  goods) to fair value (net  realizable
     value). Substantially all such inventories were sold during the period
     October 15, 1996 to December 31, 1996.
(b)  In connection with the Acquisition,  the Company allocated, based upon
     independent  valuations,  $114,070 of the purchase  price to purchased
     research and  development  in process.  This amount was recorded as an
     expense immediately following the Acquisition.
(c)  In connection  with the Safeline  Acquisition,  the Company  allocated
     $2,054  of  the  purchase   price  to  revalue   certain   inventories
     (principally  work-in-progress  and finished goods) to fair value (net
     realizable value). Substantially all such inventories were sold during
     the second quarter of 1997.
(d)  In connection with the Safeline  Acquisition,  the Company  allocated,
     based upon  independent  valuations,  $29,959 of the purchase price to
     purchased  research  and  development  in  process.  This  amount  was
     recorded as an expense immediately following the Safeline Acquisition.
(e)  Other  charges  (income),  net  generally  includes  interest  income,
     foreign  currency  transactions  (gains)  losses,  (gains) losses from
     sales of assets and other charges (income).  In 1993, the amount shown
     includes costs associated with the closure of a manufacturing facility
     in  Cologne,  Germany,  the  restructuring  of  certain  manufacturing
     operations and an early retirement  program in the United States.  For
     the period  January  1, 1996 to October  14,  1996,  the amount  shown
     includes  employee  severance and other exit costs associated with the
     closing of the Company's  Westerville,  Ohio facility.  For the period
     October 15, 1996 to  December  31,  1996,  the amount  shown  includes
     employee  severance  benefits  associated  with the Company's  general
     headcount  reduction  programs,  in Europe and North  America  and the
     realignment  of the  analytical  and  precision  balance  business  in
     Switzerland.  For the year ended  December 31, 1997,  the amount shown
     includes  a  restructuring  charge  of  $6,300  to  consolidate  three
     facilities in North America. See Note 14 to the Consolidated Financial
     Statements included herein.
(f)  Represents charges for the write-off of capitalized debt issuance fees
     and related  expenses  associated  with the Company's  previous credit
     facilities  as well as the  prepayment  premium  on the  Notes and the
     write-off of the related capitalized debt issuance fees.
(g)  Effective   December  31,  1997,  the  Company  adopted  Statement  of
     Financial  Accounting  Standards No. 128,  "Earnings per Share" ("SFAS
     128").  Accordingly,  basic and diluted loss per common share data for
     each period  presented  have been  determined in  accordance  with the
     provisions of SFAS 128.
(h)  Balance sheet information at December 31, 1993 is not available.
(i)  Includes  notes  payable  and  long-term  debt  payable  to  Ciba  and
     affiliates less amounts due from Ciba and affiliates.
(j)  Consists  primarily of  obligations  under  various  pension plans and
     plans that provide  post-retirement  medical benefits.  See Note 12 to
     the Consolidated Financial Statements included herein.
(k)  Shareholders'  equity for the  Predecessor  Business  consists  of the
     combined net assets of the Mettler-Toledo Group.
</FN>
</TABLE>


                  MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
               FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

     The  following  discussion  and  analysis of the  Company's  financial
condition and results of operations  should be read in conjunction with the
Audited  Consolidated   Financial  Statements  and  the  unaudited  interim
consolidated  financial  statements  (the "Interim  Consolidated  Financial
Statements") included herein.

GENERAL

     The financial  statements  for periods ended prior to October 15, 1996
reflect the combined  operations  of the  Mettler-Toledo  Group,  while the
financial  statements  for  periods  after  October  15,  1996  reflect the
consolidated operations of the Company after accounting for the Acquisition
using  the  purchase  method  of  accounting.  See  Note 1 to  the  Audited
Consolidated  Financial  Statements.  Operating  results  subsequent to the
Acquisition  and  the  Safeline  Acquisition  are  not  comparable  in many
respects to the operating results prior to the Acquisition and the Safeline
Acquisition.   Financial   information  is  presented  in  accordance  with
generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America.

     The  Company  operates  a global  business,  with net  sales  that are
diversified by geographic region,  product range and customer.  The Company
believes that it has achieved its market  leadership  positions through its
continued investment in product  development,  the maintenance and, in some
instances,  expansion,  of its existing position in established markets and
its pursuit of new markets.  Net sales in local currency  (adjusted for the
exit in 1996 and 1995 from certain  systems  businesses)  have increased in
both the  laboratory  and  industrial  and food  retailing  product  lines,
increasing by 11% in 1997 and by 3% and 6% in 1996 and 1995,  respectively.
More  recently,  during the period ended March 31, 1998, net sales in local
currency  increased  by 14% compared to the  corresponding  period in 1997.
Similarly net sales in U.S. dollars increased 9% for the first three months
of 1998  compared to the first three  months of 1997.  For the full year in
1997, net sales in U.S.  dollars  increased by 3%, as the  strengthening of
the U.S. dollar versus the Company's major trading  currencies reduced U.S.
dollar reported sales. Net sales in U.S. dollars were unchanged in 1996 and
increased by 11% in 1995.  The  Company's  growth in 1997 and 1998 reflects
favorable  sales trends in Europe,  which began in the second half of 1997.
In addition,  the Company has also  benefited  from recent  investments  to
establish distribution and manufacturing infrastructure in certain emerging
markets,  particularly  in Asia.  For  1997,  net  sales in Asia and  other
emerging  markets  increased  by 30%  over  the  prior  year,  despite  the
weakening  economic  conditions  in Asia.  As a result  of these  weakening
economic  conditions net sales in Asia and other emerging  markets in local
currency decreased by 3% for the first three months of 1998 compared to the
first three months of 1997  primarily as a result of a decline in net sales
in Southeast Asia and Korea (which collectively  represented  approximately
3% of the  Company's  total net  sales  for  1997).  However,  the  Company
believes  Asia  and  other  emerging   markets  will  continue  to  provide
opportunities  for growth in the long term.  The Company  believes that its
growth over the next several years will come  primarily  from (i) the needs
of customers in developed  markets to continue to automate  their  research
and development and manufacturing processes, (ii) the needs of customers in
emerging markets to continue  modernizing  these same processes through the
use of increasingly sophisticated instruments, and (iii) the pursuit of the
Company's acquisition strategy.

     The Company  increased its gross profit  margin  before  non-recurring
acquisition  costs  from 40.3% in 1995 to 44.1% in 1997 and  increased  its
Adjusted  Operating  Income (gross profit less research and development and
selling,  general  and  administrative  expenses  before  amortization  and
non-recurring costs) as a percentage of net sales from 4.6% in 1995 to 9.3%
in 1997.  During the first three months of 1998, the Company  increased its
gross profit  margin to 43.9%  compared to 42.2% for the first three months
of 1997. Similarly,  Adjusted Operating Income as a percentage of net sales
improved  from 6.2% during the first  three  months of 1997 to 8.7% for the
first three  months of 1998.  These  increases  were  achieved  despite the
Company's   continued   investments  in  product  development  and  in  its
distribution and manufacturing infrastructure.  The Company believes that a
significant portion of these increases can be attributed to its strategy to
reduce costs and reengineer its  operations.  This strategy has a number of
key  elements,  such as ongoing  efforts to direct more of its research and
development  activities  to the reduction of product  costs,  to reengineer
manufacturing,  distribution,  sales and administrative  processes,  and to
consolidate  operations and re-deploy  resources to lower cost  facilities.
Examples of recent  efforts to  implement  the  different  elements of this
strategy  include  the  introduction  of  several  products  in  1997  with
significantly  reduced  manufacturing costs compared to their predecessors,
the  closure  of the  Westerville,  Ohio  manufacturing  facility  in 1996,
completion  of  a  targeted   workforce   reduction  of  approximately  170
personnel,   the  consolidation  of  three  North  American  facilities  as
described below and the opening of a new laboratory  manufacturing facility
in Shanghai,  China in 1997 with  significant  production  and research and
development  capabilities.  The Company is currently  implementing  several
additional  reengineering  and  cost  reduction  projects,   including  the
consolidation   of   worldwide   precision   balance   manufacturing,   the
restructuring of its ordering process, product delivery and parts inventory
management in Europe, the realignment of industrial  product  manufacturing
in Europe and the consolidation of the Company's North American laboratory,
industrial  and  food  retailing   businesses   into  a  single   marketing
organization.

     On May 30, 1997, the Company acquired Safeline for (pound)61.0 million
(approximately  $100.0  million at May 30,  1997) plus up to an  additional
(pound)6.0  million  (approximately  $10.0  million at May 30,  1997) for a
contingent   earn-out  payment.  In  October  1997,  the  Company  made  an
additional payment,  representing a post-closing adjustment,  of (pound)1.9
million  (approximately  $3.1 million at October 3, 1997).  Such amount has
been  accounted  for as  additional  purchase  price.  Safeline,  based  in
Manchester, U.K., is the world's largest manufacturer and marketer of metal
detection  systems for companies that produce and package goods in the food
processing,  pharmaceutical,  cosmetics,  chemicals  and other  industries.
Safeline's  metal  detectors  can  also  be used in  conjunction  with  the
Company's checkweighing products for important quality and safety checks in
these  industries.  From  1992 to 1996,  Safeline's  sales  increased  at a
compounded  annual  growth  rate of  approximately  30%, in part due to the
introduction of new products such as the first digital  electronic and Zero
Metal-Free  Zone  metal  detectors.  Safeline  had net sales  and  Adjusted
Operating Income of $40.4 million and $9.9 million,  respectively,  for the
year ended  December 31, 1996.  The  Safeline  Acquisition  was financed by
borrowings under the Company's  then-existing credit facility together with
the issuance of (pound)13.7 million (approximately $22.4 million at May 30,
1997) of seller loan notes which  mature May 30,  1999.  At March 31, 1998,
(pound)4.5 million  (approximately $7.5 million at March 31, 1998) remained
outstanding under the seller loan notes.

     In  1997,  the  Company   recorded   restructuring   charges  totaling
approximately  $6.3 million in connection with the  consolidation  of three
facilities  in North  America.  Such  charges were  comprised  primarily of
severance  and other  related  benefits  and costs of  exiting  facilities,
including  lease  termination  costs and  write-down of existing  assets to
their expected net realizable value. The Company expects these actions will
be  substantially  completed  during 1998 and that the two owned facilities
will  be  sold  thereafter.   In  connection  with  the  closure  of  these
facilities,  the Company expects to terminate  approximately  70 employees.
The Company is  undertaking  these actions as part of its efforts to reduce
costs through reengineering.  When complete,  these actions will enable the
Company to close certain  operations and realize cost savings  estimated at
approximately  $2.5 million on an annual basis.  The Company also estimates
that it will receive, after 1998, upon the sale of the two facilities which
the Company owns proceeds in excess of $5.0 million.  The Company  believes
that  the  fair  market  value  of  these  facilities   approximates  their
respective book values.

     During the fourth  quarter of 1997,  the Company  completed its IPO of
7,666,667   shares   of   Common   Stock,   including   the   underwriters'
over-allotment option, at a per share price equal to $14.00. The IPO raised
net proceeds, after underwriters' commission and expenses, of approximately
$97.3 million.  In connection with the IPO, the Company effected the Merger
and the  Refinancing.  In  connection  with the  Refinancing,  the  Company
recorded an extraordinary  charge of $31.6 million, net of tax, principally
for  prepayment  premiums on certain  debt repaid and for the  write-off of
existing deferred financing fees. The Company also incurred a non-recurring
termination  fee of $2.5 million in connection  with the termination of its
management  consulting  agreement with AEA Investors Inc. (the "Termination
Fee").

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

     The following  table sets forth  certain  items from the  consolidated
statements  of  operations  for the year ended  December 31, 1995,  for the
period  from  January  1, 1996 to October  14,  1996,  for the period  from
October 15, 1996 to December 31, 1996, pro forma for the year 1996,  actual
for the year ended  December 31, 1997 and actual for the three months ended
March 31, 1997 and 1998. The pro forma 1996 information gives effect to the
Acquisition,  the Safeline  Acquisition,  the IPO and the Refinancing as if
such  transactions had occurred on January 1, 1996, and does not purport to
represent the Company's actual results if such transactions had occurred on
such date. The pro forma 1996 information  reflects the historical  results
of  operations of the  Predecessor  Business for the period from January 1,
1996 to October 14, 1996 and the  historical  results of  operations of the
Company for the period from October 15, 1996 to December 31, 1996, together
with certain pro forma  adjustments as described  below.  The  consolidated
statement of operations  data for the year ended  December 31, 1997 include
Safeline results from May 31, 1997. The pro forma 1996 information includes
Safeline's  historical results of operations for all of 1996. The pro forma
information is presented in order to facilitate management's discussion and
analysis.  

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                        PREDECESSOR BUSINESS                 METTLER-TOLEDO INTERNATIONAL INC.
                                                -----------------------------------   ---------------------------------------------
                                                              JAN. 1,      OCT. 15,     1996
                                               YEAR ENDED     1996 TO      1996 TO    PRO FORMA  YEAR ENDED      THREE MONTHS ENDED
                                                DEC. 31,      OCT. 14,     DEC. 31,    (A)(B)     DEC. 31,             MARCH 31,
                                                  1995         1996       1996(B)(C)  (C)(D)(E)  1997(B)(C)       1997        1998
                                                  ----         ----       ----------  ---------  ----------       ----        ----
                                                                          (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                             <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>        <C>          <C>          <C>     
Net sales ...................................   $ 850,415    $ 662,221    $ 186,912    $889,567   $ 878,415    $ 197,402    $215,655
Cost of sales ...............................     508,089      395,239      136,820     523,783     493,480      114,120     121,048
                                                ---------    ---------    ---------    --------   ---------    ---------    --------
Gross profit ................................     342,326      266,982       50,092     365,784     384,935       83,282      94,607
Research and development ....................      54,542       40,244        9,805      50,608      47,551       10,832      10,795
Selling, general and
  administrative ............................     248,327      186,898       59,353     252,085     260,397       60,193      65,112
Amortization ................................       2,765        2,151        1,065       6,526       6,222        1,157       1,818
Purchased research and
  development ...............................        --           --        114,070        --        29,959         --          --
Interest expense ............................      18,219       13,868        8,738      30,007      35,924        9,446       5,879
Other charges (income), net(f)  .............      (9,331)      (1,332)      17,137      14,036      10,834        3,754         454
                                                ---------    ---------    ---------    --------   ---------    ---------    --------
Earnings (loss) before taxes,
  minority
  interest and extraordinary
  items .....................................   $  27,804    $  25,153    $(160,076)   $ 12,522   $  (5,952)   $  (2,100)   $ 10,549
                                                =========    =========    =========    ========   =========    =========    ========
Adjusted Operating Income(g) ................   $  39,457    $  39,840    $  17,912    $ 67,875   $  81,541    $  12,257    $ 18,700
                                                =========    =========    =========    ========   =========    =========    ========

- ------------------
<FN>

(a)  In giving effect to the Acquisition, the Safeline Acquisition, the IPO
     and  the  Refinancing,  the  1996  pro  forma  data  includes  certain
     adjustments  to  historical  results to  reflect:  (i) an  increase in
     interest expense resulting from acquisition-related  borrowings, which
     expense  has been  partially  offset by reduced  borrowings  following
     application  of IPO  proceeds  and a  lower  effective  interest  rate
     following  the  Refinancing,  (ii)  an  increase  in  amortization  of
     goodwill and other intangible assets following the Acquisition and the
     Safeline Acquisition,  and (iii) changes to the provision for taxes to
     reflect the Company's  estimated effective income tax rate at a stated
     level of pro forma earnings before tax for the year ended December 31,
     1996.
(b)  In connection  with the Acquisition and the Safeline Acquisition,  the
     Company  allocated $32,194 and $2,054,  respectively,  of the purchase
     prices to revalue certain  inventories  (principally  work-in-progress
     and   finished   goods)  to  fair   value  (net   realizable   value).
     Substantially  all such  inventories  revalued in connection  with the
     Acquisition  were sold during the period  October 15, 1996 to December
     31,  1996,  and  substantially   all  such  inventories   revalued  in
     connection  with the  Safeline  Acquisition  were  sold in the  second
     quarter  of  1997.  The  expense  related  to  inventory  revalued  in
     connection  with the  Acquisition  has been excluded from the 1996 pro
     forma information.
(c)  In conjunction with the Acquisition and the Safeline Acquisition,  the
     Company  allocated,  based upon independent  valuations,  $114,070 and
     $29,959,  respectively,  of the purchase prices to purchased  research
     and  development in process.  These amounts were expensed  immediately
     following the Acquisition and the Safeline Acquisition,  respectively.
     The amounts  related to the  Acquisition  have been  excluded from the
     1996 pro forma information.
(d)  Certain  one-time  charges incurred during 1996 have not been excluded
     from the 1996 pro forma information.  These charges consist of certain
     non-recurring   items  for  (i)  advisory  fees  associated  with  the
     reorganization of the Company's structure of approximately  $4,800 and
     (ii) restructuring charges of approximately $12,600.
(e)  Selling,  general  and  administrative  expense  has been  adjusted to
     eliminate the AEA Investors annual  management fee of $1,000,  payment
     of which was discontinued upon consummation of the IPO.
(f)  Other  charges  (income),  net  generally  includes  interest  income,
     foreign  currency  transactions  (gains)  losses,  (gains) losses from
     sales of assets and other charges (income).  For the period January 1,
     1996 to October 14, 1996 the amount shown includes employee  severance
     and other exit costs  associated with the closing of its  Westerville,
     Ohio  facility.  For the period  October 15, 1996 to December 31, 1996
     the amount shown includes employee severance benefits  associated with
     the Company's general headcount reduction programs in Europe and North
     America,  and the realignment of the analytical and precision  balance
     business  in  Switzerland.  For the year ended  December  31, 1997 the
     amount shown includes a restructuring  charge of $6,300 to consolidate
     three  facilities in North  America.  See Note 14 to the  Consolidated
     Financial Statements included herein.
(g)  Adjusted  Operating  Income is  operating  income  (gross  profit less
     research  and  development  and  selling,  general and  administrative
     expenses) before amortization and non-recurring  costs.  Non-recurring
     costs which have been excluded are those costs associated with selling
     inventories  revalued to fair value in connection with the Acquisition
     and the Safeline Acquisition,  fees associated with the termination of
     the Company's  management  consulting  agreement with AEA Investors at
     the time of the IPO of $2,500  in 1997 and  advisory  fees  associated
     with the  reorganization  of the Company's  structure of approximately
     $4,800 in 1996.
</FN>
</TABLE>

THREE MONTHS  ENDED MARCH 31, 1998  COMPARED TO THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31,
1997

     Net sales were  $215.7  million for the three  months  ended March 31,
1998 compared to $197.4 million for the  corresponding  period in the prior
year.  This  reflected an increase of 14% in local  currency (7% absent the
Safeline   Acquisition).   Results   were   negatively   impacted   by  the
strengthening  of the U.S.  dollar against other  currencies.  Net sales in
U.S. dollars during the three month period increased 9%.

     Net sales in Europe increased 17% in local currencies during the three
months  ended March 31, 1998 versus the  corresponding  period in the prior
year.  The Company has  continued to experience  favorable  sales trends in
Europe,  which  began  in the  second  half of  1997,  as a  result  of the
strengthening of the European economy. Net sales in local currencies during
the  three-month  period in the Americas  increased 16%  principally due to
improved  market  conditions  for sales to  industrial  and food  retailing
customers.  Net sales in local currencies in the three month period in Asia
and  other  markets  decreased  3%.  The  Company's  business  in Asia  has
deteriorated  in the three  months  ending  March 31, 1998  primarily  as a
result  of a  decline  in net  sales in  Southeast  Asia and  Korea  (which
collectively represented  approximately 3% of the Company's total net sales
for 1997).  The Company  anticipates  that market  conditions  in Asia will
adversely  affect  sales in 1998 and that  margins in that  region  will be
reduced. The Company believes Asia and other emerging markets will continue
to  provide  opportunities  for  growth  in the long  term  based  upon the
movement  toward  international  quality  standards,  the  need to  upgrade
mechanical  scales to electronic  versions and the  establishment  of local
production facilities by the Company's multinational client base.

     The  operating  results  for  Safeline  (which  were  included  in the
Company's  results  from  May  31,  1997)  would  have  had the  effect  of
increasing  the  Company's  net sales by $11.0 million for the three months
ended March 31, 1997. Additionally, Safeline's operating results during the
same period would have increased the Company's  Adjusted  Operating  Income
(gross  profit less  research  and  development  and  selling,  general and
administrative  expenses before  amortization and  non-recurring  costs) by
$2.4 million.

     Gross profit as a percentage  of net sales  increased to 43.9% for the
three months ended March 31, 1998,  compared to 42.2% for the corresponding
period in the prior year. The improved gross profit percentage reflects the
benefits of reduced  product costs arising from the Company's  research and
development efforts and ongoing productivity improvements.

     Research  and  development  expenses  as a  percentage  of  net  sales
decreased to 5.0% for the three  months  ended March 31, 1998,  compared to
5.5% for the  corresponding  period in the prior year;  however,  the local
currency spending level remained relatively constant period to period.

     Selling,  general and  administrative  expenses as a percentage of net
sales  decreased  to 30.2%  for the three  months  ended  March  31,  1998,
compared  to 30.5% for the  corresponding  period in the prior  year.  This
decrease  primarily  reflects  the  benefits  of  ongoing  cost  efficiency
programs.

     Adjusted Operating Income was $18.7 million, or 8.7% of sales, for the
three months  ended March 31, 1998  compared to $12.3  million,  or 6.2% of
sales, for the three months ended March 31, 1997, an increase of 52.6%.

     Interest expense  decreased to $5.9 million for the three months ended
March 31, 1998,  compared to $9.4 million for the  corresponding  period in
the prior year. The decrease was principally due to benefits  received from
the IPO, the Refinancing and cash flow provided by operations.

     Other  charges,  net of $0.5  million for the three months ended March
31,  1998  compared  to  other  charges,   net  of  $3.8  million  for  the
corresponding  period in the prior year. The 1998 amount  includes gains on
asset sales and interest income,  offset by other charges.  The 1997 period
includes  $4.8 million  ($4.0  million  after tax)  relating to (i) certain
derivative  financial  instruments  acquired in 1996 and closed in 1997 and
(ii) foreign currency  exchange losses resulting from certain unhedged bank
debt  denominated  in  foreign   currencies   (such  derivative   financial
instruments  and such  unhedged  bank debt are no longer  held  pursuant to
current Company policy).

     The provision for taxes is based upon the Company's  projected  annual
effective  tax rate for the related  period.  The decrease in the projected
annual  effective  tax  rate  from  1997  to 1998  includes  a  benefit  of
approximately  5  percentage  points  based  upon a change in Swiss tax law
which will only benefit the 1998 period.

     The net  earnings of $6.8 million for the three months ended March 31,
1998 compared to net loss of $1.1 million for the  corresponding  period of
the prior year.

YEAR ENDED  DECEMBER 31, 1997 COMPARED TO PRO FORMA YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
1996

     Net sales were $878.4 million for 1997, compared to pro forma 1996 net
sales of $889.6 million. As previously described, pro forma 1996 includes a
full year of  Safeline's  operating  results,  while 1997 only includes the
operating  results  of  Safeline  from  May 31,  1997.  Net  sales in local
currencies  during the year increased 11% (excluding  Safeline results from
pro forma 1996) and 7% (excluding Safeline results from both pro forma 1996
and actual 1997).

     Net  sales in  local  currencies  in 1997 in  Europe  increased  6% as
compared  to net sales in local  currencies  in pro forma  1996  (excluding
Safeline results from pro forma 1996). Net sales in local currencies during
1997 in the Americas  increased  11%,  principally  due to improved  market
conditions for sales to industrial and food retailing customers.  Net sales
in  local  currencies  in 1997 in Asia and  other  markets  increased  30%,
primarily as a result of the  establishment of additional  direct marketing
and  distribution  in the region.  During the six months ended December 31,
1997,  sales trends in Europe were more favorable  compared to sales trends
in the first two quarters of 1997. Overall,  the Company's business in Asia
and other  markets  has  remained  solid.  However,  growth in net sales in
Southeast Asia and Korea (which collectively represent  approximately 3% of
the Company's total net sales for 1997) slowed.

     The operating  results for Safeline  (which as  previously  noted were
included  in the  Company's  results  from May 31,  1997) had the effect of
increasing the Company's net sales by $28.5 million for 1997. Additionally,
Safeline's  operating  results had the effect of  increasing  the Company's
Adjusted  Operating Income by $7.1 million for the same period. The Company
recorded non-cash purchase  accounting  adjustments for purchased  research
and  development  ($30.0  million) and the sale of inventories  revalued to
fair value ($2.1 million) during such period.

     Gross profit before non-recurring acquisition costs as a percentage of
net sales  increased  to 44.1% for  1997,  compared  to 41.1% for pro forma
1996.  Gross  profit in 1997  includes  the  previously  noted $2.1 million
non-cash  charge  associated  with the  excess of the fair  value  over the
historic  value of  inventory  acquired in the  Safeline  Acquisition.  The
improved gross profit  percentage  reflects the benefits of reduced product
costs arising from the Company's research and development efforts,  ongoing
productivity  improvements  and the depreciation of the Swiss franc against
the Company's other principal trading currencies.

     Research  and  development  expenses  as a  percentage  of  net  sales
decreased to 5.4% for 1997,  compared to 5.7% for pro forma 1996;  however,
the local currency  spending level remained  relatively  constant period to
period.

     Selling,  general and  administrative  expenses as a percentage of net
sales  increased  to 29.6% for 1997,  compared to 28.3% for pro forma 1996.
This  increase is  primarily  a result of  establishing  additional  direct
marketing and distribution in Asia.

      Adjusted Operating Income was $81.5 million, or 9.3% of net sales in
1997 compared to $67.9 million, or 7.6% of net sales in pro forma 1996, an
increase of 20.1% (28.4% excluding Safeline results from both pro forma
1996 and actual 1997). The 1997 period excludes non-recurring costs of $2.1
million for the revaluation of inventories to fair value in connection with
the Safeline Acquisition and $2.5 million for the Termination Fee.

     As  previously  noted,  in connection  with the Safeline  Acquisition,
$30.0 million of the purchase  price was  attributed to purchased  research
and development in process.  Such amount was expensed immediately following
the Safeline  Acquisition.  The  technological  feasibility of the products
being  developed  had not been  established  as of the date of the Safeline
Acquisition.  The  Company  expects  that  the  projects  underlying  these
research and development  efforts will be  substantially  complete over the
next two years.

     Interest expense was $35.9 million for 1997, compared to $30.0 million
for pro forma 1996. The difference is principally  due to the fact that the
pro forma 1996 information  reflects a full year of the benefits of reduced
borrowing costs in connection with the Company's IPO and Refinancing  which
occurred in November 1997.

     Other  charges,  net of $10.8 million for 1997 includes  restructuring
related  charges  of  approximately  $6.3  million  and  other  charges  of
approximately  $3.5 million  relating to (i) certain  financial  derivative
financial  instruments acquired in 1996 and closed in 1997 and (ii) foreign
currency   exchange  losses  resulting  from  certain  unhedged  bank  debt
denominated in foreign  currencies (such derivative  financial  instruments
and such unhedged bank debt are no longer held pursuant to current  Company
policy).  The decrease compared to other charges,  net of $14.0 million for
pro  forma  1996 is  principally  a result of lower  restructuring  related
charges  in 1997  compared  to pro forma 1996 ($6.3  million  versus  $12.6
million).

     The significant  increase in the Company's  effective tax rate in 1997
was  primarily   attributable  to  the  nondeductibility  of  goodwill  and
purchased research and development  charges incurred in connection with the
Safeline Acquisition.

     Net earnings  before  non-recurring  items were $19.1 million in 1997.
Such non-recurring  items in 1997 include the previously  mentioned charges
for purchased  research and development,  the revaluation of inventories to
fair value,  the  Termination  Fee,  the  restructuring  of North  American
operations  and losses  relating to derivative  financial  instruments  and
unhedged  bank debt  denominated  in foreign  currencies.  Including  these
charges of $43.0  million  after taxes,  the net loss before  extraordinary
items was $23.9  million for 1997  compared to net earnings of $5.0 million
for pro forma 1996.

     The extraordinary loss of $41.2 million in 1997 represents charges for
the  early  repayment  premium  on the  senior  subordinated  notes and the
write-off of  capitalized  debt  issuance fees  associated  with the senior
subordinated  notes and previous credit  facilities.  See  "--Liquidity and
Capital Resources."

FOR THE PERIOD FROM  JANUARY 1, 1996 TO OCTOBER 14,  1996,  THE PERIOD FROM
OCTOBER 15, 1996 TO DECEMBER  31, 1996 AND PRO FORMA 1996  COMPARED TO YEAR
ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995

     Net sales for the period from  January 1, 1996 to October 14, 1996 and
for the period  from  October  15,  1996 to  December  31, 1996 were $662.2
million  and $186.9  million,  respectively.  Pro forma 1996 net sales were
$889.6 million,  or $849.1 million excluding Safeline results,  compared to
actual net sales of $850.4 million in 1995. Net sales (pro forma  excluding
Safeline)  in  local  currency   increased  3%,  excluding  the  impact  of
reductions of the systems  business,  but were offset by a strengthening of
the U.S. dollar, the Company's  reporting  currency,  relative to the local
currencies of the Company's operations. The flat sales (pro forma excluding
Safeline) in 1996  compared to actual 1995  resulted  from  slightly  lower
sales from products in the industrial and food retailing markets, offset by
strong  performance  by the product  lines in the  laboratory  market.  The
growth in the laboratory market was across  substantially all product lines
and geographical  regions as sales in local currency  (excluding  Safeline)
increased  7% compared to the previous  year.  In  particular,  new product
introductions in titration, thermal and reaction calorimetry as well as new
Ohaus products for the education,  laboratory and light  industrial  market
helped  to  increase   laboratory  market  sales.  The  slight  decline  in
industrial and food retailing  sales resulted from overall  weakness in the
European market where the Company has been able to retain its market share.
This market weakness has persisted in early 1997.

     Net sales (pro forma  excluding  Safeline) in Europe in local currency
decreased 2% in 1996 compared to actual 1995 due to a weaker second half of
the year in 1996 in all major markets, and especially in key countries such
as Germany,  France and the United Kingdom.  Net sales (pro forma excluding
Safeline)  in the  Americas in local  currency  increased by 5% over actual
1995 due to growth in the United  States and Latin America and double digit
expansion in laboratory measurement  instruments other than balances and in
related service. Net sales (pro forma excluding Safeline) in Asia and other
markets in local currency increased by 8% over actual 1995,  primarily as a
result of  significantly  increased  sales in the  Shanghai  operation  and
strong sales in Japan and Australia.

     Gross  profit for the period from  January 1, 1996 to October 14, 1996
and for the period from  October  15, 1996 to December  31, 1996 was $267.0
million and $50.1  million,  respectively.  Pro forma 1996 gross profit was
$365.8  million  or  $349.3  million  (excluding  Safeline  results).  This
compares to $342.3  million in actual  1995.  Pro forma  gross  profit as a
percentage  of sales  increased to 41.1% in 1996 from 40.3% in actual 1995.
The increased gross profit margin  resulted  principally  from  operational
improvements  and the depreciation of the Swiss franc against the Company's
other principal trading  currencies.  See "Effect of Currency on Results of
Operations."

     Selling,   general  and  administrative   expenses  and  research  and
development  expenses  for the period  from  January 1, 1996 to October 14,
1996 and for the period from  October  15,  1996 to December  31, 1996 were
$227.1  million and $69.2  million,  respectively.  Pro forma 1996 selling,
general and  administrative  and research and development  expenses totaled
$302.7  million or $296.1  million  excluding  Safeline.  This  compares to
$302.9   million  in  actual   1995.   Pro  forma   selling,   general  and
administrative   expenses  and  research  and  development  expenses  as  a
percentage  of net sales  decreased  to an  aggregate of 34.0% in 1996 from
35.6% in  actual  1995.  The cost  decreases  resulted  primarily  from the
currency  effect  of  the  depreciation  of the  Swiss  franc  against  the
Company's  other major trading  currencies  and the Company's  cost control
efforts.  These cost decreases were partially offset by non-recurring legal
and advisory fees of $4.8 million.

     In connection with the Acquisition,  the Company allocated, based upon
independent  valuations,  $114.1 million of the purchase price to purchased
research and development in process.  Such amount was expensed  immediately
following the Acquisition.

     Interest  expense for the period  from  January 1, 1996 to October 14,
1996 and for the period from  October  15,  1996 to  December  31, 1996 was
$13.9 million and $8.7 million,  respectively.  Pro forma interest  expense
increased  to $30.0  million  in 1996 from $18.2  million  in actual  1995,
principally  due to a higher debt level as a result of the  Acquisition and
the Safeline  Acquisition.  Interest  expense since the Acquisition and the
Safeline  Acquisition is materially  different.  See "-Liquidity and Capital
Resources."

     Other income,  net for the period  January 1, 1996 to October 14, 1996
of $1.3 million includes  interest income of $3.4 million and severance and
other  exit  costs  of $1.9  million  associated  with the  closing  of its
Westerville,  Ohio facility.  Other charges, net for the period October 15,
1996 to December 31, 1996 of $17.1 million principally represent (i) losses
on foreign currency transactions of $8.3 million of which $5.7 million were
incurred  in  connection  with the  Acquisition,  (ii)  employee  severance
benefits associated with the Company's general headcount reduction programs
in Europe and North  America of $4.6 million  which were  announced  during
such period,  and (iii) the  realignment  of the  analytical  and precision
balance  business  in  Switzerland  of $6.2  million  which was  internally
announced in December  1996. In  connection  with such programs the Company
reduced its workforce by approximately 170 employees in 1996 and intends to
further  reduce its workforce by  approximately  70 employees in 1997.  The
Company  anticipates that as a result of the foregoing it will achieve cost
savings consisting primarily of lower employee salary and benefit costs and
fixed manufacturing costs. In addition, at the time of the Acquisition, the
Company   estimated  it  would  incur  additional   selling,   general  and
administrative  expenses  of  $1.3  million  annually  as a  result  of the
Acquisition.

     Earnings  before  taxes and  minority  interest  for the  period  from
January 1, 1996 to October 14, 1996 was $25.2  million.  Loss before  taxes
and minority  interest for the period from October 15, 1996 to December 31,
1996 was $160.1 million.  This loss includes  non-recurring costs of $114.1
million for the  allocation of purchase  price to  in-process  research and
development  projects,  $32.2 million for the revaluation of inventories to
fair value,  $9.9 million of other charges (an  additional  $1.9 million of
other  charges was incurred by the  Predecessor  Business in 1996) and $4.8
million for  non-recurring  legal and  advisory  fees.  Pro forma  earnings
before taxes and minority  interest  would have been $12.5 million in 1996.
Pro Forma Adjusted  Operating Income would have been $67.9 million in 1996,
or $58.0 million (excluding Safeline),  compared to $39.5 million in actual
1995.

     Net  earnings  for the period from January 1, 1996 to October 14, 1996
were $14.5  million.  The net loss for the period from  October 15, 1996 to
December  31,  1996 was  $159.0  million.  Pro forma net  earnings  of $5.0
million in 1996 compared to net earnings of $18.3 million in actual 1995.

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

     In November 1997, the Company refinanced its previous credit agreement
and  purchased  all of its 9 3/4% Senior  Subordinated  Notes due 2006 (the
"Notes")  pursuant  to a  tender  offer  with  proceeds  from  the  IPO and
additional borrowings under the Credit Agreement. The Notes were originally
issued in October 1996 at the time of the Acquisition.

     The Credit  Agreement  provides for term loan  borrowings in aggregate
principal amounts of $99.7 million,  SFr 83.9 million  (approximately $55.9
million at March 31, 1998) and  (pound)21.3  million  (approximately  $35.8
million at March 31, 1998) that are scheduled to mature in 2004, a Canadian
revolver with  availability of CDN $26.3 million  (approximately  CDN $19.5
million  of which was drawn as of March 31,  1998)  which is  scheduled  to
mature  in  2004,  and a  multi-currency  revolving  credit  facility  with
availability of $400.0 million  (approximately  $240.0 million of which was
available at March 31, 1998) which is also scheduled to mature in 2004. The
Company had  borrowings of $348.3  million  under the Credit  Agreement and
$25.9 million under various other  arrangements as of March 31, 1998. Under
the Credit Agreement,  amounts outstanding under the term loans amortize in
quarterly  installments.  In addition,  the Credit Agreement  obligates the
Company to make  mandatory  prepayments in certain  circumstances  with the
proceeds of asset sales or issuance of capital  stock or  indebtedness  and
with  certain  excess  cash flow.  The  Credit  Agreement  imposes  certain
restrictions on the Company and its subsidiaries, including restrictions on
the ability to incur  indebtedness,  make  investments,  grant liens,  sell
financial assets and engage in certain other  activities.  The Company must
also comply with  certain  financial  covenants.  The Credit  Agreement  is
secured by certain  assets of the  Company.  The Credit  Agreement  imposes
certain  restrictions  on the  Company's  ability to pay  dividends  to its
shareholders.

     In  connection  with  the   Refinancing,   the  Company   recorded  an
extraordinary charge amounting to $31.6 million, principally for prepayment
premiums on its Notes and the write-off of capitalized  debt issuance fees.
In  addition,  with the May 29, 1997  refinancing  of its  previous  credit
facility,  the Company  recorded an  extraordinary  charge of $9.6 million,
representing a charge for the write-off of  capitalized  debt issuance fees
and related expenses associated with the previous credit facility.

     At March 31,  1998,  approximately  $106.7  million of the  borrowings
under the Credit Agreement were denominated in U.S. dollars. The balance of
the borrowings  under the Credit  Agreement and under local working capital
facilities  were  also  denominated  in  certain  of  the  Company's  other
principal trading currencies  amounting to approximately  $267.5 million at
March 31, 1998.  Changes in exchange  rates between the currencies in which
the Company  generates cash flow and the currencies in which its borrowings
are denominated will affect the Company's liquidity.  In addition,  because
the Company  borrows in a variety of  currencies,  its debt  balances  will
fluctuate  due to changes in exchange  rates.  See "--Effect of Currency on
Results of Operations."

     The Acquisition was financed principally through capital contributions
of $190.0  million  before  related  expenses from the Company,  borrowings
under a previous credit agreement of $307.0 million and $135.0 million from
the  issuance  of the Notes.  The  Safeline  Acquisition  was  financed  by
borrowings under the Company's  then-existing credit facility together with
the  issuance of  (pound)13.7  million  ($22.4  million at May 30, 1997) of
seller loan notes which mature May 30, 1999.

     Prior to the  Acquisition,  the Company's cash and other liquidity was
used   principally   to  fund   capital   expenditures,   working   capital
requirements, debt service and dividends to Ciba. Following the Acquisition
and the Safeline  Acquisition,  the annual interest expense associated with
increased borrowings, as well as scheduled principal payments of term loans
under the Credit  Agreement,  have  significantly  increased  the Company's
liquidity requirements.

     The  Company's  capital  expenditures  totaled  $25.9 million in 1995,
$29.4 million in pro forma 1996 and $22.3  million in actual 1997.  Capital
expenditures  are primarily for  machinery,  equipment and the purchase and
expansion  of   facilities,   including  the  purchase  of  land  for,  and
construction of, the Company's  Shanghai  manufacturing  facility.  Capital
expenditures for 1998 are expected to increase over 1997 levels, but should
remain consistent with earlier periods.

     The Company's  cash provided by operating  activities  increased  from
$8.1 million in the three  months ended March 31, 1997 to $12.2  million in
the three months ended March 31, 1998.  The increase  resulted  principally
from improved Adjusted  Operating Income and lower interest costs resulting
from the IPO and  Refinancing.  For the year ended  December  31, 1997 cash
provided by operating  activities  was $55.6 million in 1997 as compared to
$62.5  million for the period  January 1, 1996 to October 14, 1996 and $9.6
million for the period  October 15, 1996 to  December  31,  1996.  The 1997
results  include higher  interest costs  resulting from the Acquisition and
the Safeline Acquisition.

     At March 31, 1998, consolidated debt, net of cash, was $352.9 million.

     The Company continues to explore potential  acquisitions to expand its
product portfolio and improve its distribution capabilities.  In connection
with any acquisition, the Company may incur additional indebtedness.

     The  Company   currently   believes  that  cash  flow  from  operating
activities,  together with borrowings  available under the Credit Agreement
and local working capital facilities,  will be sufficient to fund currently
anticipated working capital needs and capital spending requirements as well
as debt service  requirements  for at least several years, but there can be
no assurance that this will be the case.

EFFECT OF CURRENCY ON RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

     The  Company's  operations  are  conducted  by  subsidiaries  in  many
countries, and the results of operations and the financial position of each
of those  subsidiaries  are reported in the relevant  foreign  currency and
then translated into U.S.  dollars at the applicable  foreign exchange rate
for  inclusion  in  the  Company's   consolidated   financial   statements.
Accordingly,  the results of operations of such subsidiaries as reported in
U.S.  dollars can vary as a result of changes in currency  exchange  rates.
Specifically,  a strengthening  of the U.S. dollar versus other  currencies
reduces net sales and earnings as translated into U.S.  dollars,  whereas a
weakening of the U.S. dollar has the opposite effect.

     Swiss  franc-denominated  costs represent a much greater percentage of
the Company's total expenses than Swiss  franc-denominated  sales represent
of total sales.  In general,  an appreciation of the Swiss franc versus the
Company's other major trading currencies, especially the principal European
currencies,  has a negative  impact on the Company's  results of operations
and a  depreciation  of the Swiss franc  versus the  Company's  other major
trading  currencies,  especially  the principal  European  currencies has a
positive impact on the Company's results of operations. The effect of these
changes generally offsets in part the translation effect on earnings before
interest and taxes of changes in exchange rates between the U.S. dollar and
other currencies described in the preceding paragraph.

TAXES

     The Company is subject to taxation  in many  jurisdictions  throughout
the world.  The  Company's  effective  tax rate and tax  liability  will be
affected  by a number of factors,  such as the amount of taxable  income in
particular jurisdictions, the tax rates in such jurisdictions, tax treaties
between  jurisdictions,  the extent to which the  Company  transfers  funds
between jurisdictions and income is repatriated, and future changes in law.
Generally, the tax liability for each legal entity is determined either (i)
on a  non-consolidated/combined  basis  or (ii) on a  consolidated/combined
basis  only  with  other  eligible  entities  subject  to tax  in the  same
jurisdiction,  in  either  case  without  regard to the  taxable  losses of
non-consolidated/combined affiliated entities. As a result, the Company may
pay income  taxes to certain  jurisdictions  even  though the Company on an
overall basis incurs a net loss for the period.

ENVIRONMENTAL MATTERS

     The Company is subject to various  environmental  laws and regulations
in the  jurisdictions in which it operates.  The Company,  like many of its
competitors,  has  incurred,  and  will  continue  to  incur,  capital  and
operating  expenditures  and other  costs in  complying  with such laws and
regulations  in both the United  States and abroad.  The  Company  does not
currently  anticipate any material capital  expenditures for  environmental
control technology. Some risk of environmental liability is inherent in the
Company's   business,   and  there  can  be  no  assurance   that  material
environmental costs will not arise in the future. However, the Company does
not anticipate any material  adverse effect on its results of operations or
financial   condition  as  a  result  of  future  costs  of   environmental
compliance.

INFLATION

     Inflation  can  affect  the  costs of goods and  services  used by the
Company.  The competitive  environment in which the Company operates limits
somewhat the Company's  ability to recover  higher costs through  increased
selling  prices.  Moreover,  there may be  differences  in inflation  rates
between  countries  in which the  Company  incurs the major  portion of its
costs and other  countries in which the Company sells its  products,  which
may limit the Company's  ability to recover  increased costs, if not offset
by future  increase  of  selling  prices.  The  Company's  growth  strategy
includes expansion in China,  Latin America and Eastern Europe,  which have
experienced inflationary conditions.  To date, inflationary conditions have
not had a material effect on the Company's  operating results.  However, as
the  Company's   presence  in  China,  Latin  America  and  Eastern  Europe
increases, these inflationary conditions could have a greater impact on the
Company's operating results.

SEASONALITY

     The Company's business has historically experienced a slight amount of
seasonal  variation,  with sales in the first fiscal quarter slightly lower
than, and sales in the fourth fiscal quarter slightly higher than, sales in
the second and third  fiscal  quarters.  This trend has a somewhat  greater
effect on income  from  operations  than on net sales due to the  effect of
fixed costs.

FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS WITH OFF-BALANCE SHEET RISKS

     Prior to 1997,  the Company  entered into currency  forward and option
contracts  primarily  as  a  hedge  against  anticipated  foreign  currency
exposures and not for speculative purposes. Such contracts, which are types
of financial  derivatives,  limit the Company's  exposure to both favorable
and  unfavorable  currency  fluctuations.  These  contracts are adjusted to
reflect  market  values as of each balance  sheet date,  with the resulting
unrealized  gains  and  losses  being  recognized  in  financial  income or
expense,  as  appropriate.  At December 31, 1997, all remaining  derivative
instruments met the requirements of hedge accounting.

     During 1997, the Company  entered into certain  interest rate swap and
cap agreements. See Note 5 to the Audited Consolidated Financial Statements
included  herein.  The Company has not entered any such  agreements  during
1998.

NEW ACCOUNTING STANDARDS

     In  June  1997,  the  Financial   Accounting  Standards  Board  issued
Statement  of  Financial   Accounting   Standards  No.  131  ("SFAS  131"),
"Disclosures about Segments of an Enterprise and Related Information." This
Statement will change the way public  companies  report  information  about
segments of their business in annual financial statements and requires them
to report selected financial  information in their quarterly reports issued
to shareholders.  It also requires  entity-wide  disclosures about products
and services an entity provides,  the material  countries in which it holds
assets and reports  revenues,  and its major  customers.  The  Statement is
effective for fiscal years  beginning  after December 15, 1997.  Management
has not determined the effect of the adoption of SFAS 131.

     In March 1998, the American  Institute of Certified Public Accountants
issued  Statement of Opinion  ("SOP")  98-1,  "Accounting  for the Costs of
Computer  Software  Developed  or  Obtained  for  Internal  Use."  This SOP
provides  guidance  on  accounting  for  the  costs  of  computer  software
developed  or obtained  for internal  use.  This SOP  requires  entities to
capitalize  certain  internal-use  software costs once certain criteria are
met, and is effective for financial  statements for fiscal years  beginning
after  December 15, 1998.  Management  has not determined the effect of the
adoption of SOP 98-1.

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS AND ASSOCIATED RISKS

     This Prospectus includes  forward-looking  statements that reflect the
Company's  current  views  with  respect  to future  events  and  financial
performance, including capital expenditures, planned product introductions,
research and development  expenditures,  potential future growth, including
potential   penetration   of  developed   markets  and   potential   growth
opportunities in emerging markets, potential future acquisitions, potential
cost savings from planned employee  reductions and restructuring  programs,
estimated  proceeds  from and timing of asset  sales,  planned  operational
changes and research and  development  efforts,  strategic plans and future
cash sources and requirements. These forward-looking statements are subject
to a number of risks and uncertainties, including those identified in "Risk
Factors,"  which  could  cause  actual  results to differ  materially  from
historical  results or those  anticipated.  The words "believe,"  "expect,"
"anticipate" and similar expressions identify  forward-looking  statements.
Readers are cautioned not to place undue reliance on these  forward-looking
statements,  which speak only as of their dates. The Company  undertakes no
obligation  to publicly  update or revise any  forward-looking  statements,
whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise.

                                  INDUSTRY

GENERAL

     The Company  believes that in 1997 the global market for the Company's
products and services was approximately $6.0 billion.  Weighing instruments
are among the most broadly used  measuring  devices,  and their results are
often used as the basis of commercial transactions.  Analytical instruments
are critical to the research and development and quality control efforts of
end-users,  while metal  detection  systems provide  important  quality and
safety  checks for  companies  that  produce and package  goods in the food
processing, pharmaceutical,  cosmetics, chemicals and other industries. The
Company's  products  are used in  laboratories  as an integral  part of the
research   and  quality   control   processes,   in  industry  for  various
manufacturing  processes such as quality  control,  materials  preparation,
filling, counting and dimensioning,  and in food retailing for preparation,
portioning  and  inventory  control.   Customers  include   pharmaceutical,
biotechnology,   chemicals,   cosmetics,   food   and   beverage,   metals,
electronics,  logistics,  transportation and food retailing businesses,  as
well as schools,  universities and government standards  laboratories.  The
Company does not manufacture or sell household weighing products, bulkweigh
fillers  or  continuous  weighing  products,  and  those  markets  are  not
discussed herein.

     Weighing  instruments often comprise a relatively small component of a
customer's  aggregate  expenditures  but  perform  important  functions  in
quality control, process control and research and can improve productivity.
As a result,  the Company  believes  customers tend to emphasize  accuracy,
product reliability,  technical innovation, service quality, reputation and
past experience with a manufacturer's products when making their purchasing
decisions for weighing and other precision instruments.  Weighing equipment
manufacturers  also provide a significant  amount of service and support to
their  customers,   including   repair,   calibration,   certification  and
preventive  maintenance,  which generate  recurring  revenues.  The Company
believes that  customers  often  continue to purchase  from their  existing
vendor due to the additional costs for training,  spare parts,  service and
systems integration  associated with switching to or adding other brands of
weighing   equipment   to  their   operations.   The  market  for  weighing
instruments,  particularly  those  used in  industrial  and food  retailing
applications,  has traditionally been fragmented both geographically and by
type of application.  Many  manufacturers  have a strong market position in
their  home  countries  but a  much  smaller  presence  in  other  markets.
Similarly,  manufacturers  have  tended  to  be  focused  on  a  particular
application or group of applications.

     The Company believes that the developed markets (Europe, North America
and Japan) that it serves have recently  experienced modest growth rates in
demand  for  weighing  instruments.   Laboratory  market  growth  has  been
influenced  by demand in the  principal  end-user  industries  and customer
replacement of older  products with new products  designed to be integrated
into an  automated  laboratory  environment.  In the  industrial  and  food
retailing market,  growth has been driven by the increasing use of weighing
applications in the control and regulation of  manufacturing  and logistics
processes, customers' needs to upgrade to network-ready weighing equipment,
and general growth in end-user industries.  Emerging markets,  such as Asia
(excluding  Japan),  have experienced  higher growth rates than the overall
market.  Growth in these markets has come from the establishment and growth
of  industries  requiring   additional  and  more  sophisticated   weighing
instruments and systems.

     End-users of laboratory  analytical  instruments require exceptionally
high levels of performance  and reliability due to the application of these
instruments  in critical  steps of  research  and  development  and quality
control.  In addition,  analytical  instruments in most cases  constitute a
small  percentage of  customers'  aggregate  expenditures,  are material to
customers'  development efforts and can have a significant impact on users'
overall  productivity.  As  a  result,  the  Company  believes  reputation,
technical  leadership,  service and proven results are critical to end-user
decisions  to  choose  an  equipment  supplier.   In  many  cases,  once  a
manufacturer's  equipment is adopted in the laboratory and test methods are
established  using a  particular  instrument,  the  costs  and/or  risks of
switching to a different manufacturer of instruments can be high. Customers
are  therefore  reluctant  to switch  suppliers  and are more likely to buy
replacement  products from the  manufacturer of the initial  system,  which
leads to stable customer  relationships  and a potential  recurring revenue
stream for the vendor.  The  Company  believes  that there are  significant
potential  growth  opportunities  in its  analytical  instruments  markets,
including:  growth in end-use  markets  such as  pharmaceuticals,  food and
beverage, consumer products, environmental testing and chemicals; increased
research and  development  spending in major customer  segments such as the
pharmaceutical and biotech  industries;  and increased customer emphasis on
productivity and automation.

     The end-users of metal detection  equipment are typically companies in
the  food  processing,  pharmaceutical,   cosmetics,  chemicals  and  other
industries that must ensure that their products are free from contamination
by metal particles.  Selling product that is contaminated by metal can have
severe consequences for these companies,  resulting in potential litigation
and product recalls.  Consequently, the Company believes that purchasers of
metal  detectors  value  accuracy  and  stability of their  detectors.  The
Company  believes  that there is also a high degree of brand  loyalty  from
customers,  as switching  brands requires  retraining line operators in the
use of  new  equipment  and  altering  quality  assurance  and  calibration
routines.  The Company believes these  characteristics lead to a high level
of recurring and follow-on  revenues from existing  customers.  The Company
believes  that  in  developed  markets,   demand  for  metal  detectors  is
experiencing substantial growth as a result of both increasing consumer and
regulatory  focus on product  safety.  Furthermore,  the  Company  believes
exports of food products to  industrialized  nations from lesser  developed
countries  will  contribute  to  growth in demand  for metal  detectors  in
emerging markets.

INDUSTRY TRENDS

     Over the last five  years,  the markets  for the  Company's  precision
instruments have experienced  increasing  customer demand for products with
sophisticated data handling and storage capabilities that can be integrated
into management information systems. In the laboratory market, weighing and
analytical  instruments  are now  capable  of  storing  a large  number  of
results,  performing  statistical  analyses  and  transmitting  results  to
computers  and  laboratory  information   management  systems.   Laboratory
customers have also demanded instruments that improve research productivity
by adding automation.  For example, titrators have been increasingly paired
with  auto-samplers,  which allow a technician  to set up dozens of samples
for testing  automatically.  The industrial  and food retailing  market has
experienced  a  similar   trend,   as  small   groceries  are  replaced  by
supermarkets and hypermarkets.  Retail counter-top scales (for the weighing
of  perishable  goods) now include  database  and network  functions.  This
enables the scale to download  price  information  from the store's  master
price database and provide  information  on sales by article,  which can be
integrated into the store's  inventory  control system.  The store's master
ordering  system is then able to calculate  shrinkage  and store  inventory
levels based on the weight of goods  processed  and  automatically  reorder
perishable  goods via electronic  data  interchange  when inventory  levels
reach a pre-set reorder point. In manufacturing,  weighing instruments also
have become integrated into manufacturing  plants'  information  systems as
the primary means for the tracking and control of  inventory.  As they have
become more integrated into the manufacturing process, weighing instruments
also  have  been  combined  with  dimensioning  equipment  as  well as with
multiple input/output devices:  bar-code readers, printers and data-storage
devices.   Similarly,  metal  detection  systems  can  be  integrated  with
checkweighers  to provide  important  safety and quality checks of consumer
products and are linked to  customers'  management  information  systems to
provide key process control data.

     Another  trend in the  weighing  instruments  market is  regional  and
global  harmonization  of weighing and measurement  standards.  Weights and
measures were  historically  regulated at the national  level. As a result,
products had to meet numerous different national  regulatory  requirements.
More recently,  certain European national requirements have been harmonized
by the  European  Union,  and many other  national  requirements  have been
harmonized by the Organisation  Internationale de Metrologie Legale,  which
sets  international  weights  and  measures  standards.  Harmonization  has
facilitated the ability of multinational weighing instrument  manufacturers
to manufacture products that meet all relevant regulatory  requirements and
the development of broader-based markets for their product lines. In recent
years,  some governments have begun to privatize the inspection of weighing
instruments used in commercial transactions. ISO-certified manufacturers of
weighing  instruments,  such as Mettler-Toledo,  whose after-sales  service
technicians  already  perform  similar  services  for  customers,  are well
situated to take over the inspection  process from  governments  wishing to
privatize this function.

     As laboratory and manufacturing requirements and standards become more
widely   adopted,   the  accuracy  of  weighing   instruments,   analytical
instruments  and metal  detection  systems  and the  ability to certify the
accuracy  of results  become  increasingly  important  to  purchasers.  For
example,  ISO  9001  standards  and  Good  Laboratory  Practices  and  Good
Manufacturing  Practices,  which are voluntarily  adopted by  participating
companies,  require the  development of compliance  procedures that must be
adhered to throughout the relevant laboratory or production process.  These
procedures  include periodic  calibration and  certification of measurement
instruments. Certified instruments must be utilized throughout the process,
and each step in the process must be accurately recorded in accordance with
specified   procedures  so  that  results  can  be  accurately  traced  and
reproduced. An example of this trend is the increasing adoption of ISO 9001
quality  guidelines  by  food  processors,  which  require  all  production
processes to be properly  monitored  for  contamination  by metal and other
foreign substances.

                                  BUSINESS

GENERAL

     Mettler-Toledo is a leading global supplier of precision  instruments.
The Company is the world's  largest  manufacturer  and marketer of weighing
instruments   for  use  in   laboratory,   industrial  and  food  retailing
applications.  In addition,  the Company  holds one of the top three market
positions in several  related  analytical  instruments  such as  titrators,
thermal analysis systems, pH meters, automatic lab reactors and electrodes.
Through its 1997  acquisition of Safeline,  the Company is also the world's
largest  manufacturer and marketer of metal detection systems for companies
that  produce and  package  goods in the food  processing,  pharmaceutical,
cosmetics,  chemicals  and other  industries.  The Company  focuses on high
value-added segments of its markets by providing innovative instruments, by
integrating  these  instruments  into  application-specific  solutions  for
customers,  and by  facilitating  the  processing  of data  gathered by its
instruments  and  the  transfer  of  this  data  to  customers'  management
information  systems.  Mettler-Toledo  services a worldwide  customer  base
through  its  own  sales  and  service   organization   and  has  a  global
manufacturing  presence in Europe,  the United States and Asia. The Company
generated  1997 net sales of  $878.4  million  which  were  derived  45% in
Europe,  42% in North and South America and 13% in Asia and other  markets.
For additional financial  information by geographic segment, see Note 16 to
the Audited  Consolidated  Financial  Statements included elsewhere in this
Prospectus.

HISTORY

     The  Company  traces  its  roots to the  invention  of the  single-pan
analytical  balance by Dr.  Erhard  Mettler  and the  formation  of Mettler
Instruments  AG ("Mettler")  in 1945.  During the 1970s and 1980s,  Mettler
expanded  from  laboratory  balances  into  industrial  and food  retailing
products, and it introduced the first fully electronic precision balance in
1973.  The Toledo Scale  Company  ("Toledo  Scale") was founded in 1901 and
developed a leading market  position in the industrial  weighing  market in
the United  States.  During the 1970s,  Toledo Scale expanded into the food
retailing  market.  Following  the  1989  acquisition  of  Toledo  Scale by
Mettler,  the name of the Company was changed to  Mettler-Toledo to reflect
the combined  strengths of the two  companies  and to  capitalize  on their
historic reputations for quality and innovation.  During the past 15 years,
the Company has grown  through other  acquisitions  that  complemented  the
Company's  existing  geographic  markets  and  products.  In 1986,  Mettler
acquired the Ingold Group of companies,  manufacturers  of electrodes,  and
Garvens Kontrollwaagen AG, a maker of dynamic  checkweighers.  Toledo Scale
acquired Hi-Speed  Checkweigher Co., in 1981. In 1990, the Company acquired
Ohaus Corporation, a manufacturer of laboratory balances.

     The Company was  incorporated in December 1991, and was  recapitalized
in connection with the October 15, 1996  acquisition of the  Mettler-Toledo
Group from Ciba in a transaction sponsored by management and AEA Investors.
See Note 1 to the Audited Consolidated Financial Statements included herein
for further  information with respect to the Acquisition.  On May 30, 1997,
the  Company  purchased  Safeline,  the world's  leading  supplier of metal
detection  systems for companies that produce and package goods in the food
processing, pharmaceutical, cosmetics, chemicals and other industries.

     In November 1997, the Company completed its initial public offering of
shares of its Common  Stock at a price per share equal to $14.00.  The IPO,
in which  7,666,667  shares  (including  the  underwriters'  over-allotment
option) were sold, raised net proceeds,  after underwriters' commission and
expenses,  of approximately  $97.3 million.  The net proceeds from the IPO,
together with additional  borrowings under the Company's Credit  Agreement,
were used to repurchase the Notes and to pay related  premiums and fees and
expenses.

MARKET LEADERSHIP

     The Company  believes that it maintains a leading  position in each of
its markets. In the weighing instruments market, Mettler-Toledo is the only
company to offer  products for  laboratory,  industrial  and food retailing
applications throughout the world and believes that it holds a market share
more  than two  times  greater  than that of its  nearest  competitor.  The
Company believes that in 1997 it had an approximate 40% market share of the
global market for laboratory balances including the largest market share in
each of Europe,  the  United  States and Asia  (excluding  Japan),  and the
number two position in Japan. In the industrial and food retailing markets,
the  Company  believes it has the  largest  market  share in Europe and the
United States.  In Asia,  Mettler-Toledo has substantial,  rapidly growing
industrial  and  food  retailing  businesses  supported  by an  established
manufacturing  presence  in China.  The  Company  also holds one of the top
three global market  positions in several  analytical  instruments  such as
titrators,  thermal analysis systems,  electrodes,  pH meters and automatic
lab  reactors.  The Company  recently  enhanced  its leading  positions  in
precision  instruments  through the addition of Safeline's  market  leading
metal  detection  products,  which  can be used  in  conjunction  with  the
Company's checkweighing instruments for important quality and safety checks
in the food  processing,  pharmaceutical,  cosmetics,  chemicals  and other
industries.  Mettler-Toledo  attributes  its  worldwide  market  leadership
positions to the following competitive strengths:

     Global  Brand  and  Reputation.   The  Mettler-Toledo  brand  name  is
identified worldwide with accuracy,  reliability and innovation.  Customers
value these  characteristics  because precision  instruments,  particularly
weighing  and  analytical  instruments,   significantly  impact  customers'
product   quality,   productivity,   costs   and   regulatory   compliance.
Furthermore,  precision instruments generally constitute a small percentage
of customers'  aggregate  expenditures.  As a result,  the Company believes
customers  tend  to  emphasize  accuracy,  product  reliability,  technical
innovation,   service  quality,  reputation  and  past  experience  with  a
manufacturer's products when making their purchasing decisions for weighing
and other precision instruments and experience high switching costs if they
attempt to change  vendors.  A recent  independent  survey  concluded  that
"Mettler-Toledo"  was one of the three most  recognized  brand names in the
laboratory.  The Company's brand name is so well recognized that laboratory
balances are often  generically  referred to as "Mettlers." The strength of
this  brand  name has  allowed  the  Company  to  successfully  extend  its
laboratory  product line to include  titrators,  thermal analysis  systems,
electrodes, pH meters and automatic lab reactors.

     Technological  Innovation.  Mettler-Toledo  has a long and  successful
track  record  of  innovation,  as  demonstrated  by the  invention  of the
single-pan  analytical  balance in 1945 and the  introduction  of the first
fully electronic precision balance in 1973. The Company has continued to be
at the forefront of technology with recent innovations in both weighing and
related  instrumentation,  including  its new digital load cell,  its ID 20
terminal (the first personal computer  interface to be certified by weights
and measures regulators), its MonoBloc weighing sensor technology, its GOBI
moisture  determination  instrument,  a new automatic lab reactor, the Zero
Metal-Free Zone metal detector and its new PILAR  (Parallel  Infrared Laser
Array)  dimensioning  equipment.  As  with  many  of the  Company's  recent
innovations, the Company's new MonoBloc weighing sensor technology provides
greater accuracy while also significantly  reducing manufacturing costs and
the time and expense of design changes by reducing from  approximately  100
to approximately 50 the number of parts in the sensor. The Company believes
it  is  the  global   leader  in  its  industry  in  providing   innovative
instruments,  in  integrating  its  instruments  into  application-specific
solutions  for  customers,  and in  facilitating  the  processing  of  data
gathered by its  instruments  and the  transfer of this data to  customers'
management information systems.  Mettler-Toledo's  technological innovation
efforts  benefit  from the  Company's  manufacturing  expertise  in  sensor
technology, precision machining and electronics, as well as its strength in
software development.

     Comprehensive, High Quality Product Range. Mettler-Toledo manufactures
a  more  comprehensive  range  of  weighing  instruments  than  any  of its
competitors.  The Company's  broad  product line  addresses a wide range of
weighing  applications  across  and within  many  industries  and  regions.
Furthermore,  the  Company's  analytical  instruments  and metal  detection
systems  complement  its weighing  products,  enabling the Company to offer
integrated  solutions.  The Company manufactures its products in its modern
manufacturing   facilities,   most  of  which   are  ISO  9001   certified.
Mettler-Toledo's  broad range of high  quality  products and the ability to
provide  integrated  solutions allows the Company to leverage its sales and
service organization,  product development activities and manufacturing and
distribution capabilities.

     Global  Sales and  Service.  The Company has the only global sales and
service organization among weighing instruments manufacturers. At March 31,
1998,  this  organization   consisted  of  approximately   3,100  employees
organized into locally-based,  customer-focused  groups that provide prompt
service  and  support  to  the  Company's  customers  and  distributors  in
virtually  all major  markets  around  the  world.  The local  focus of the
Company's  sales and  service  organization  enables the Company to provide
timely, responsive support to customers worldwide and provides feedback for
manufacturing  and product  development.  This global  infrastructure  also
allows the  Company  to  capitalize  on growth  opportunities  in  emerging
markets.

     Largest  Installed Base. The Company  believes that it has the largest
installed base of weighing  instruments  in the world.  From this installed
base, the Company obtains service contracts which provide a strong,  stable
source  of  recurring   service   revenue.   Service  revenue   represented
approximately  16% of net  sales in  1997,  of  which  approximately  9% is
derived from service  contracts and repairs with the remainder derived from
the sale of spare parts.  The Company  believes that its installed  base of
weighing  instruments  represents a competitive  advantage  with respect to
repeat purchases and purchases of related analytical  instruments and metal
detection  systems,  because  customers  tend to  remain  with an  existing
supplier  that can  provide  accurate  and  reliable  products  and related
services.  In addition,  switching  to a new  instrument  supplier  entails
additional  costs to the customer for  training,  spare parts,  service and
systems integration requirements.  Close relationships and frequent contact
with its broad  customer base also provide the Company with sales leads and
new product and application ideas.

     Geographical,  Product and  Customer  Diversification.  The  Company's
revenue  base is  diversified  by  geographic  region,  product  range  and
customer.  The  Company's  broad range of product  offerings is utilized in
many   different   industries,    including,   among   others,   chemicals,
pharmaceuticals,  food processing,  food retailing and transportation.  The
Company  supplies  customers  in over 100  countries,  and no one  customer
accounted  for more  than 2.6% of 1997 net  sales.  The  Company's  diverse
revenue base reduces its exposure to regional or industry-specific economic
conditions,  and its presence in many different geographic markets, product
markets  and  industries  enhances  its  attractiveness  as a  supplier  to
multinational customers.

GROWTH STRATEGY

     Prior  to  its  acquisition  on  October  15,  1996  in a  transaction
sponsored by management  and AEA  Investors,  Mettler-Toledo  operated as a
division of Ciba. In connection with the Acquisition,  Mettler-Toledo began
implementing  a strategy to enhance its position as global market leader by
accelerating   new   product   introductions,    capitalizing   on   market
opportunities, focusing on expansion in emerging markets, pursuing selected
acquisitions  and  reengineering  its  operations  in order to  reduce  its
overall  cost  structure.   These   initiatives   have  contributed  to  an
improvement  in Adjusted  Operating  Income from $39.5 million (4.6% of net
sales) for 1995 to $81.5  million  (9.3% of net  sales) for 1997.  Adjusted
Operating  Income  increased from $12.3 million (6.2% of net sales) for the
three months ended March 31, 1997 to $18.7  million (8.7% of net sales) for
the three months ended March 31, 1998, an increase of 52.6%.

     New Product  Introductions.  The Company intends to continue to invest
in product innovation in order to provide technologically advanced products
to its  customers  for existing and new  applications.  Over the last three
calendar years, the Company invested more than $150 million in research and
development and customer  engineering,  which has resulted in a pipeline of
innovative  and new products,  significant  reductions in product costs and
reduced  time to market for new  products.  Examples  of recent or upcoming
product  introductions  include:  industrial and retail products that apply
open-system   architecture,   a  higher  performance   titrator,  a  higher
performance   modular   thermal   analysis   system,   a  new  density  and
refractometry measurement technology, a fully integrated metal detector and
checkweigher and the first  Chinese-designed  and  manufactured  laboratory
balance.  In  addition,  the Company is also  focused on  innovations  that
reduce  manufacturing  costs.  For example,  the Company is  extending  the
utilization  of  its  high-accuracy,   low-cost  MonoBloc  weighing  sensor
technology  through  much of its  weighing  instrument  product  line.  The
Company  attributes a significant  portion of its recent margin improvement
to its research and development efforts.

     Capitalize on Market Opportunities. Mettler-Toledo believes it is well
positioned to capitalize on potential market opportunities  including:  (i)
the integration of precision  measurement  instruments into data management
software systems to automate processes and/or improve process control; (ii)
the   development  of  integrated   solutions   that  combine   measurement
instruments and related technologies directly into manufacturing processes;
(iii) the  harmonization  of national  weighing  standards among countries,
particularly  in the  European  Union;  and  (iv)  the  standardization  of
manufacturing  and laboratory  practices through programs such as ISO 9001,
Good Laboratory  Practices and Good  Manufacturing  Practices.  The Company
believes that these trends,  together with the Company's brand name, global
presence  and the  pipeline  of  planned  new  products,  will  allow it to
increase its  penetration of developed  markets such as Europe,  the United
States and Japan.

     Further  Expansion  in Emerging  Markets.  The Company  believes  that
global  recognition  of the  Mettler-Toledo  brand  name and the  Company's
global sales,  service and manufacturing  capabilities  position it to take
advantage of continued  growth  opportunities  in emerging  markets.  These
growth  opportunities  have been driven by economic  development and global
manufacturers'  utilization of additional and more sophisticated  precision
measurement  instruments  as they shift  production to these  markets.  The
primary focus to date of the Company's  emerging market  expansion has been
in Asia.  In Asia  (excluding  Japan),  the Company is the market leader in
laboratory  weighing  instruments  and has  substantial and rapidly growing
industrial  and  food  retailing  businesses.  The  Company  maintains  two
profitable  operations  in China:  first,  a 60% owned joint  venture which
manufactures and sells industrial and food retailing  products and, second,
a wholly owned  facility  which  manufactures  and  distributes  laboratory
products.  Both of these  operations serve the domestic and export markets.
The Company has opened direct  marketing  organizations  in Taiwan,  Korea,
Hong Kong,  Thailand,  Malaysia and Eastern Europe. The Company's net sales
in Southeast Asia and Korea  collectively  represented  approximately 3% of
the Company's  total net sales for 1997.  The Company is also expanding its
sales and service presence in Latin America and other emerging markets. The
Company  believes Asia and other emerging  markets will continue to provide
opportunities  for growth in the long term based upon the  movement  toward
international  quality  standards,  the need to upgrade mechanical sales to
electronic versions and the establishment of local production facilities by
the  Company's  multinational  client base.  The Company  believes that its
brand name, its global marketing and manufacturing  infrastructure  and its
already  substantial  sales in  Asia,  Latin  America  and  Eastern  Europe
position it to take advantage of these growth opportunities.

     Pursue Selected  Acquisition  Opportunities.  Mettler-Toledo  plans to
actively pursue  additional  complementary  product lines and  distribution
channels.  In the laboratory  market,  the Company  intends to leverage its
existing   laboratory   distribution  system  through  the  acquisition  of
complementary  product lines and the  development of integrated  laboratory
solutions.  In the industrial and food retailing markets, the Company plans
to pursue the acquisition of related products and  technologies  that allow
for  the  integration  of  weighing  with  other  customer  operations  and
information  systems.  The Company began implementing this strategy through
the May 1997 acquisition of Safeline, which is the world's leading supplier
of metal detection  systems for companies that produce and package goods in
the  food  processing,  pharmaceutical,   cosmetics,  chemicals  and  other
industries.  Safeline's metal detection systems enable the Company to offer
integrated  solutions  for  quality  control and data  management  to these
industries. The Company believes that by taking advantage of its brand name
and global sales and service organization it can expand the distribution of
acquired product lines and operate acquired businesses more effectively.

     Reengineering  and Cost  Reductions.  The Company's recent increase in
profitability has been achieved in part through:  (i) focusing research and
development  efforts on product cost  reductions;  (ii)  achieving  greater
flexibility  in, and a targeted  reduction  of,  the  Company's  workforce,
including a planned  further  reduction  of  approximately  70 personnel in
1998; (iii) consolidating  manufacturing facilities,  including the closure
of the Westerville, Ohio facility; and (iv) moving production to lower-cost
manufacturing  facilities.  The Company  has also  started  implementing  a
number of additional  operational  changes such as the restructuring of its
ordering  process,  product  delivery  and parts  inventory  management  in
Europe, the consolidation of worldwide precision balance manufacturing, the
realignment  of  industrial   product   manufacturing  in  Europe  and  the
consolidation  of the Company's North American  laboratory,  industrial and
food retailing businesses into a single marketing organization. The Company
believes that these new initiatives,  as well as its continuing  efforts to
reduce  product  costs  through  research and  development  and the move of
production to lower-cost manufacturing  facilities,  will place the Company
in a  position  to  build  on  its  recent  improvement  in  profitability.
Furthermore,  the  Company  believes  that  it can  leverage  its  existing
infrastructure, particularly the recent investments made in Asia, to obtain
continued  sales growth without  significant  additions to its overall cost
base.

PRODUCTS

   Laboratory

     The Company  manufactures  and markets a complete  range of laboratory
balances,  as well as other selected  laboratory  measurement  instruments,
such as titrators,  thermal  analysis  systems,  electrodes,  pH meters and
automatic  lab  reactors,  for  laboratory  applications  in  research  and
development,   quality  assurance,  production  and  education.  Laboratory
products accounted for approximately 38% of the Company's net sales in 1997
(including revenues from related after-sale service).  The Company believes
that it has an  approximate  40% share of the global market for  laboratory
balances  and is among  the top three  producers  worldwide  of  titrators,
thermal analysis systems, electrodes, pH meters and automatic lab reactors.
The  Company  believes  it has the  leading  market  share  for  laboratory
balances in each of Europe,  the United States and Asia  (excluding  Japan)
and the number two position in Japan.

     Balances.  The balance is the most common  piece of  equipment  in the
laboratory.  The Company  believes  that it sells the  highest  performance
laboratory  balances available on the market, with weighing ranges up to 32
kilograms and down to one ten-millionth of a gram. The Mettler-Toledo  name
is identified  worldwide with accuracy,  reliability  and  innovation.  The
Company's brand name is so well  recognized  that  laboratory  balances are
often   generically   referred  to  as  "Mettlers."  This  reputation,   in
management's   judgment,   constitutes  one  of  the  Company's   principal
competitive strengths.

     In order to cover a wide  range of  customer  needs and price  points,
Mettler-Toledo markets precision balances, semimicrobalances, microbalances
and  ultramicrobalances in three principal product tiers offering different
levels of functionality.  High-end  balances provide maximum  automation of
calibration,   application  support  and  additional  functions.  Mid-level
balances  provide a more  limited  but  still  extensive  set of  automated
features  and software  applications,  while basic level  balances  provide
simple  operations and a limited feature set. The Company also manufactures
mass comparators, which are used by weights and measures regulators as well
as  laboratories  to ensure the accuracy of reference  weights.  Due to the
wide range of functions  and features  offered by the  Company's  products,
prices vary significantly.  A typical mid-range precision balance is priced
at   approximately   $2,500  and  a  typical   microbalance  is  priced  at
approximately $14,000.

     The Company  regularly  introduces  new features and updated models in
its lines of balances.  For example, the Company's DeltaRange models permit
weighing of light and heavy  samples on the same  balance  without the need
for difficult adjustments, a function particularly useful in dispensing and
formula  weighing.  High-end  balances  are equipped  with fully  automatic
calibration technology.  These balances are carefully calibrated many times
in  controlled   environments,   with  the  results  of  the   calibrations
incorporated  into  built-in  software,  so  that  adjustments  to  ambient
temperature and humidity can automatically be made at any time. The Company
also offers universal  interfaces that offer simultaneous  connection of up
to five  peripheral  devices.  The customer can then  interface one balance
with,  for example,  a computer for further  processing of weighing data, a
printer for automatically printing results and a bar-code reader for sample
identification.

     In addition  to  Mettler-Toledo  branded  products,  the Company  also
manufactures and sells balances under the brand name "Ohaus." Ohaus branded
products  include  mechanical  balances  and  electronic  balances  for the
educational  market and other markets in which  customers are interested in
lower cost, a more limited set of features and less  comprehensive  support
and service.

     Titrators.  Titrators measure the chemical composition of samples. The
Company's  high-end titrators are multi-tasking  models,  which can perform
two determinations simultaneously.  They permit high sample throughputs and
have  extensive  expansion  capability  and  flexibility  in  calculations,
functions and parameters.  Lower-range models permit common  determinations
to be stored in a database for frequent use.  Titrators are used heavily in
the  food  and  beverage   industry.   A  typical  titrator  is  priced  at
approximately $12,000.

     Thermal Analysis  Systems.  Thermal analysis systems measure different
properties,   such  as  weight,  dimension  and  energy  flow,  at  varying
temperatures. The Company's thermal analysis products include full computer
integration  and a  significant  amount of  proprietary  software.  Thermal
analysis systems are used primarily in the plastics and polymer industries.
A typical thermal analysis system is priced at approximately $50,000.

     pH Meters. A pH meter measures  acidity in a laboratory  sample and is
the second most widely used measurement instrument in the laboratory, after
the balance.  The Company  manufactures desktop models and portable models.
Desktop models are microprocessor-based  instruments, offering a wide range
of features and self-diagnostic functions.  Portable models are waterproof,
ultrasonically  welded  and  ergonomically   designed,   and  permit  later
downloading  of data to a computer or printer  using an  interface  kit and
custom  software.  pH  meters  are used in a wide  range of  industries.  A
typical pH meter is priced at approximately $1,200.

     Automatic  Lab  Reactors  and  Reaction  Calorimeters.  Automatic  lab
reactors and reaction  calorimeters are used to simulate an entire chemical
manufacturing process in the laboratory before proceeding to production, in
order to ensure the safety and  feasibility  of the process.  The Company's
products  are  fully  computer-integrated,   with  a  significant  software
component,  and offer wide  flexibility in the  structuring of experimental
processes.  Automatic lab reactors and reaction  calorimeters are typically
used in the chemical and pharmaceutical  industries.  A typical lab reactor
is priced at approximately $140,000.

     Electrodes.  The Company manufactures  electrodes for use in a variety
of laboratory  instruments  and in-line  process  applications.  Laboratory
electrodes are consumable goods used in pH meters and titrators,  which may
be replaced many times during the life of the  instrument.  In-line process
electrodes are used to monitor production  processes,  for example,  in the
beverage  industry.  A  typical  in-line  process  electrode  is  priced at
approximately $160.

     Other  Instruments.   The  Company  sells  density  and  refractometry
instruments,  which measure  chemical  concentrations  in solutions.  These
instruments   are  sourced   through  a  marketing  joint  venture  with  a
third-party manufacturer, but are sold under the Mettler-Toledo brand name.
In addition,  the Company manufactures and sells moisture analyzers,  which
precisely  determine  the  moisture  content  of a sample by  utilizing  an
infrared dryer to evaporate moisture.

   Industrial and Food Retailing

     Weighing  instruments  are among  the most  broadly  used  measurement
devices in industry and food retailing.  The Company's  industrial and food
retailing  weighing and related products include bench and floor scales for
standard  industrial  applications,  truck  and  railcar  scales  for heavy
industrial applications, checkweighers (which determine the weight of goods
in motion),  metal detectors,  dimensioning equipment and scales for use in
food  retailing   establishments  and  specialized   software  systems  for
industrial and perishable goods management processes. Increasingly, many of
the Company's industrial and food retailing products can integrate weighing
data  into  process  controls  and  information   systems.   The  Company's
industrial and food retailing  products are also sold to original equipment
manufacturers  ("OEMs"),  which  incorporate  the  Company's  products into
larger process solutions and comprehensive food retailing checkout systems.
At the same time, the Company's  products  themselves  include  significant
software content and additional  functions including  networking,  printing
and  labeling   capabilities  and  the  incorporation  of  other  measuring
technologies such as dimensioning. The Company works with customer segments
to create specific  solutions to their weighing needs. The Company has also
recently  worked closely with the leading  manufacturer of postal meters to
develop a new generation of postal metering systems.

     Industrial and food retailing products accounted for approximately 62%
of the  Company's  net  sales  in 1997  (including  revenues  from  related
after-sale  service).  The Company  believes that it has the largest market
share in the industrial and food retailing  market in each of Europe and in
the United States. In Asia, the Company has a substantial,  rapidly growing
industrial  and  food  retailing   business  supported  by  an  established
manufacturing  presence in China.  The Company believes that it is the only
company with a true global  presence  across  industrial and food retailing
weighing applications.

     Standard  Industrial  Products.  The Company offers a complete line of
standard  industrial  scales,  such as bench scales and floor  scales,  for
weighing loads from a few grams to loads of several  thousand  kilograms in
applications  ranging from  measuring  materials in chemical  production to
weighing  mail and packages.  Product  lines include the "Spider"  range of
scales,  often used in  receiving  and  shipping  departments  in  counting
applications;  "TrimWeigh"  scales,  which determine  whether an item falls
within  a  specified  weight  range,  and are  used  primarily  in the food
industry;  "Mentor SC" scales, for counting parts; and precision scales for
formulating and mixing  ingredients.  The Company's  "MultiRange"  products
include  standardized  software  which uses the  weight  data  obtained  to
calculate other parameters,  such as price or number of pieces. The modular
design of these  products  facilitates  the  integration  of the  Company's
weighing equipment into a computer system performing other functions,  like
inventory control or batch management.  Prices vary  significantly with the
size and functions of the scale, generally ranging from $1,000 to $20,000.

     Heavy  Industrial  Products.  The Company's  primary heavy  industrial
products are scales for weighing  trucks or railcars  (i.e.,  weighing bulk
goods as they enter a factory or at a toll  station).  The Company's  truck
scales, such as the "DigiTol TRUCKMATE," generally have digital load cells,
which  offer  significant  advantages  in  serviceability  over analog load
cells.  Heavy industrial  scales are capable of measuring weights up to 500
tons and permit accurate weighing under extreme  environmental  conditions.
The Company also offers  advanced  computer  software that can be used with
its heavy industrial scales to permit a broad range of applications.  Truck
scale prices generally range from $20,000 to $50,000.

     Dynamic  Checkweighing.  The Company offers solutions to checkweighing
requirements in the food processing, pharmaceutical, chemicals and cosmetic
industries,  where  accurate  filling of packages is  required,  and in the
transportation  and package delivery  industries,  where tariffs are levied
based on weight. Customizable software applications utilize the information
generated by checkweighing hardware to find production flaws, packaging and
labeling  errors and  nonuniform  products,  as well as to sort rejects and
record the results.  Mettler-Toledo  checkweighing equipment can accurately
determine weight in dynamic applications at speeds of up to several hundred
units per  minute.  Checkweighers  generally  range in price from $8,000 to
$40,000.

     Metal Detection  Systems.  Metal detection systems control the removal
of  product  that  is  identified  as  contaminated  by  metal  during  the
manufacturing  process in the food processing,  pharmaceutical,  cosmetics,
chemicals  and  other   industries.   Metal  detectors   therefore  provide
manufacturers  with vital protection  against metal  contamination  arising
from  their  own  production  processes  or from  use of  contaminated  raw
materials.  Metal detectors are most commonly  utilized in conjunction with
checkweighers  as  components  of  integrated  packaging  lines in the food
processing, pharmaceutical and other industries. Prices for metal detection
systems generally range from $5,000 to $20,000.

     Dimensioning  Equipment.  The Company  recently  introduced  automated
dimensioning equipment that is utilized in the shipping industry to measure
package volumes.  These products employ a patented  Parallel Infrared Laser
Array ("PILAR")  technology and are integrated  with  industrial  scales to
combine  volume-based  and  weight-based  tariff  calculations.  Prices for
integrated dimensioning/weighing systems range from $5,000 to $20,000.

     Food Retailing  Products.  Supermarkets,  hypermarkets  and other food
retail  establishments  make use of multiple weighing  applications for the
handling  of  perishable  goods from  backroom  to  checkout  counter.  For
example,  perishable  goods are weighed on arrival to determine  payment to
suppliers  and some of these goods are  repackaged,  priced and labeled for
sale to customers. Other goods are kept loose and selected by customers and
either  weighed at the produce or  delicatessen  counter or at the checkout
counter.

     The Company offers  stand-alone  scales for basic counter weighing and
pricing,  price  finding,  and printing.  In addition,  the Company  offers
network  scales  and  software,  which  can  integrate  backroom,  counter,
self-service and checkout functions, and can incorporate weighing data into
a  supermarket's  overall  perishable  goods  management  system.  Backroom
products include dynamic weighing products, labeling and wrapping machines,
perishable goods management and data processing  systems. In some countries
in Europe, the Company also sells slicing and mincing equipment. Prices for
food retailing  scales  generally range from $800 to $5,000,  but are often
sold as part of comprehensive weighing solutions.

     Systems.   The  Company's   systems  business   consists  of  software
applications  for drum  filling  in the food and  chemical  industries  and
batching  systems in the glass  industry.  The software  systems control or
modify the manufacturing process.

CUSTOMERS AND DISTRIBUTION

     The Company's  business is geographically  diversified,  with 1997 net
sales derived 45% in Europe, 42% in North and South America and 13% in Asia
and other  markets.  The  Company's  customer base is also  diversified  by
industry and by individual customer.  The Company's largest single customer
accounted for no more than 2.6% of 1997 net sales.

   Laboratory

     Principal   customers  for  laboratory   products  include   chemical,
pharmaceutical and cosmetics  manufacturers;  food and beverage makers; the
metals, electronics,  plastics,  transportation,  packaging,  logistics and
rubber  industries;  the jewelry and  precious  metals  trade;  educational
institutions; and government standards labs. Balances and pH meters are the
most  widely  used  laboratory  measurement  instruments  and are  found in
virtually  every  laboratory  across  a wide  range  of  industries.  Other
products have more specialized uses.

     The Company's  laboratory products are sold in more than 100 countries
through a worldwide  distribution  network.  The Company's extensive direct
distribution  network and its dealer support  activities enable the Company
to maintain a significant  degree of control over the  distribution  of its
products. In markets where there are strong laboratory  distributors,  such
as the  United  States,  the  Company  uses them as the  primary  marketing
channel for lower- and mid-price point  products.  This strategy allows the
Company to leverage the strength of both the  Mettler-Toledo  brand and the
laboratory  distributors'  market  position into sales of other  laboratory
measurement  instruments.  The Company  provides  its  distributors  with a
significant  amount of technical and sales support.  High-end  products are
handled  by  the  Company's   own  sales  force.   There  has  been  recent
consolidation  among  distributors in the United States market.  While this
consolidation could adversely affect the Company's U.S.  distribution,  the
Company  believes  its  leadership  position  in  the  market  gives  it  a
competitive  advantage  when  dealing  with  its U.S.  distributors.  Asian
distribution is primarily through distributors, while European distribution
is primarily  through  direct sales.  European and Asian  distributors  are
generally fragmented on a country-by-country  basis. The Company negotiated
a transfer of the  laboratory  business in Japan from its former agent to a
subsidiary  of the Company  effective  January 1, 1997.  In  addition,  the
Company began to distribute  laboratory  products directly in certain other
Asian countries.

     Ohaus  branded  products  are  generally   positioned  in  alternative
distribution channels to those of Mettler-Toledo  branded products. In this
way, the Company is able to fill a greater number of distribution  channels
and increase penetration of its existing markets.  Since the acquisition of
Ohaus in 1990,  the  Company  has  expanded  the  Ohaus  brand  beyond  its
historical U.S. focus. Ohaus branded products are sold exclusively  through
distributors.

   Industrial and Food Retailing

     Customers for  Mettler-Toledo  industrial  products  include  chemical
companies  (e.g.,  formulating,  filling  and bagging  applications),  food
companies (e.g., packaging and filling applications), electronics and metal
processing  companies (e.g.,  piece counting and logistical  applications),
pharmaceutical  companies  (e.g.,  formulating  and filling  applications),
transportation companies (e.g., sorting,  dimensioning and vehicle weighing
applications)  and auto body paint  shops,  which mix paint colors based on
weight.   The  Company's  products  for  these  industries  share  weighing
technology,  and often minor  modifications  of existing  products can make
them useful for  applications  in a variety of  industrial  processes.  The
Company  also sells to OEMs which  integrate  the  Company's  modules  into
larger process control applications,  or comprehensive packaging lines. OEM
applications often include software content and technical  support,  as the
Company's  modules must  communicate  with a wide variety of other  process
modules and data  management  functions.  The  Company's  products are also
purchased  by  engineering   firms,   systems   integrators   and  vertical
application software companies.

     Customers for metal detection  systems are typically food  processing,
pharmaceutical,  cosmetics and chemicals manufacturers who must ensure that
their  products are free from  contamination  by metal  particles.  Selling
product  that is  contaminated  by metal can have severe  consequences  for
these  companies,  resulting in potential  litigation and product  recalls.
Metal  detection  systems are most commonly  utilized in  conjunction  with
checkweighers  as  components of  integrated  packaging  lines as important
safety  checks  before food and other  products are delivered to customers.
Other  applications of metal detection  systems include pipeline  detectors
for dairy and other liquids,  gravity fall systems for grains and sugar and
throat detection systems for raw material monitoring.

     Customers   for  food   retailing   products   include   supermarkets,
hypermarkets and smaller food retailing establishments.  The North American
and European markets include many large supermarket  chains. In most of the
Company's  markets,  food retailing  continues to shift to supermarkets and
hypermarkets  from "mom and pop" grocery  stores.  While  supermarkets  and
hypermarkets  generally buy less  equipment per customer,  they tend to buy
more advanced  products that require more electronic and software  content.
In emerging  markets,  however,  the highest growth is in basic scales.  As
with industrial products, the Company also sells food retailing products to
OEMs for inclusion in more comprehensive checkout systems. For example, the
Company's checkout scales are incorporated into  scanner-scales,  which can
both  weigh  perishable  goods  and  also  read bar  codes on other  items.
Scanner-scales  are in  turn  integrated  with  cash  registers  to  form a
comprehensive checkout system.

     The Company's  industrial products are sold in more than 100 countries
and its food retailing products in 20 countries. In the industrial and food
retailing market, the Company distributes  directly to customers (including
OEMs) and through distributors. In the United States, direct sales slightly
exceed distribution  sales.  Distributors are highly fragmented in the U.S.
In Europe,  direct sales  predominate,  with  distributors  used in certain
cases. As in its laboratory distribution,  the Company provides significant
support to its distributors.

SALES AND SERVICE

   Market Organizations

     The Company has over 30  geographically-focused  market  organizations
("MOs")  around  the world  that are  responsible  for all  aspects  of the
Company's  sales and  service.  The MOs are  local  marketing  and  service
organizations  designed to maintain close  relationships with the Company's
customer  base.  Each MO has the  flexibility  to adapt its  marketing  and
service efforts to account for different cultural and economic  conditions.
MOs also work closely with the Company's producing organizations (described
below) by  providing  feedback on  manufacturing  and  product  development
initiatives and relaying innovative product and application ideas.

     The Company has the only global sales and service  organization  among
weighing  instruments  manufacturers.  At March 31, 1998, this organization
consisted of approximately 3,100 employees in sales, marketing and customer
service  (including  related   administration)  and  after-sales  technical
service.  This field organization has the capability to provide service and
support to the Company's  customers and distributors in virtually all major
markets  across the globe.  Sales  managers  and  representatives  interact
across  product lines and markets in order to serve  customers  that have a
wide  range  of  weighing  needs,  such as  pharmaceutical  companies  that
purchase both laboratory and industrial  products.  The Company  classifies
customers  according  to their  potential  for  sales  and the  appropriate
distribution  channel is selected to service the customer as efficiently as
possible.  Larger  accounts tend to have dedicated  sales  representatives.
Other    representatives   are   specialized   by   product   line.   Sales
representatives  call  directly on  end-users  either  alone or, in regions
where sales are made through distributors,  jointly with distributors.  The
Company utilizes a variety of advertising media,  including trade journals,
catalogs,  exhibitions and trade shows. The Company also sponsors seminars,
product   demonstrations  and  customer  training  programs.  An  extensive
database on markets helps the Company to gauge growth opportunities, target
its  message  to  appropriate   customer  groups  and  monitor  competitive
developments.

   After-Sales Service

     The Company  employs  service  technicians  who provide  contract  and
repair services in all countries in which the Company's  products are sold.
Service  (representing  service  contracts,  repairs and replacement parts)
accounted for  approximately  16% of the Company's  total net sales in 1997
(service  revenue is included in the  laboratory  and  industrial  and food
retailing sales percentages given above).  Management believes that service
is a key part of its product offering and helps significantly in generating
repeat  sales.  Moreover,  the  Company  believes  that it has the  largest
installed   base  of  weighing   instruments   in  the  world.   The  close
relationships and frequent contact with its large customer base provide the
Company with sales  opportunities  and innovative  product and  application
ideas. A global service network also is an important  factor in the ability
to expand in emerging markets.  Widespread  adoption of quality  laboratory
and  manufacturing  standards and the privatization of weights and measures
certification   represent   favorable  trends  for  the  Company's  service
business, as they tend to increase demand for on-site calibration services.

     The Company's  service  contracts  provide for repair  services within
various  guaranteed  response  times,  depending  on the  level of  service
selected.  Many contracts also include  periodic  calibration  and testing.
Contracts  are  generally  one  year  in  length,  but may be  longer.  The
Company's  own  employees  directly  provide all  service on the  Company's
products.   If  the  service  contract  also  includes  products  of  other
manufacturers,  the Company will generally perform calibration, testing and
basic repairs directly,  and contract out more significant  repair work. As
application  software becomes more complex,  the Company's  service efforts
increasingly include installation and customer training programs as well as
product service.

     Warranties on Mettler-Toledo products are generally one year. Based on
past experience,  the Company believes its reserves for warranty claims are
adequate.

RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT; MANUFACTURING

   Producing Organizations

     The  Company is  organized  into a number of  producing  organizations
("POs"), which are specialized centers responsible for product development,
research and manufacturing.  At March 31, 1998, POs included  approximately
3,800 employees worldwide, and consisted of product development teams whose
members  are  from   marketing,   development,   research,   manufacturing,
engineering  and  purchasing.  POs also often seek customer input to ensure
that the products  developed are tailored to market needs.  The Company has
organized  POs in order to reduce  product  development  time,  improve its
customer focus, reduce costs and maintain technological leadership. The POs
work together to share ideas and best practices. Some employees are in both
MOs and POs.  The Company is  currently  implementing  a number of projects
that it believes will result in increased productivity and lower costs. For
example,  the  Company  is  restructuring  the order and  product  delivery
process in Europe to enable the Company to deliver  many of its products to
its customers directly from the manufacturing facility within several days,
which minimizes the need to store products in decentralized  warehouses. In
addition,  the Company is  centralizing  its European spare parts inventory
management system.

   Research and Product Development

     The  Company  closely   integrates   research  and  development   with
marketing,  manufacturing and product  engineering.  The Company has nearly
600 professionals in research and development and product engineering.  The
Company's  principal product  development  activities involve  applications
improvements to provide enhanced customer  solutions,  systems  integration
and product cost  reduction.  However,  the Company also actively  conducts
research  in  basic  weighing  technologies.  As part of its  research  and
development  activities,  the Company has frequent  contact with university
experts,  industry  professionals and the governmental agencies responsible
for weights and measures,  analytical  instruments and metal detectors.  In
addition,  the Company's in-house development is complemented by technology
and product development alliances with customers and OEMs.

     A recent example of innovation at the Company is the MonoBloc weighing
sensor technology, which eliminates many of the complex mechanical linkages
in a weighing  sensor and  reduces  the number of parts in the sensor  from
approximately  100 to  approximately  50. The MonoBloc  sensor permits more
accurate weighing,  lower manufacturing costs and cheaper and faster design
changes.  MonoBloc  technology  has been  incorporated  into certain of the
Company's  products,  and the Company is extending the  utilization  of its
MonoBloc technology through much of its weighing instrument product lines.

     The Company has been spending an increasing proportion of its research
and development budget on software  development.  Software  development for
weighing  applications includes  application-specific  software, as well as
software  utilized  in  sensor  mechanisms,   displays,  and  other  common
components,  which can be  leveraged  across the  Company's  broad  product
lines.

     The  Company  has  spent  more  than  $150  million  on  research  and
development  during the last three  fiscal  years  (excluding  research and
development  purchased in connection  with the Acquisition and the Safeline
Acquisition). Including costs associated with customer-specific engineering
projects,  which  are  included  in cost of sales for  financial  reporting
purposes, the Company spent approximately 5.7% of net sales on research and
development in 1997.

   Manufacturing

     The  Company's  manufacturing  strategy is to produce  directly  those
components  that require its specific  technical  competence,  or for which
dependable,  high-quality  suppliers cannot be found. The Company contracts
out the manufacture of its other component requirements. Consequently, much
of  the  Company's   manufacturing   capability  consists  of  assembly  of
components  sourced  from  others.  The  Company  utilizes  a wide range of
suppliers and it believes its supply arrangements to be adequate. From time
to time the Company relies on one supplier for all of its requirements of a
particular  component,  but in such  cases the  Company  believes  adequate
alternative  sources would be available if necessary.  Supply  arrangements
for electronics are generally made globally. For mechanical components, the
Company generally uses local sources to optimize materials flow.

     The Company's manufacturing operations emphasize product quality. Most
of its products  require very strict  tolerances and exact  specifications.
The Company utilizes an extensive quality control system that is integrated
into each step of the manufacturing process. This integration permits field
service technicians to trace important information about the manufacture of
a particular unit, which facilitates repair efforts and permits fine-tuning
of the manufacturing  process.  Many of the Company's measuring instruments
are subjected to an extensive  calibration process that allows the software
in the unit to  automatically  adjust  for the  impact of  temperature  and
humidity.

     The  Company  has seven  manufacturing  plants  in the  U.S.,  four in
Switzerland, two in Germany, one in the U.K. and two in China, of which one
is a joint  venture in which the Company owns a 60% interest and the other,
the Shanghai facility, was completed and commenced production of laboratory
products at the end of 1996.  Laboratory  products are  produced  mainly in
Switzerland  and to a lesser extent in the United  States and China,  while
industrial and food retailing  products are produced in all five countries.
The  Company's  metal  detectors  are  produced in the U.K. The Company has
manufacturing  expertise  in sensor  technology,  precision  machining  and
electronics, as well as strength in software development. Furthermore, most
of  the  Company's   manufacturing   facilities   have  achieved  ISO  9001
certification.   The  Company  believes  its   manufacturing   capacity  is
sufficient to meet its present and currently anticipated needs.

   Backlog

     Manufacturing turnaround time is generally sufficiently short so as to
permit the Company to  manufacture to fill orders for most of its products,
which helps to limit  inventory  costs.  Backlog is  therefore  generally a
function of requested  customer  delivery  dates and is typically no longer
than one to two months.

EMPLOYEES

     As of March 31, 1998, the Company had  approximately  6,900  employees
throughout the world,  including more than 3,500 in Europe, more than 2,600
in North  and  South  America,  and  approximately  800 in Asia  and  other
countries.  Management believes that its relations with employees are good.
The Company has not suffered any material  employee work stoppage or strike
in its worldwide operations during the last five years. Labor unions do not
represent a meaningful number of the Company's employees

     In certain of its  facilities,  the Company has  instituted a flexible
workforce  environment,  in which hours vary  depending  on the quantity of
workload.  The Company  believes  that this  flexible  working  environment
enhances employees' involvement, thus increasing productivity, and improves
efficient  payroll  management by permitting the Company to adjust staffing
to match  workload to a greater  degree  without  changing  the size of the
overall workforce.

INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY

     The Company holds more than 1,100 patents and trademarks, primarily in
the United States, Switzerland,  Germany and Japan and, to a lesser extent,
in China. The Company's  products  generally  incorporate a wide variety of
technological innovations,  many of which are protected by patents and many
of which are not. Moreover, products are generally not protected as a whole
by  individual  patents.  Accordingly,  no one  patent or group of  related
patents  is  material  to the  Company's  business.  The  Company  also has
numerous  trademarks and considers the  Mettler-Toledo  name and logo to be
material  to  its  business.   The  Company   regularly   protects  against
infringement of its intellectual property.

REGULATION

     The  Company's  products  are  subject  to  regulatory  standards  and
approvals by weights and measures  regulatory  authorities in the countries
in which it sells its products.  Weights and measures  regulation  has been
harmonized  across the European  Union.  The Company's food  processing and
food retailing products are subject to regulation and approvals by relevant
governmental   agencies,   such  as  the  United   States   Food  and  Drug
Administration. Products used in hazardous environments may also be subject
to special  requirements.  All of the Company's  electrical  components are
subject to electrical safety standards.  The Company believes that it is in
compliance in all material respects with applicable regulations.

ENVIRONMENTAL MATTERS

     The Company is subject to various  environmental  laws and regulations
in the jurisdictions in which it operates,  including those relating to air
emissions,  wastewater  discharges,  the handling and disposal of solid and
hazardous wastes and the remediation of  contamination  associated with the
use and  disposal of  hazardous  substances.  The Company  wholly or partly
owns,  leases or holds a direct or indirect  equity interest in a number of
properties and  manufacturing  facilities  around the world,  including the
United States, Europe,  Canada,  Mexico,  Brazil,  Australia and China. The
Company, like many of its competitors,  has incurred,  and will continue to
incur, capital and operating expenditures and other costs in complying with
such laws and regulations in both the United States and abroad.

     The Company is currently involved in, or has potential  liability with
respect  to,  the  remediation  of past  contamination  in  certain  of its
presently  and  formerly  owned and  leased  facilities  in both the United
States and abroad. In addition, certain of the Company's present and former
facilities  have or had been in operation  for many decades and,  over such
time,  some of these  facilities may have used  substances or generated and
disposed of wastes which are or may be considered hazardous. It is possible
that such sites,  as well as disposal sites owned by third parties to which
the Company has sent wastes, may in the future be identified and become the
subject of remediation.  Accordingly, although the Company believes that it
is in substantial compliance with applicable environmental requirements and
the Company to date has not incurred  material  expenditures  in connection
with  environmental  matters,  it is possible that the Company could become
subject to additional  environmental  liabilities  in the future that could
result in a material adverse effect on the Company's financial condition or
results of operations.

     The  Company is  involved  in  litigation  concerning  remediation  of
hazardous  substances at its operating facility in Landing,  New Jersey. On
or about July 1988,  an  affiliate of Ciba  ("AGP")  purchased  100% of the
outstanding stock of Metramatic Corporation ("Metramatic"),  a manufacturer
of  checkweighing  equipment  located in  Landing,  from GEI  International
Corporation  ("GEI").  GEI agreed to  indemnify  and hold  harmless AGP for
certain pre-closing environmental conditions,  including those resulting in
cleanup   responsibilities   required  by  the  New  Jersey  Department  of
Environmental Protection ("NJDEP") pursuant to the New Jersey Environmental
Cleanup  Responsibility  Act  ("ECRA").  ECRA  is now the  Industrial  Site
Recovery Act. Pursuant to a 1988 NJDEP administrative  consent order naming
GEI and Metramatic as respondents,  GEI has spent  approximately $2 million
in the  performance of certain  investigatory  and remedial work addressing
groundwater  contamination at the site. However,  implementation of a final
remedy has not yet been completed,  and,  therefore,  future remedial costs
are currently  unknown.  In 1992, GEI filed a suit against  various parties
including Hi-Speed Checkweigher Co., Inc., a wholly owned subsidiary of the
Company that currently owns the facility, to recover certain costs incurred
by  GEI  in  connection  with  the  site.  Based  on  currently   available
information  and the  Company's  rights of  indemnification  from GEI,  the
Company believes that its ultimate  allocation of costs associated with the
past and future  investigation and remediation of this site will not have a
material adverse effect on the Company's  financial condition or results of
operations.

     In addition,  the Company is aware that Toledo Scale, the former owner
of Toledo  Scale or the  Company has been named a  potentially  responsible
party under CERCLA or analogous state statutes at the following third-party
owned  sites with  respect to the  alleged  disposal at the sites by Toledo
Scale  during  the  period it was  owned by such  former  owner:  Granville
Solvents Site, Granville, Ohio; Aqua-Tech Environmental,  Inc. Site, Greer,
South Carolina;  Seaboard Chemical Company Site, Jamestown, North Carolina;
and the Stickney and Tyler Landfills in Toledo,  Ohio. The former owner has
also been named in a lawsuit seeking  contribution  pursuant to CERCLA with
respect to the  Caldwell  Trucking  Site,  New Jersey  based on the alleged
disposal at the site by Toledo  Scale during the former  owner's  period of
ownership.  Pursuant to the terms of the stock purchase  agreement  between
Mettler and the former owner of Toledo Scale, the former owner is obligated
to indemnify Mettler for various environmental  liabilities.  To date, with
respect to each of the foregoing  sites, the former owner has undertaken or
taken steps to undertake the defense and  indemnification  of Toledo Scale.
Based on currently  available  information  and the  Company's  contractual
rights of  indemnification,  the Company believes that the costs associated
with the  investigation  and  remediation  of these  sites  will not have a
material adverse effect on the Company's  financial condition or results of
operations.

COMPETITION

     The  markets in which the  Company  operates  are highly  competitive.
Because  of the  fragmented  nature of certain  of the  Company's  weighing
instruments  markets,   particularly  the  industrial  and  food  retailing
weighing  instruments market,  both geographically and by application,  the
Company competes with numerous regional or specialized competitors, many of
which are  well-established  in their markets.  Some  competitors  are less
leveraged  than the Company  and/or are divisions of larger  companies with
potentially  greater  financial  and  other  resources  than  the  Company.
Although the Company  believes that it has certain  competitive  advantages
over its  competitors,  realizing and  maintaining  these  advantages  will
require  continued  investment by the Company in research and  development,
sales and marketing and customer service and support. The Company has, from
time to time,  experienced  price  pressures  from  competitors  in certain
product lines and geographic markets.

     In  the  United  States,  the  Company  believes  that  the  principal
competitive  factors in its markets on which purchasing  decisions are made
are accuracy and  durability,  while in Europe accuracy and service are the
most important factors. In emerging markets,  where there is greater demand
for less sophisticated  products,  price is a more important factor than in
developed  markets.  Competition in the United States  laboratory market is
also  influenced  by the presence of large  distributors  through which the
Company and its competitors sell many of their products.

YEAR 2000 COMPLIANCE

     Where  necessary,   the  Company  is  in  the  process  of  modifying,
upgrading,  or replacing its computer  software  applications  and internal
information systems to accommodate the "year 2000" dating changes necessary
to permit  correct  recording of year dates for 2000 and later  years.  The
Company does not expect that the cost of its year 2000  compliance  program
will be  material  to its  business,  financial  condition  or  results  of
operations. The Company believes that it will be able to achieve compliance
by the  end of  1999,  and  does  not  currently  anticipate  any  material
disruption in its operations as the result of any failure by the Company to
be in  compliance.  If  any  of  the  Company's  significant  suppliers  or
customers do not successfully and timely achieve year 2000 compliance,  the
Company's business or operations could be adversely affected.

PROPERTIES

     The   following   table  lists  the  Company's   principal   operating
facilities,  indicating the location,  primary use and whether the facility
is owned or leased.

LOCATION                        PRINCIPAL USE(1)             OWNED/LEASED
Europe:

  Greifensee/Nanikon,           
  Switzerland.................  Production, Corporate        Owned
                                Headquarters
  Uznach, Switzerland.........  Production                   Owned
  Urdorf, Switzerland.........  Production                   Owned
  Schwerzenbach, Switzerland..  Production                   Leased
  Albstadt, Germany...........  Production                   Owned
  Giesen, Germany.............  Production                   Owned
  Giessen, Germany............  Sales and Service            Owned
  Steinbach, Germany..........  Sales and Service            Owned
  Viroflay, France............  Sales and Service            Owned
  Beersel, Belgium............  Sales and Service            Owned
  Tiel, Netherlands...........  Sales and Service            Owned
  Leicester, England..........  Sales and Service            Leased
  Manchester, England.........  Production, Sales and        Leased
                                Service

Americas:

  Worthington, Ohio...........  Production                   Owned
  Spartanburg, South Carolina.  Production                   Owned
  Franksville, Wisconsin......  Production                   Owned
  Ithaca, New York............  Production                   Owned
  Wilmington, Massachusetts...  Production                   Leased
  Florham Park, New Jersey....  Production                   Leased
  Tampa, Florida..............  Production, Sales and        Leased
                                Service
  Hightstown, New Jersey......  Sales and Service            Owned
  Burlington, Canada..........  Sales and Service            Owned
  Mexico City, Mexico.........  Sales and Service            Leased

Other:

  Shanghai, China.............  Production                   Building Owned;
                                                                 Land Leased
  Changzhou, China(2).........  Production                   Building Owned;
                                                                 Land Leased
  Melbourne, Australia........  Sales and Service            Leased

- ---------
(1) The Company  also  conducts  research  and  development  activities  at
certain of the listed facilities in Switzerland, Germany, the United States
and, to a lesser extent, China.
(2) Held by a joint venture in which the Company owns a 60% interest.

The  Company  believes  its  facilities  are  adequate  for its current and
reasonably anticipated future needs.

LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

     The  Company  is  subject  to  routine  litigation  incidental  to its
business.  The Company is currently  not  involved in any legal  proceeding
that it believes  could have a material  adverse  effect upon its financial
condition  or results of  operations.  See  "--Environmental  Matters"  for
information  concerning legal proceedings relating to certain environmental
claims.

     The Company  has  received a Notice of  Proposed  Adjustment  from the
Internal Revenue Service disallowing $20.4 million of intercompany interest
deductions  taken by the Company in its 1994 and 1995 tax returns  when the
Company was a  subsidiary  of Ciba.  The Company is  indemnified  under the
acquisition  agreement  with Ciba  against any loss that may arise from the
proposed  adjustment.  However,  the Company  believes that such deductions
were properly  made and intends to assist Ciba in  contesting  the proposed
adjustment.


                                 MANAGEMENT

DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS

     The  directors  and  executive  officers  of the Company are set forth
below.  All directors hold office until the annual meeting of  shareholders
following  their  election or until their  successors  are duly elected and
qualified.  Officers are  appointed by the Board of Directors  and serve at
the discretion thereof.

NAME                                 AGE   POSITION

Philip Caldwell                      78    Chairman of the Board of Directors
Robert F. Spoerry                    42    President, Chief Executive Officer
                                             and Director; Chairman-elect
                                             of the Board of Directors
William P. Donnelly                  36    Vice President, Chief Financial
                                             Officer and Assistant Secretary
Karl M. Lang                         51    Head, Laboratory Division
Lukas Braunschweiler                 41    Head, Industrial and Retail (Europe)
John D. Robechek                     49    Head, Industrial and Retail
                                             (Americas)
Peter Burker                         52    Head, Human Resources
Thomas Rubbe                         43    Head, Logistics and Information
                                              Systems
Reginald H. Jones                    80    Director
John D. Macomber                     70    Director
John M. Manser                       50    Director
Laurence Z. Y. Moh                   72    Director
Thomas P. Salice                     37    Director


     Philip  Caldwell  has been  Chairman of the Board of  Directors  since
October 1996.  Effective May 18, 1998, Mr. Caldwell will no longer serve as
Chairman but will remain a director.  Mr.  Caldwell  spent 32 years at Ford
Motor  Company,  where he served as Chairman of the Board of Directors  and
Chief Executive Officer from 1980 to 1985 and a Director from 1973 to 1990.
He served as a Director  and Senior  Managing  Director of Lehman  Brothers
Inc. and its predecessor, Shearson Lehman Brothers Holdings, Inc. from 1985
to February  1998. Mr.  Caldwell is also a Director of Waters  Corporation,
Zurich Holding  Company of America,  Inc.,  American  Guarantee & Liability
Insurance Company, The Mexico Fund and Russell Reynolds Associates, Inc. He
has  served as a Director  of the Chase  Manhattan  Corporation,  the Chase
Manhattan Bank, N.A., Digital Equipment  Corporation,  Federated Department
Stores Inc., the Kellogg Company,  Shearson Lehman Brothers  Holdings Inc.,
CasTech Aluminum Group Inc.,  Specialty  Coatings  International  Inc., and
Zurich Reinsurance Centre Holdings, Inc.

     Robert F. Spoerry has been  President and Chief  Executive  Officer of
the Company since 1993. He served as Head,  Industrial and Retail  (Europe)
of the Company  from 1987 to 1993.  Mr.  Spoerry has been a Director  since
October  1996.  Effective  May  18,  1998,  Mr.  Spoerry  will  assume  the
additional office of Chairman of the Board of Directors.

     William P. Donnelly has been Vice President,  Chief Financial  Officer
and Assistant Secretary of the Company since April 1, 1997. From 1993 until
joining the  Company,  he held  various  senior  financial  and  management
positions, including most recently Group Vice President and Chief Financial
Officer,  with Elsag Bailey Process  Automation,  a global  manufacturer of
instrumentation  and  analytical  products,  and  developer of  distributed
control  systems.  Prior to 1993,  Mr.  Donnelly  was  associated  with the
international accounting firm of Price Waterhouse.

     Karl M. Lang has been Head,  Laboratory  Division of the Company since
1994. From 1991 to 1994 he was based in Japan as a representative of senior
management with responsibility for expansion of the Asian operations.

     Lukas Braunschweiler has been Head,  Industrial and Retail (Europe) of
the  Company  since  1995.  From 1992  until  1995 he held  various  senior
management  positions  with  the  Landis & Gyr  Group,  a  manufacturer  of
electrical  meters.  Prior to August  1992 he was a Vice  President  in the
Technology Group of Saurer Group, a manufacturer of textile machinery.

     John D. Robechek has been Head,  Industrial  and Retail  (Americas) of
the Company and President of Mettler-Toledo,  Inc., a U.S.-based subsidiary
of the Company, since 1995. From 1990 through 1994 he served as Senior Vice
President and managed all of the Company's U.S. subsidiaries.

     Peter Burker has been Head, Human Resources of the Company since 1994.
From 1992 to 1994 he was  Mettler-Toledo's  General  Manager in Spain,  and
from 1989 to 1991 he headed the Company's operations in Italy.

     Thomas Rubbe has been Head,  Logistics and Information  Systems of the
Company since 1995. From 1990 to 1995 he was head of  Controlling,  Finance
and Administration with the Company's German marketing organization.

     Reginald H. Jones has been a Director  since October  1996.  Mr. Jones
retired as Chairman of the Board of Directors of General  Electric  Company
("General  Electric")  in April  1981.  At General  Electric,  he served as
Chairman  of the  Board of  Directors  and  Chief  Executive  Officer  from
December 1972 through April 1981, President from June 1972 to December 1972
and a Director from August 1971 to April 1981. Mr. Jones is also a Director
of ASA Limited and Birmingham Steel Corporation.

     John D. Macomber has been a Director since October 1996. He has been a
principal of JDM Investment Group since 1992. He was Chairman and President
of the  Export-Import  Bank of the  United  States  (an  agency of the U.S.
Government)  from 1989 to 1992. From 1973 to 1986 Mr. Macomber was Chairman
and Chief  Executive  Officer of Celanese  Corporation.  Prior to that, Mr.
Macomber was a Senior Partner of McKinsey & Company. Mr. Macomber is also a
Director of Textron Inc.,  Bristol-Myers Squibb Company, Xerox Corporation,
Lehman Brothers Holdings Inc., Pilkington plc and Brown Group, Inc.

     John M.  Manser  has been a  Director  since  August  1997.  He is the
Treasurer of the Worldwide  Life Science  Group of Novartis,  which has its
headquarters in Switzerland. He has been with Novartis (and its predecessor
Ciba-Geigy) since 1981.

     Laurence Z. Y. Moh has been a Director since October 1996. At present,
he is Chairman and CEO of Plantation Timber Products Limited (CHINA), which
he founded in 1996. He is Chairman Emeritus of Universal Furniture Limited,
which he founded in 1959.

     Thomas P. Salice has been a Director since October 1996. Mr. Salice is
a Managing  Director  of AEA  Investors  and has been  associated  with AEA
Investors  since  June  1989.  Mr.  Salice  is also a  Director  of  Waters
Corporation.

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

     The following  table sets forth for the years ended December 31, 1997,
1996 and 1995 the compensation paid to or accrued for services performed by
the Chief Executive Officer, each of the four other most highly compensated
executive officers of the Company who were serving as executive officers at
December  31,  1997 and one other  highly  compensated  employee  who is no
longer an executive officer (collectively, the "Named Executive Officers").


<TABLE>
                                               SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE(1)
<CAPTION>

                                                                                                          Long Term
                                                              Annual Compensation                        Compensation
                                                    -----------------------------------------------      ------------
                                                                                                          Securities
                                                                                       Other Annual       Underlying     All Other
Name and Principal Position                         Year      Salary        Bonus(2)   Compensation       Options(#)    Compensation
- ---------------------------                         ----      ------        --------   ------------       ----------    ------------
<S>                                                 <C>       <C>           <C>           <C>             <C>            <C>        
Robert F. Spoerry ............................      1997      $386,074      $427,113      $36,212(3)        125,839      $112,816(5)
    President and Chief Executive                   1996       435,135       276,521        8,857(3)      1,047,976       124,431(5)
    Officer                                         1995       289,343        85,871         --                 300(4)     54,346(5)

William P. Donnelly (6) ......................      1997       124,095       208,464       18,614(7)        195,050        36,768(5)
    Chief Financial Officer                         1996          --            --           --                --            --
                                                    1995          --            --           --                --            --

Karl M. Lang .................................      1997       170,424       134,209         --              37,751        55,319(5)
    Head, Laboratory                                1996       212,997        88,375         --             209,597        61,901(5)
                                                    1995       228,427        38,071         --                --          60,321(5)

Lukas Braunschweiler .........................      1997       168,218       201,676         --              37,751        49,145(5)
    Head, Industrial and                            1996       210,893        66,162         --             209,597        62,482(5)
    Retail (Europe)                                 1995       228,427        25,381         --                --          50,460(5)

John D. Robechek .............................      1997       220,000       193,886         --              37,751         7,754(8)
    Head, Industrial and Retail                     1996       233,754        88,137         --             209,597         6,215(8)
    (Americas)                                      1995       225,000        40,563         --                --           6,168(8)

Fred Ort .....................................      1997       164,633       177,061         --                --          55,452(5)
    Corporate Controller                            1996       207,221        99,325         --              78,599        52,745(5)
                                                    1995       227,284        69,701         --                --          70,804(5)

- ---------
<FN>
(1)  Amounts  paid in Swiss  francs (all  amounts  except those paid to Mr.
     Robechek)  converted  to U.S.  dollars at a rate of SFr 1.182 to $1.00
     for 1995,  SFr  1.2355  to $1.00 for 1996 and SFr  1.4505 to $1.00 for
     1997, in each case the average exchange rate during such year.
(2)  Does not  include  Ciba  bonuses to Messrs.  Spoerry,  Braunschweiler,
     Lang,  Robechek  and Ort for services  rendered to Ciba in  connection
     with its efforts to sell the Company.
(3)  Represents additional compensation paid to fully offset, after payment
     of all taxes and social security  contributions,  interest  charged to
     Mr.  Spoerry on a loan to Mr.  Spoerry  from  Mettler-Toledo  GmbH,  a
     subsidiary  of the  Company.  See "Certain  Relationships  and Related
     Transactions."
(4)  Option to purchase the specified number of shares of Ciba common stock
     at an exercise price of SFr 750 ($665 at the date of grant) per share.
     The fair  market  value at the date of grant  was SFr 764  ($678)  per
     share.
(5)  Represents Company  contributions to the Mettler-Toledo Fonds (a Swiss
     pension plan similar to a defined  contribution  plan under U.S. law).
     Fifty percent of the amount shown is a required employee  contribution
     under the plan  which the  Company  has  contributed  on behalf of the
     Named  Executive  Officers,  and the other 50% is a required  matching
     employer contribution.
(6)  Mr. Donnelly's employment commenced on April 1, 1997.
(7)  Represents  allowances  associated  with Mr.  Donnelly's  status as an
     expatriate in Switzerland.
(8)  Includes: (i) the value of group life insurance over $50,000 of $1,024
     for  1995,  $1,071  for 1996 and  $1,036 in 1997;  (ii) the  Company's
     contribution to Mr.  Robechek's  401(k) plan account of $4,500 in 1995
     and 1996 and $4,750 in 1997; and (iii) Mr.  Robechek's  profit sharing
     payout under the Company's  Performance  Dividend Plan of $644 in 1995
     and 1996 and $1,968 in 1997.
</FN>
</TABLE>

   STOCK OPTIONS

     The following table sets forth information concerning the grant of
stock options under the Company's Stock Plan to the individuals named in
the Summary Compensation Table.

<TABLE>
                                  OPTION/SAR GRANTS IN LAST FISCAL YEAR
<CAPTION>


                                              % of Total                          Potential Realizable Value
                                  Number of   Options/SARs                         at Assumed Annual Rates
                                  Securities   Granted to   Exercise/                  of Stock Price
                                  Underlying   Employees    Base                      Appreciation for
                                 Options/SARs  in Fiscal    Price      Expiration     Option/SAR Term(1)
      Name                         Granted        Year      ($/Sh)        Date       5%($)         10%($)
                                   -------        ----      ------        ----       -----         ------
<S>                                <C>            <C>        <C>          <C>      <C>           <C>      
Robert F. Spoerry ............     125,839        12.23      15.89        2007     1,257,526     3,186,818
William P. Donnelly ..........      37,751         3.67      15.89        2007       377,251       956,028
                                   157,299        15.29       7.95        2007       786,450     1,993,018
Karl M. Lang .................      37,751         3.67      15.89        2007       377,251       956,028
Lukas Braunschweiler .........      37,751         3.67      15.89        2007       377,251       956,028
John D. Robechek .............      37,751         3.67      15.89        2007       377,251       956,028
Fred Ort .....................        --            --         --          --            --            --


- -----------
<FN>
(1)  The assumed annual rates of  appreciation  over the term of the option
     are set forth in accordance with rules and regulations  adopted by the
     Securities and Exchange  Commission and do not represent the Company's
     estimate of stock appreciation price.
</FN>
</TABLE>

   OPTION EXERCISE TABLE

     No options  to  purchase  Common  Stock  were  exercised  by the Named
Executive Officers in 1997. The following table sets forth information with
respect to the aggregate  number of unexercised  options to purchase Common
Stock  granted  to the  Named  Executive  Officers  and  held by them as of
December 31, 1997, and the value of unexercised in-the-money options (i.e.,
options that had a positive  spread between the exercise price and the fair
market value of the Common Stock) as of December 31, 1997.

<TABLE>
                      AGGREGATED OPTION/SAR EXERCISES IN LAST FISCAL YEAR
                          AND OPTION/SAR VALUES AS OF DECEMBER 31, 1997
<CAPTION>

                                                   Number of Securities
                               Shares             Underlying Unexercised         Value of Unexercised
                            Acquired on   Value    Options/SARs at Fiscal      In-The-Money Options/SARs
                              Exercise  Realized       Year-End (#)            at Fiscal Year-End ($)(1)
        Name                     (#)       ($)    Exercisable  Unexercisable  Exercisable   Unexercisable
        ----                     ---       ---    -----------  -------------  ------------   -------------
<S>                               <C>       <C>     <C>           <C>          <C>            <C>       
Robert F. Spoerry .......         0         0       209,595       964,220      $1,949,234     $7,968,084
William P. Donnelly .....         0         0             0       195,050               0      1,514,222
Karl M. Lang ............         0         0        41,919       205,429         389,847      1,610,747
Lukas Braunschweiler ....         0         0        41,919       205,429         389,847      1,610,747
John D. Robechek ........         0         0        41,919       205,429         389,847      1,610,747
Fred Ort ................         0         0        15,719        62,880         146,187        584,784


- -----------
<FN>
(1)  Sets forth  values  for "in the  money"  options  that  represent  the
     positive  spread  between  the  respective   exercise/base  prices  of
     outstanding stock options and the closing price of $17.25 per share at
     December 31, 1997, as reported on the New York Stock Exchange.

</FN>
</TABLE>

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENTS

     Mettler-Toledo  GmbH,  a subsidiary  of the  Company,  entered into an
employment   agreement  (the  "Agreement")  with  Robert  F.  Spoerry  (the
"Executive")  dated as of October 30,  1996.  The  Agreement  provides  for
annual base salary of SFr 560,000  (approximately  $386,074 at December 31,
1997),  which may be  increased  from time to time in  accordance  with the
Company's normal business practices, and for participation in the Company's
bonus plan. In addition,  the Agreement  provides for payment of the amount
necessary, after payment of all taxes and social security contributions, to
fully offset the interest charged to the Executive on a certain loan to the
Executive.  See  "Certain  Relationships  and Related  Transactions"  for a
description  of the  loan.  The  Agreement  prohibits  the  Executive  from
competing  with  the  Company  for a period  of  twenty-four  months  after
termination of employment.  The Agreement may be terminated  without cause,
on  thirty-six  months notice during which period the Executive is entitled
to full compensation under the Agreement.

     Mettler-Toledo  GmbH, a subsidiary  of the Company,  also entered into
employment  agreements with Lukas  Braunschweiler,  William P. Donnelly and
Karl Lang, and Mettler-Toledo,  Inc., a subsidiary of the Company,  entered
into  an  employment  agreement  with  John  D.  Robechek.  The  employment
agreements   provide  for  a  base  salary   subject  to   adjustment   and
participation  in  the  Company's  bonus  plan  and  participation  in  the
Company's  other  employee  benefit  plans.  Each  agreement  prohibits the
executive  from  competing  with the Company for a period of twelve  months
after termination of employment.  Each agreement may be terminated  without
cause,  on twelve  months  notice  during  which  period the  executive  is
entitled to full compensation under the agreement.

DIRECTORS' COMPENSATION

     Members of the Board of  Directors  of the Company who are officers of
the Company or employees  of AEA  Investors  have not  received  additional
compensation  for being on the Board or its committees.  The  non-executive
directors  were  given a  one-time  opportunity  to  purchase  stock in the
Company upon their election to the Board.  Mr.  Caldwell  purchased  35,940
shares  of  common  stock  and  each of  Messrs.  Jones,  Macomber  and Moh
purchased 23,972 shares of common stock.  Members of the Board of Directors
of the Company have received  reimbursement  for traveling  costs and other
out-of-pocket  expenses incurred in attending board and committee meetings.
Effective  May 18,  1998,  members  of the Board of  Directors  who are not
employees  of the Company  will  receive an annual fee of $17,500  (payable
quarterly in advance),  $1,000 for each Board meeting attended and $500 for
each meeting of a committee of the Board attended,  plus  reimbursement for
traveling costs and other out-of-pocket expenses incurred in attending such
meetings. In addition,  each member of the Board of Directors who is not an
employee of the Company  will  receive a stock option grant of 1,000 shares
of the Company's Common Stock per year.

RETIREMENT PLANS

     Mr.  Robechek is covered under two pension plans,  the  Mettler-Toledo
Retirement Plan and the Mettler-Toledo Supplemental Retirement Income Plan.
Benefits under these plans are  determined by career  average  compensation
rather than final compensation. The annual accrual for each year under both
plans is the  difference  of 2% of annual  compensation  in a plan year and
0.6% of the lesser of annual compensation or covered compensation  (defined
under the plans as the average of the Social Security Taxable Wage Bases in
effect for each calendar year during the 35-year  period ending on the last
day of a given plan year). The Mettler-Toledo  Retirement Plan includes all
compensation  up to the  qualified  plan  limitations  under  the  Internal
Revenue  Code of 1986,  as  amended  ($160,000  per year in 1997),  and the
Mettler-Toledo  Supplemental  Retirement  Income Plan pays for  benefits in
excess of these limits.  The accrued annual benefit payable to Mr. Robechek
under the Mettler-Toledo  Retirement Plan is $48,717 and the accrued annual
benefit under the Mettler-Toledo  Supplemental Plan is $14,292, for a total
annual retirement benefit of $63,009.

COMPENSATION COMMITTEE INTERLOCKS AND INSIDER PARTICIPATION

     The following directors served on the Company's Compensation Committee
during the fiscal year ended December 31, 1997: Reginald H. Jones, Laurence
Z. Y. Moh and Thomas P. Salice. Mr. Salice also served as an officer of the
Company and certain of its subsidiaries during such fiscal year. Mr. Salice
is an officer of AEA Investors, a shareholder of the Company. AEA Investors
provided  certain  management,  consulting  and  financial  services to the
Company for professional  service fees and was reimbursed for out-of-pocket
expenses.  In the fiscal year ended  December 31,  1997,  payments for such
management fee and  reimbursement  for expenses  totaled  approximately  $1
million.  Such  services  included,  but were not  necessarily  limited to,
advice and assistance  concerning  the strategy,  planning and financing of
the  Company,  as  needed  from  time to time.  Such  arrangement  with AEA
Investors  was  terminated  in November  1997 and AEA  Investors was paid a
termination  fee of $2.5  million  in  connection  therewith.  The  Company
receives the benefit of volume  discounts for certain  office  services and
supplies made available to various companies  associated with AEA Investors
pursuant to  arrangements  managed by a subsidiary  of AEA  Investors.  Mr.
Salice currently is a director of Mettler-Toledo and a Managing Director of
AEA Investors.

               CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS

     At the time of the Acquisition,  AEA Investors and the Company entered
into a management agreement (the "Management  Agreement") pursuant to which
AEA Investors provided management, consulting and financial services to the
Company.   Such  services  included  such  areas  as  the  preparation  and
evaluation  of  strategic,  operating,  financial and capital plans and the
development  and   implementation   of  compensation  and  other  incentive
programs.  The  services  were  provided  by  the  executive  staff  of AEA
Investors.  In  consideration of such services,  AEA Investors  received an
annual fee of $1.0 million,  plus  reimbursement  for certain  expenses and
indemnification against certain liabilities.  The Company believes that the
terms  of  these  management  arrangements  were as  favorable  as could be
obtained from an  unaffiliated  third party.  The Management  Agreement was
terminated upon  consummation of the IPO. In  consideration  of services by
AEA Investors in arranging,  structuring  and  negotiating the terms of the
Acquisition,  the  Company  paid  AEA  Investors  transaction  fees of $5.5
million and  reimbursed  AEA Investors  for certain  related  expenses.  In
connection  with the termination of the Management  Agreement,  the Company
paid AEA Investors  $2.5 million and  reimbursed  AEA Investors for certain
related expenses.

     Management  and  other  employees  of  the  Company  have  contributed
approximately  $20 million of the equity of the  Company.  For  information
regarding  the number of shares  owned each Named  Executive  Officer,  see
"Principal and Selling Shareholders."

     On October 7, 1996,  in order to fund a portion of the purchase  price
for the shares purchased by Mr. Spoerry, Mettler-Toledo GmbH entered into a
loan  agreement  with  Mr.  Spoerry,  in  the  amount  of SFr  1.0  million
(approximately $689,417 at December 31, 1997). The loan bears interest at a
rate of 5% and is payable  upon  demand,  which may not be made until seven
years after the date of the loan.

                     PRINCIPAL AND SELLING SHAREHOLDERS

     The  following  table sets forth  certain  information  regarding  the
beneficial ownership of the Company's Common Stock immediately prior to the
Offerings and as adjusted to reflect the sale of the shares of Common Stock
pursuant to the  Offerings,  by (a) each person who is known to the Company
to be the  beneficial  owner of more than  five  percent  of the  Company's
Common  Stock,  (b) each  director  of the  Company,  (c) each of the Named
Executive Officers, (d) all directors and executive officers of the Company
as a group and (e) each  other  Selling  Shareholder  participating  in the
Offerings.  Except as otherwise  indicated,  the persons or entities listed
below have sole voting and  investment  power with respect to all shares of
Common  Stock owned by them,  except to the extent such power may be shared
with a spouse.

                                   SHARES
                                BENEFICIALLY                 SHARES BENEFICIALLY
                               OWNED PRIOR TO                    OWNED AFTER
                                THE OFFERINGS      NUMBER OF   THE OFFERINGS(1)
                              ------------------    SHARES    ------------------
NAME OF BENEFICIAL OWNER      NUMBER  PERCENT(2)   OFFERED    NUMBER     PERCENT
- ------------------------      ------  ----------   -------    ------     -------

5% SHAREHOLDERS:
  Finlayson Fund
  Investments PTE LTD
  Temasek Holdings
  (Private) Limited
  8 Shenton Way
  #38-03 Treasury Building
  Singapore 0106 ............ 2,900,921 7.57%
  National Union Fire
  Insurance Company of
  Pittsburgh, PA
  c/o AIG Global
  Investment Corp. 
  175 Water Street-24th
   Floor
  New York, NY 10038......... 2,239,611 5.84%

DIRECTORS:

  Philip Caldwell(3) .......   102,383   *
  Robert F. Spoerry(4) .....   697,718 1.81%
  Reginald H. Jones ........    46,598   *
  John D. Macomber .........    43,742   *
  John M. Manser ...........      --     *
  Laurence Z. Y. Moh .......   356,779   *
  Thomas P. Salice(3) ......   608,558 1.59%

NAMED EXECUTIVE OFFICERS:
  William P. Donnelly(3)(5).    92,995   *
  Karl M. Lang(6) ..........   121,379   *
  Lukas Braunschweiler(7)...   118,379   *
  John D. Robechek(3)(8) ...   107,532   *
  All directors and
    executive officers as
    a Group (14 persons)(9)  2,604,410 6.72%
    

OTHER SELLING STOCKHOLDERS:
   -- other Selling
   Stockholders, each of
   whom is selling less
   than 150,000 shares in
   the Offerings or
   beneficially owns less
   than 1% of the
   outstanding Common
   Stock prior to the
   Offerings................

- ---------
[FN]

*    The percentage of shares of Common Stock  beneficially  owned does not
     exceed one percent of the outstanding shares of Common Stock.
(1)  Assumes no exercise of the Underwriters' over-allotment options.
(2)  Calculations  of  percentage  of  beneficial   ownership  are  based  on
     38,336,014  shares of Common Stock outstanding prior to the Offerings.
     Calculations  assume the exercise by only the named shareholder of all
     options  for the  purchase  of Common  Stock held by such  shareholder
     which are exercisable within 60 days of the date hereof.
(3)  Includes shares held by, or in trust for,  members of such  individual's
     family for which  Messrs.  Caldwell,  Donnelly,  Salice  and  Robechek
     disclaim  beneficial  ownership.  Does not include  shares held by AEA
     Investors, of which Mr. Salice is an officer.
(4)  Mr. Spoerry is also a Named Executive  Officer.  Includes 209,595 shares
     of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of options that are exercisable
     within 60 days from the date hereof.
(5)  Includes 31,459 shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of options
     that are exercisable within 60 days from the date hereof.
(6)  Includes 41,919 shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of options
     that are exercisable within 60 days from the date hereof.
(7)  Includes 41,919 shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of options
     that are exercisable within 60 days from the date hereof.
(8)  Includes 41,919 shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of options
     that are exercisable within 60 days from the date hereof.
(9)  Includes  Fred Ort, who ceased to be an executive  officer on April 1,
     1997.
</FN>


                      DESCRIPTION OF CREDIT AGREEMENT

     The following  statements are brief summaries of certain provisions of
the Credit  Agreement.  A copy of the Credit  Agreement is  incorporated by
reference  as  exhibits  to  the  Registration   Statement  of  which  this
Prospectus  is a part.  The  following  description  does not purport to be
complete and is subject in all respects to  applicable  Delaware law and to
the provisions of the Credit Agreement.

   General

     The Credit  Agreement  provides  for a variety of floating  rate loans
with  interest  based on LIBOR.  The  Company's  wholly owned  subsidiaries
Mettler-Toledo,    Inc.   ("M-T,   Inc."),   Mettler-Toledo   Holding   AG,
Mettler-Toledo  (Canada)  Inc. and Safeline  Holding  Company are borrowers
under the Credit Agreement, and the Company is a guarantor under the Credit
Agreement.  As of March 31,  1998,  the  Company had  borrowings  under the
Credit  Agreement of $348.3  million and  borrowings of $25.9 million under
various  other  credit  arrangements.  Of the  borrowings  under the Credit
Agreement,  $191.4 million are in the form of a term loan and the remainder
are outstanding under a revolving credit facility.  The Company's revolving
credit facility commitment  increased from $170.0 million to $420.0 million
under the Credit Agreement, including a $100.0 million acquisition facility
commitment.  Merrill Lynch served as the Arranger and  Documentation  Agent
and an  affiliate  of Credit  Suisse  First  Boston  Corporation  served as
co-agent in  connection  with the  Company's  previous  credit  facility in
November 1996 and May 1997 and acted in similar  roles in  connection  with
the Credit Agreement. See "Underwriting."

   Maturity, Amortization and Mandatory Prepayments

     The term loans and the  revolving  credit  facility will mature in May
2004.  Beginning  in 1998,  amounts  outstanding  under  the term loan will
amortize on a quarterly  basis in annual amounts ranging from $15.0 million
to a maximum of $40.0 million.

     The term loans will be subject to mandatory  prepayments  in an amount
equal to, subject to certain exceptions, (i) 75% of annual Excess Cash Flow
(as defined in the Credit  Agreement),  (ii) the net proceeds received from
certain sales of assets,  (iii) the net proceeds from the issuance of debt,
and (iv) 50% of the net proceeds from the issuance of equity.

   Security and Guarantees

     The obligations of the Mettler-Toledo  Holding AG under the New Credit
Agreement are (i) secured by a first priority  security  interest in all of
the material assets of the Mettler-Toledo  Holding AG, (ii) guaranteed,  to
the extent  permitted by  applicable  law by all of the direct and indirect
subsidiaries of the Mettler-Toledo Holding AG, with certain exceptions, and
each such guarantee is, to the extent  permitted by applicable law and with
certain exceptions, secured by a first priority security interest in all of
the material  assets of each such  guarantor,  and (iii)  guaranteed by the
Company  and its  direct  and  indirect  U.S.  subsidiaries,  and each such
guarantee will be secured by a first priority  security  interest in all of
the material assets of each such guarantor, except that each such guarantor
has pledged  only 65% of the stock of any non-U.S.  subsidiary  held by it.
The obligations of M-T, Inc. under the Credit  Agreement are (i) secured by
a first priority  security  interest in all of the material  assets of M-T,
Inc.,  except  that M-T,  Inc.  has  pledged  only 65% of the stock of each
non-U.S. subsidiary held by it, (ii) guaranteed by each direct and indirect
U.S. subsidiary of M-T, Inc., and each such guarantee is secured by a first
priority  security  interest  in all of the  material  assets  of each such
guarantor,  and (iii)  guaranteed  by the  Company,  and such  guarantee is
secured by a first priority  security  interest in all of the stock of M-T,
Inc. held by the Company.  The obligations of Safeline  Holding Company are
also secured by limited guarantees and pledges.

   Covenants and Events of Default

     The Credit  Agreement  contains  covenants  that,  among other things,
limit the Company's and its  subsidiaries'  ability to incur liens;  merge,
consolidate  or  dispose  of  assets;  make  loans and  investments;  incur
indebtedness; engage in certain transactions with affiliates; incur certain
contingent  obligations;  pay  dividends and other  distributions;  or make
capital  expenditures.  The Credit  Agreement  also requires the Company to
maintain a minimum net worth and a minimum fixed charge coverage ratio, and
to maintain a ratio of total debt to EBITDA below a specified maximum.

     The Credit Agreement contains customary events of default,  including,
without  limitation,  nonpayment  of  principal,  interest,  fees or  other
amounts when due;  violation of covenants;  breach of any representation or
warranty;  cross-default  and  cross-acceleration;  Change in  Control  (as
defined in the Credit Agreement);  bankruptcy events;  material  judgments;
certain  ERISA  matters;  and  invalidity  of loan  documents  or  security
interests.

                        DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

     The following  statements  are brief  summaries of certain  provisions
with  respect to the  Company's  capital  stock which are  contained in the
Amended and Restated  Certificate  of  Incorporation  and Amended  By-laws,
copies  of  which  are   incorporated  by  reference  as  exhibits  to  the
Registration  Statement of which this  Prospectus is a part.  The following
description  does not purport to be complete and is subject in all respects
to  applicable  Delaware  law  and to the  provisions  of the  Amended  and
Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Amended By-laws.

     The  authorized  capital stock of the Company  consists of 125,000,000
shares of Common Stock, par value $.01 per share, and 10,000,000  shares of
preferred  stock, par value $.01 per share (the "Preferred  Stock").  As of
March 31, 1998, there were 38,336,014  shares of Common Stock  outstanding,
4,408,740  shares of Common Stock  issuable  upon  exercise of  outstanding
options and no shares of Preferred Stock outstanding.  As of March 5, 1998,
there were 867 holders of record of the Company's Common Stock.

COMMON STOCK

     Holders of Common  Stock are  entitled to one vote for each share held
of record on all  matters  to be  submitted  to a vote of the  shareholders
(including the election of directors) and have no preemptive,  subscription
or redemption rights. Holders of Common Stock do not have cumulative voting
rights,  and  therefore  holders of a majority of the shares voting for the
election of directors can elect all of the  directors.  In such event,  the
holders of the remaining shares will not be able to elect any directors.

     Subject  to  preferences  that may be  applicable  to any  outstanding
shares of Preferred Stock,  holders of Common Stock are entitled to receive
ratably such dividends, if any, as may be declared from time to time by the
Board of Directors of the Company out of funds legally available  therefor.
All outstanding  shares of Common Stock are, fully paid and  nonassessable.
In the event of any  liquidation,  dissolution or winding-up of the affairs
of the Company,  holders of Common Stock will be entitled to share  ratably
in the assets of the  Company  remaining  after  payment or  provision  for
payment  of all of the  Company's  debts and  obligations  and  liquidation
payments to holders of outstanding shares of Preferred Stock.

PREFERRED STOCK

     The Board of Directors, without further shareholder authorization,  is
authorized to issue shares of Preferred  Stock in one or more series and to
determine and fix the rights,  preferences  and  privileges of each series,
including  dividend  rights and  preferences  over  dividends on the Common
Stock and one or more series of the  Preferred  Stock,  conversion  rights,
voting rights (in addition to those provided by law), redemption rights and
the terms of any  sinking  fund  therefor,  and  rights  upon  liquidation,
dissolution or winding up, including  preferences over the Common Stock and
one or more  series of the  Preferred  Stock.  Although  the Company has no
present  plans to issue any shares of  Preferred  Stock,  the  issuance  of
shares of  Preferred  Stock,  or the  issuance of rights to  purchase  such
shares,  may have the effect of delaying,  deferring or preventing a change
in control of the Company or an unsolicited acquisition proposal.

CERTAIN  PROVISIONS OF THE COMPANY'S  AMENDED AND RESTATED  CERTIFICATE  OF
INCORPORATION, AMENDED BY-LAWS AND DELAWARE LAW

     The Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, Amended By-laws
and  Delaware law contain  provisions  that could make more  difficult  the
acquisition  of the Company by means of a tender offer,  a proxy contest or
otherwise.  Such  provisions  could  have the effect of  discouraging  open
market  purchases  of the  Common  Stock  because  they  may be  considered
disadvantageous  by a shareholder  who desires to participate in a business
combination or elect a new director.

     Section 203 of Delaware Law. The Company is a Delaware corporation and
is  subject  to  Section  203  ("Section  203")  of  the  Delaware  General
Corporation  Law  (the  "DGCL").  In  general,   Section  203  prevents  an
"interested stockholder" (defined as a person who, together with affiliates
and associates,  beneficially  owns, or if an affiliate or associate of the
corporation did  beneficially  own within the last three years, 15% or more
of a corporation's  outstanding  voting stock) from engaging in a "business
combination"  (as  defined)  with a Delaware  corporation  for three  years
following the time such person became an interested  stockholder unless (i)
before such person became an interested stockholder, the board of directors
of the  corporation  approved  the  transaction  in  which  the  interested
stockholder  became an  interested  stockholder  or approved  the  business
combination; (ii) upon consummation of the transaction that resulted in the
interested stockholder becoming an interested  stockholder,  the interested
stockholder  owned  at least  85% of the  voting  stock of the  corporation
outstanding at the time the transaction  commenced  (excluding shares owned
by persons who are both  officers  and  directors of the  corporation,  and
shares held by certain  employee  stock  ownership  plans in which employee
participants  do not have the  right to  determine  confidentially  whether
shares  held  subject to the plan will be  tendered in a tender or exchange
offer);  or (iii)  following the transaction in which such person became an
interested  stockholder,  the business combination is approved by the board
of directors of the corporation and authorized at a meeting of stockholders
by the  affirmative  vote of the  holders  of at  least  two-thirds  of the
outstanding  voting stock of the  corporation  not owned by the "interested
stockholder." A "business combination" generally includes mergers, stock or
asset sales involving 10% or more of the market value of the  corporation's
assets or stock,  certain stock transactions and certain other transactions
resulting  in a  financial  benefit  to the  interested  stockholder  or an
increase  in  their  proportionate  share  of  any  class  or  series  of a
corporation. The existence of Section 203 of the DGCL could have the effect
of  discouraging  an  acquisition  of the  Company or stock  purchasers  in
furtherance of an acquisition.

     Limitation on Directors' Liabilities and Indemnification.  The Amended
and Restated  Certificate  of  Incorporation  provides  that to the fullest
extent  permitted  by the DGCL as it  currently  exists,  a director of the
Company shall not be liable to the Company or its shareholders for monetary
damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director. Under the current DGCL,
liability  of a  director  may not be  limited  (i) for any  breach  of the
director's  duty of loyalty to the  Company or its  shareholders,  (ii) for
acts or omissions not in good faith or that involve intentional  misconduct
or a  knowing  violation  of law,  (iii) in  respect  of  certain  unlawful
dividend  payments or stock  redemptions  or  repurchases  and (iv) for any
transaction from which the director derives an improper  personal  benefit.
The  effect  of  this  provision  of the  Company's  Amended  and  Restated
Certificate of  Incorporation is to eliminate the rights of the Company and
its shareholders (through  shareholders'  derivative suits on behalf of the
Company) to recover  monetary  damages against a director for breach of the
fiduciary  duty of care as  director  (including  breaches  resulting  from
negligent or grossly negligent behavior) except in the situations described
in clauses (i) through (iv) above.  The  provision  does not  exonerate the
directors  from  liability  under  federal  securities  laws  or  limit  or
eliminate the rights of the Company or any stockholder to seek non-monetary
relief such as an  injunction  or  rescission in the event of a breach of a
director's duty of care. In addition,  the Amended By-laws provide that the
Company shall  indemnify its directors,  officers,  employees and agents to
the fullest extent permitted by DGCL.

     Advance Notice for Shareholder Nomination of Directors and Shareholder
Proposals.  The Amended By-laws  establish an advance notice procedure with
regard to the nomination, other than by or at the direction of the Board of
Directors or a committee  thereof,  of candidates for election as directors
(the "Nomination Procedure") and with regard to other matters to be brought
by  shareholders  before an annual meeting of  shareholders  of the Company
(the "Business Procedure").

     The  Nomination  Procedure  requires  that a  shareholder  give  prior
written  notice,  in proper form, of a planned  nomination for the Board of
Directors to the Secretary of the Company.  The requirements as to the form
and timing of that  notice are  specified  in the Amended  By-laws.  If the
Chairman  of the  Board  of  Directors  determines  that a  person  was not
nominated in accordance with the Nomination Procedure, such person will not
be eligible for election as a director.

     Under  the  Business  Procedure,  a  shareholder  seeking  to have any
business  conducted at an annual meeting must give prior written notice, in
proper form, to the Secretary of the Company.  The  requirements  as to the
form and timing of that notice are specified in the Amended By-laws. If the
Chairman of the Board of Directors  determines  that the other business was
not properly  brought  before such meeting in accordance  with the Business
Procedure, such business will not be conducted at such meeting.

     Although the Amended  By-laws do not give the Board of  Directors  any
power to approve or disapprove shareholder  nominations for the election of
directors or of any business  desired by shareholders to be conducted at an
annual meeting, the Amended By-laws (i) may have the effect of precluding a
nomination  for the  election of  directors  or  precluding  the conduct of
business at a particular  annual  meeting if the proper  procedures are not
followed or (ii) may  discourage  or deter a third party from  conducting a
solicitation  of proxies to elect its own slate of  directors  or otherwise
attempting  to obtain  control of the Company,  even if the conduct of such
solicitation  or such attempt  might be  beneficial  to the Company and its
shareholders.

REGISTRATION RIGHTS

     Holders of the Company's  Common Stock that purchased  shares prior to
the IPO have  rights to require  the  Company to  register  such  shares of
Common Stock for resale  pursuant to  subscription  agreements  pursuant to
which they  acquired  their shares.  Upon the request of persons  owning at
least 25% of the sum of all  outstanding  shares of Common  Stock which are
then  "restricted  securities" (as defined by Rule 144 under the Securities
Act) and which have a value of at least $5,000,000, the Company is required
to register the sale of such securities, subject to certain limitations and
requirements.  The  Company  is  not  required  to  file  any  registration
statement   within  six  months  of  the  effective  date  of  any  earlier
registration  statement  and  is not  required  to  file  more  than  three
registration  statements  pursuant to such  requests.  In  addition,  under
certain  circumstances,  should the Company file a  registration  statement
with the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  registering  shares of the
Common Stock of the Company,  the owners of restricted  securities would be
entitled to include their restricted securities in such registration.

TRANSFER AGENT AND REGISTRAR

     The transfer  agent and registrar for the Common Stock is  ChaseMellon
Shareholder Services L.L.C.

                      SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

     As of March 31,  1998,  the  Company has  38,336,014  shares of Common
Stock  outstanding.  Except to the extent  such  shares are  subject to the
agreement with the Underwriters described below, shares of Common Stock are
freely  tradable  without  restriction  or further  registration  under the
Securities  Act,  unless held by an "affiliate" of the Company as that term
is defined  in the  Securities  Act,  which  shares  will be subject to the
resale limitations of Rules 144 and 145.

     In  general,  under  Rules  144  and 145 as  currently  in  effect,  a
shareholder  (or  shareholders  whose  shares  are  aggregated)  who  is an
"affiliate"  of the  Company is  entitled  to sell  within any  three-month
period a number of shares  that does not exceed the  greater of one percent
of the outstanding Common Stock or the average weekly trading volume in the
Common Stock during the four  calendar  weeks  preceding  the date on which
notice of such sale is filed pursuant to Rule 144. The holder may only sell
such shares through unsolicited  brokers'  transactions.  Sales under Rules
144 and 145 are also subject to certain provisions  regarding the manner of
sale,   notice   requirements   and  the  availability  of  current  public
information about the Company.  A shareholder (or shareholders whose shares
are aggregated) who is not an affiliate of the Company for at least 90 days
prior to a proposed  transaction is entitled to sell such shares under Rule
144 without regard to the limitations  described above.  Holders which were
affiliates  of the  Company  at the time of the  Merger  may  sell  free of
restrictions one year from the date of the Merger.

     Notwithstanding the foregoing,  in connection with the Offerings,  the
Company,  the  Company's  executive  officers  and  directors  and existing
shareholders  of the Company  holding in the aggregate ___ shares of Common
Stock will  agree,  subject  to  certain  exceptions,  not to  directly  or
indirectly (i) offer,  pledge,  sell,  contract to sell, sell any option or
contract  to purchase  any option or  contract  to sell,  grant any option,
right or warrant for the sale of, or  otherwise  dispose of or transfer any
shares of Common Stock or any securities  convertible  into or exchangeable
or exercisable for Common Stock, or file any  registration  statement under
the  Securities Act with respect to any of the foregoing or (ii) enter into
any swap or other agreement or any transaction that transfers,  in whole or
in part, directly or indirectly,  the economic  consequence of ownership of
the Common Stock whether any such swap or  transaction  is to be settled by
delivery of Common Stock or other securities, in cash or otherwise, without
the prior written  consent of Merrill  Lynch on behalf of the  Underwriters
for a period of 90 days after the date of this  Prospectus,  other than (i)
the sale to the  Underwriters  of the shares of Common Stock in  connection
with the Offerings,  (ii) upon the exercise of  outstanding  stock options,
(iii) the  issuance  of options  pursuant  to the Stock  Plan,  or (iv) the
filing of a  registration  statement on Form S-8 under the  Securities  Act
relating to Common Stock of the Company  issued  pursuant to the  Company's
Stock Plan.

     The Company will be filing a registration  statement on Form S-8 under
the Securities  Act to register  approximately  6,400,000  shares of Common
Stock which are reserved for issuance  under the Company's  Stock Plan. The
Form S-8 will include,  in some cases,  shares for which an exemption under
Rule 144 or Rule 701 would also be available, thus permitting the resale of
shares issued under the Stock Plan by  non-affiliates in the public market,
without  restriction under the Securities Act. Such registration  statement
is expected to become  effective  immediately  upon filing whereupon shares
registered  thereunder  will become eligible for sale in the public market,
subject to vesting and, in certain cases, subject to the lock-up agreements
described  above.  At the  date of this  Prospectus,  options  to  purchase
4,408,740 shares of Common Stock are outstanding under the Stock Plan.

                     CERTAIN UNITED STATES FEDERAL TAX
                CONSIDERATIONS FOR NON-UNITED STATES HOLDERS

     The following is a general  discussion of certain U.S.  federal income
and estate tax  consequences  of the  ownership and  disposition  of Common
Stock  applicable  to Non-U.S.  Holders of such Common  Stock.  A "Non-U.S.
Holder"  is a person  other  than (i) an  individual  who is a  citizen  or
resident of the United  States,  (ii) a  corporation,  partnership or other
entity  created or organized in the United  States or under the laws of the
United  States or of any  state  (other  than any  partnership  treated  as
foreign under U.S. Treasury  regulations),  (iii) an estate whose income is
includable  in gross income for United States  federal  income tax purposes
regardless of source, or (iv) a trust subject to the primary supervision of
a court  within  the  United  States  and the  control  of one or more U.S.
persons.

     An individual may,  subject to certain  exceptions,  be deemed to be a
resident  alien (as  opposed  to a  non-resident  alien) by virtue of being
present in the United  States for at least 31 days in the calendar year and
for an aggregate of at least 183 days during a three-year  period ending in
the current  calendar  year  (counting  for such  purposes  all of the days
present  in  the  current  year,  one-third  of  the  days  present  in the
immediately preceding year, and one-sixth of the days present in the second
preceding  year).  Resident  aliens are subject to tax as if they were U.S.
citizens.

     This  discussion  does not consider  specific facts and  circumstances
that  may be  relevant  to a  particular  Non-U.S.  Holder's  tax  position
(including  the  fact  that in the  case  of a  Non-U.S.  Holder  that is a
partnership,  the U.S. tax  consequences of holding and disposing of shares
of Common  Stock may be  affected  by  certain  determinations  made at the
partner level) and does not consider U.S.  state and local or non-U.S.  tax
consequences.  This discussion also does not consider the tax  consequences
for any person who is a shareholder,  partner or beneficiary of a holder of
the Common Stock. Further, it does not consider Non-U.S. Holders subject to
special tax treatment under the federal tax laws (including but not limited
to banks and  insurance  companies,  dealers in  securities  and holders of
securities   held  as  part  of  a  "straddle,"   "hedge,"  or  "conversion
transaction").  The following discussion is based on provisions of the U.S.
Internal  Revenue Code of 1986,  as amended (the  "Code"),  the  applicable
Treasury   regulations    promulgated   and   proposed   thereunder,    and
administrative  and judicial  interpretations as of the date hereof, all of
which are subject to change  either  retroactively  or  prospectively.  The
following summary is included herein for general information.  ACCORDINGLY,
EACH  PROSPECTIVE  NON-U.S.  HOLDER IS URGED TO CONSULT A TAX ADVISOR  WITH
RESPECT TO THE U.S.  FEDERAL TAX  CONSEQUENCES  OF HOLDING AND DISPOSING OF
COMMON STOCK, AS WELL AS ANY TAX CONSEQUENCES THAT MAY ARISE UNDER THE LAWS
OF ANY U.S. STATE, LOCAL OR OTHER U.S. OR NON-U.S. TAXING JURISDICTION.

DIVIDENDS

     In general,  dividends paid to a Non-U.S.  Holder of Common Stock will
be subject to withholding of U.S.  federal income tax at a 30% rate or such
lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty. Non-U.S.
Holders should consult their tax advisors  regarding  their  entitlement to
benefits under a relevant income tax treaty.

     Dividends  that are  effectively  connected  with a Non-U.S.  Holder's
conduct of a trade or  business  in the United  States or, if an income tax
treaty applies, attributable to a permanent establishment,  or, in the case
of an  individual,  a "fixed base," in the United  States  ("U.S.  trade or
business income") are generally subject to U.S. federal income tax on a net
income basis at regular  graduated rates, but are not generally  subject to
the 30% withholding tax if the Non-U.S.  Holder files the appropriate  U.S.
Internal  Revenue  Service  ("IRS") form with the payor (which form,  under
U.S.  Treasury  regulations  generally  effective  for payments  made after
December  31, 1999 (the "Final  Regulations"),  will  require the  Non-U.S.
Holder to provide a U.S. taxpayer identification number). Any U.S. trade or
business  income  received by a Non-U.S.  Holder that is a corporation  may
also,  under certain  circumstances,  be subject to an  additional  "branch
profits  tax" at a 30% rate or such  lower rate as may be  specified  by an
applicable income tax treaty.

     Under currently applicable U.S. Treasury  regulations,  dividends paid
to an address in a foreign country are presumed (absent actual knowledge to
the  contrary) to be paid to a resident of such country for purposes of the
withholding   discussed   above  and  for  purposes  of   determining   the
applicability of a tax treaty rate. Under the Final Regulations, however, a
Non-U.S.  Holder of  Common  Stock who  wishes to claim the  benefit  of an
applicable  treaty rate  generally  will be required to satisfy  applicable
certification  and  other  requirements.   In  addition,  under  the  Final
Regulations, in the case of Common Stock held by a foreign partnership, (x)
the certification  requirement will generally be applied to the partners of
the partnership and (y) the partnership will be required to provide certain
information,  including a United States taxpayer identification number. The
Final Regulations also provide look-through rules for tiered partnerships.

     A Non-U.S.  Holder of Common Stock that is eligible for a reduced rate
of U.S.  withholding  tax  pursuant  to an income  tax  treaty may obtain a
refund of any excess amounts withheld by filing an appropriate  claim for a
refund with the IRS.

DISPOSITION OF COMMON STOCK

     A Non-U.S. Holder generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income
tax in respect of gain  recognized on a disposition of Common Stock unless:
(i) the gain is U.S.  trade or business  income (in which case,  the branch
profits tax described above may also apply to a corporate Non-U.S. Holder),
(ii) the Non-U.S.  Holder is an individual  who holds the Common Stock as a
capital asset within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Code, is present in
the  United  States  for  183 or  more  days  in the  taxable  year  of the
disposition and meets certain other requirements, (iii) the Non-U.S. Holder
is subject to tax pursuant to the provision of the U.S. tax law  applicable
to certain  United States  expatriates or (iv) the Company is or has been a
"U.S. real property holding corporation" for federal income tax purposes at
any time during the shorter of the  five-year  period ending on the date of
disposition  and such period that the Common  Stock was held.  The tax with
respect to stock in a "U.S.  real property  holding  corporation"  does not
apply to a Non-U.S.  Holder whose  holdings,  direct and  indirect,  at all
times during the  applicable  period,  constitute  5% or less of the Common
Stock, provided that the Common Stock is regularly traded on an established
securities  market.  Generally,  a  corporation  is a "U.S.  real  property
holding  corporation"  if the fair market value of its "U.S.  real property
interests" equals or exceeds 50% of the sum of the fair market value of its
worldwide  real property  interests  plus its other assets used or held for
use in a trade or  business.  The Company is not,  and does not  anticipate
becoming,  a "U.S.  real property  holding  corporation"  for U.S.  federal
income tax purposes.

FEDERAL ESTATE TAXES

     Common  Stock  owned or  treated  as owned by an  individual  who is a
Non-U.S.  Holder at the time of death will be included in the  individual's
gross estate for U.S.  federal  estate tax  purposes,  unless an applicable
estate tax  treaty  provides  otherwise.  Such  individual's  estate may be
subject to U.S. federal estate tax on the property  includable in the gross
estate for U.S. federal estate tax purposes.

U.S. INFORMATION REPORTING REQUIREMENTS AND BACKUP WITHHOLDING TAX

     Under U.S. Treasury Regulations, the Company may be required to report
annually  to the IRS and to each  Non-U.S.  Holder the amount of  dividends
paid to such holder and any tax withheld  with  respect to such  dividends.
The  information   reporting   requirements  apply  regardless  of  whether
withholding is required.  Copies of the information  returns reporting such
dividends and withholding may also be made available to the tax authorities
in the  country  in which  the Non  U.S.-Holder  is a  resident  under  the
provisions of an applicable income tax treaty or agreement.

     Under certain circumstances,  the IRS requires "information reporting"
and "backup  withholding" at a rate of 31% with respect to certain payments
on Common Stock. Under currently applicable law, Non-U.S. Holders of Common
Stock  generally  will be exempt from IRS reporting  requirements  and U.S.
backup withholding with respect to dividends payable on Common Stock. Under
the Final Regulations, however, a Non-U.S Holder of Common Stock that fails
to certify its Non-U.S.  Holder status in accordance with the  requirements
of the Final  Regulations  may be subject to U.S.  backup  withholding at a
rate of 31% on payments of dividends.

     The payment of the  proceeds of the  disposition  of Common Stock by a
holder to or  through  the U.S.  office of a broker or  through a  non-U.S.
branch of a U.S. broker generally will be subject to information  reporting
and backup  withholding at a rate of 31% unless the holder either certifies
its status as a Non-U.S.  Holder  under  penalties  of perjury or otherwise
establishes an exemption. The payment of the proceeds of the disposition by
a Non-U.S.  Holder of Common  Stock to or  through a  non-U.S.  office of a
non-U.S.  broker will not be subject to backup  withholding  or information
reporting unless the non-U.S. broker has certain U.S. relationships. In the
case of the  payment  of  proceeds  from the  disposition  of Common  Stock
effected by a foreign  office of a broker that is a U.S.  person or a "U.S.
related person," existing regulations require information  reporting on the
payment unless the broker receives a statement from the owner, signed under
penalty  of  perjury,  certifying  its  non-U.S.  status or the  broker has
documentary  evidence  in its  files as to the  Non-U.S.  Holder's  foreign
status and the broker has no actual  knowledge  to the  contrary.  For this
purpose, a "U.S. related person" is (i) a "controlled foreign  corporation"
for U.S.  federal  income tax purposes or (ii) a foreign person 50% or more
of whose gross  income from all sources for the  three-year  period  ending
with the close of its taxable year  preceding the payment (or for such part
of the  period  that the  broker has been in  existence)  is  derived  from
activities that are effectively  connected with the conduct of a U.S. trade
or business.

     Any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules from a payment
to a Non-U.S.  Holder will be refunded  (or  credited  against the holder's
U.S.  federal  income tax  liability,  if any)  provided  that the required
information is furnished to the IRS.


                                UNDERWRITING

     Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated  ("Merrill Lynch"),
BT Alex.  Brown  Incorporated,  Credit  Suisse  First  Boston  Corporation,
Goldman,  Sachs & Co. and Smith Barney Inc. are acting as Underwriters (the
"U.S. Underwriters") for the Offering.  Subject to the terms and conditions
set forth in a U.S.  purchase  agreement  (the "U.S.  Purchase  Agreement")
among the Company, the Selling Shareholders and the U.S. Underwriters,  and
concurrently  with the sale of  2,950,000  shares  of  Common  Stock to the
International  Managers (as defined below),  the Selling  Shareholders have
agreed to sell to the U.S. Underwriters,  and each of the U.S. Underwriters
severally  and  not  jointly  has  agreed  to  purchase  from  the  Selling
Shareholders  the number of shares of Common  Stock set forth  opposite its
name below.

                                                                    NUMBER OF
            U.S. UNDERWRITER                                        SHARES
            ----------------                                        ---------

Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith
         Incorporated..........................................
BT Alex. Brown Incorporated....................................
Credit Suisse First Boston Corporation.........................
Goldman, Sachs & Co. ..........................................
Smith Barney Inc. .............................................     ----------
         Total.................................................     11,800,000
                                                                    ==========


     The Company and the Selling  Shareholders  have also  entered  into an
international  purchase agreement (the "International  Purchase Agreement")
with  certain  underwriters  outside  the United  States  and  Canada  (the
"International  Managers"  and,  together  with the U.S.  Underwriters, the
"Underwriters")  for whom  Merrill  Lynch  International,  BT  Alex.  Brown
International, a Division of Bankers Trust International PLC, Credit Suisse
First Boston (Europe) Limited, Goldman Sachs International and Smith Barney
Inc.  are acting as lead  managers  (the "Lead  Managers").  Subject to the
terms and conditions set forth in the International Purchase Agreement, and
concurrently with the sale of 11,800,000 shares of Common Stock to the U.S.
Underwriters   pursuant  to  the  U.S.  Purchase  Agreement,   the  Selling
Shareholders  have agreed to sell to the  International  Managers,  and the
International  Managers  severally have agreed to purchase from the Selling
Shareholders, an aggregate of 2,950,000 shares of Common Stock. The initial
public  offering  price per share and the total  underwriting  discount per
share of Common Stock are identical under the U.S.  Purchase  Agreement and
the International Purchase Agreement.

     In  the  U.S.  Purchase  Agreement  and  the  International   Purchase
Agreement,  the several  U.S.  Underwriters  and the several  International
Managers,  respectively,  have agreed,  subject to the terms and conditions
set forth therein, to purchase all of the shares of Common Stock being sold
pursuant to each such  agreement if any of the shares of Common Stock being
sold pursuant to such agreement are purchased. Under certain circumstances,
under the U.S.  Agreement and the  International  Purchase  Agreement,  the
commitments of non-defaulting  Underwriters may be increased.  The closings
with  respect to the sale of shares of Common  Stock to be purchased by the
U.S.  Underwriters and the International  Managers are conditioned upon one
another.

     The  U.S.  Underwriters  have  advised  the  Company  and the  Selling
Shareholders  that the U.S.  Underwriters  propose  initially  to offer the
shares of Common Stock to the public at the initial  public  offering price
set forth on the cover page of this  Prospectus,  and to certain dealers at
such price less a concession not in excess of $________ per share of Common
Stock. The U.S.  Underwriters  may allow,  and such dealers may reallow,  a
discount not in excess of  $________  per share of Common Stock on sales to
certain  other  dealers.  After the  initial  public  offering,  the public
offering price, concession and discount may be changed.

     The   Selling   Shareholders   have   granted   options  to  the  U.S.
Underwriters, exercisable for 30 days after the date of this Prospectus, to
purchase up to an aggregate of 1,770,000  additional shares of Common Stock
at the initial  public  offering  price set forth on the cover page of this
Prospectus,  less the  underwriting  discount.  The U.S.  Underwriters  may
exercise these options solely to cover over-allotments, if any, made on the
sale of the  Common  Stock  offered  hereby.  To the  extent  that the U.S.
Underwriters   exercise  these  options,  each  U.S.  Underwriter  will  be
obligated,   subject  to  certain  conditions,  to  purchase  a  number  of
additional shares of Common Stock proportionate to such U.S.  Underwriter's
initial amount reflected in the foregoing  table. The Selling  Shareholders
also have granted options to the International Managers, exercisable for 30
days after the date of this  Prospectus,  to purchase up to an aggregate of
442,500 additional shares of Common Stock to cover over-allotments, if any,
on terms similar to those granted to the U.S. Underwriters.

     The  Company,  the  Company's  executive  officers and  directors  and
certain  existing  shareholders of the Company holding in the aggregate ___
shares of Common Stock will agree,  subject to certain  exceptions,  not to
directly or indirectly (i) offer,  pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any
option or contract to  purchase,  purchase  any option or contract to sell,
grant any option,  right or warrant for the sale of or otherwise dispose of
or transfer any shares of Common Stock or  securities  convertible  into or
exchangeable  or  exercisable  for  Common  Stock,  whether  now  owned  or
thereafter  acquired by the person  executing the agreement or with respect
to which the person executing the agreement  thereafter  acquires the power
of disposition,  or file a registration  statement under the Securities Act
with  respect  to the  foregoing  or (ii)  enter  into  any  swap or  other
agreement that transfers,  in whole or in part, the economic consequence of
ownership of the Common Stock whether any such swap or transaction is to be
settled  by  delivery  of  Common  Stock  or other  securities,  in cash or
otherwise,  without the prior written consent of Merrill Lynch on behalf of
the Underwriters for a period of 90 days after the date of this Prospectus.
See "Shares Eligible for Future Sale."

     The U.S. Underwriters and the International Managers have entered into
an intersyndicate agreement (the "Intersyndicate  Agreement") that provides
for the coordination of their  activities.  Pursuant to the  Intersyndicate
Agreement,  the  U.S.  Underwriters  and  the  International  Managers  are
permitted  to sell  shares of Common  Stock to each other for  purposes  of
resale at the initial  public  offering  price,  less an amount not greater
than  the  selling  concession.  Under  the  terms  of  the  Intersyndicate
Agreement, the U.S. Underwriters and any dealer to whom they sell shares of
Common  Stock  will not offer to sell or sell  shares  of  Common  Stock to
persons who are non-U.S. or non-Canadian persons or to persons they believe
intend to resell to persons who are non-U.S. or non-Canadian  persons,  and
the  International  Managers  and any  dealer to whom  they sell  shares of
Common  Stock will not offer to sell or sell shares of Common Stock to U.S.
persons or to Canadian  persons or to persons they believe intend to resell
to U.S. or Canadian persons, except in the case of transactions pursuant to
the Intersyndicate Agreement.

     The Company and the Selling  Shareholders have agreed to indemnify the
U.S.   Underwriters   and  the   International   Managers  against  certain
liabilities,  including certain liabilities under the Securities Act, or to
contribute to payments the U.S. Underwriters and the International Managers
may be required to make in respect thereof.

     Until the distribution of the Common Stock is completed,  rules of the
Securities   and  Exchange   Commission   may  limit  the  ability  of  the
Underwriters  and certain selling group members to bid for and purchase the
Common Stock.  As an exception to these rules,  the U.S.  Underwriters  are
permitted to engage in certain transactions that stabilize the price of the
Common  Stock.  Such  transactions  consist  of bids or  purchases  for the
purpose of pegging, fixing or maintaining the price of the Common Stock.

     If the  Underwriters  create a short  position in the Common  Stock in
connection  with the  Offerings,  i.e.,  if they sell more shares of Common
Stock  than are set forth on the cover  page of this  Prospectus,  the U.S.
Underwriters  may reduce that short position by purchasing  Common Stock in
the open market.  The U.S.  Underwriters may also elect to reduce any short
position by exercising all or part of the  over-allotment  option described
above.

     The U.S.  Representatives  may also  impose a penalty  bid on  certain
Underwriters  and  selling  group  members.  This  means  that if the  U.S.
Underwriters  purchase  shares of Common Stock in the open market to reduce
the  Underwriters'  short  position or to stabilize the price of the Common
Stock,  they may  reclaim  the amount of the  selling  concession  from the
Underwriters and selling group members who sold those shares as part of the
Offerings.

     In general,  purchases of a security for the purpose of  stabilization
or to reduce a short  position  could cause the price of the security to be
higher than it might be in the absence of such purchases. The imposition of
a penalty bid might also have an effect on the price of the Common Stock to
the extent that it discourages resales of the Common Stock.

     None  of  the  Company,  the  Selling  Shareholders  nor  any  of  the
Underwriters  makes any representation or prediction as to the direction or
magnitude of any effect that the  transactions  described above may have on
the price of the  Common  Stock.  In  addition,  none of the  Company,  the
Selling  Shareholders nor any of the Underwriters  makes any representation
that the U.S. Representatives will engage in such transactions or that such
transactions, once commenced, will not be discontinued without notice.

     The Underwriters  have from time to time provided  investment  banking
financial  advisory  services  to the  Company  and AEA  Investors  and its
affiliates,  for which they have received customary  compensation,  and may
continue to do so in the future.  Merrill  Lynch served as lead manager and
Credit  Suisse  First  Boston  Corporation  served as a  co-manager  of the
offering of the Notes in October 1996, Merrill Lynch served as the Arranger
and  Documentation  Agent and an  affiliate  of Credit  Suisse First Boston
served  as  co-agent  in  connection  with the  Company's  previous  credit
facility  and the  Credit  Agreement  for  which  they  received  customary
compensation.  An affiliate of Credit Suisse First Boston  Corporation  and
Merrill Lynch and its affiliates were lenders under the Company's  previous
credit facility and are lenders under the Credit Agreement.  Merrill Lynch,
BT Alex.  Brown  Incorporated,  Credit Suisse First Boston  Corporation and
Goldman,  Sachs & Co. and certain of their affiliates acted as underwriters
in connection with the IPO.

                               LEGAL MATTERS

     Certain legal matters with respect to the validity of the Common Stock
offered hereby will be passed upon for the Company by Fried, Frank, Harris,
Shriver & Jacobson (a  partnership  including  professional  corporations),
London,  England.  Certain legal matters  relating to the Offerings will be
passed upon for the  Underwriters  by Debevoise & Plimpton,  New York,  New
York. A partnership in which partners of Fried,  Frank,  Harris,  Shriver &
Jacobson are partners is a shareholder of the Company.

                            INDEPENDENT AUDITORS

     The consolidated financial statements of Mettler-Toledo  International
Inc.  and  subsidiaries  (as defined in Note 1 to the Audited  Consolidated
Financial  Statements)  as of  December  31, 1996 and 1997 and for the year
ended  December  31,  1995,  for the period  January 1, 1996 to October 14,
1996, for the period October 15, 1996 to December 31, 1996 and for the year
ended  December  31,  1997,   included  herein  and  incorporated  in  this
Prospectus by reference to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the
year ended  December  31,  1997,  have been  audited  by KPMG  Fides  Peat,
independent auditors, as set forth in their reports appearing elsewhere and
have been so included and  incorporated in reliance upon such reports given
upon the authority of such firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

                           AVAILABLE INFORMATION

     The Company has filed with the Commission a Registration  Statement on
Form  S-3 with  respect  to the  Common  Stock  offered  hereby  under  the
Securities Act. This Prospectus, which constitutes part of the Registration
Statement,  does  not  contain  all of the  information  set  forth  in the
Registration Statement,  certain items of which are omitted as permitted by
the  rules and  regulations  of the  Commission.  For  further  information
pertaining to the Company and the Common Stock offered hereby, reference is
made to the Registration Statement,  including the exhibits thereto and the
financial  statements,  notes  and  schedules  filed  as  a  part  thereof.
Statements  contained  in this  Prospectus  regarding  the  contents of any
contract  or  other  document   referred  to  herein  or  therein  are  not
necessarily complete, and in each instance reference is made to the copy of
such  contract or other  document  filed as an exhibit to the  Registration
Statement or such other  document,  each such statement  being qualified in
all respects by such reference.

     The  Company  is  subject  to the  informational  requirements  of the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended,  and, in accordance therewith,
files reports,  proxy statements and other information with the Commission.
Such  reports,  proxy  statements  and  other  information,  as well as the
Registration  Statement  and the exhibits  and  schedules  thereto,  may be
inspected,  without charge, at the public reference facility  maintained by
the  Commission at Room 1024,  Judiciary  Plaza,  450 Fifth  Street,  N.W.,
Washington, D.C. 20549, and at the Commission's regional offices located at
Seven World Trade Center, New York, New York 10048 and Northwestern  Atrium
Center, 500 West Madison Street, Suite 1400, Chicago,  Illinois 60661-2511.
Copies of such  material  may also be  obtained  from the Public  Reference
Section of the  Commission  at 450 Fifth  Street,  N.W.,  Washington,  D.C.
20549,  at prescribed  rates.  Such  materials can also be inspected at the
offices of the New York Stock  Exchange,  Inc., 20 Broad Street,  New York,
New  York  10005  or  on  the   Commission's   site  on  the   Internet  at
http://www.sec.gov.

              INCORPORATION OF CERTAIN DOCUMENTS BY REFERENCE

     The  following  documents  filed by the  Company  with the  Commission
pursuant to the Exchange Act (File No. 0-22493) are incorporated  herein by
reference:

     (1)  The  Company's  Annual  Report  on Form  10-K for the  year  ended
December 31, 1997; 

     (2)  The  Company's  Quarterly  Report on Form  10-Q for the  quarterly
period ended March 31, 1998. All other  documents filed by the Company with
the  Commission  pursuant  to  Section  13(a),  13(c),  14 or  15(d) of the
Exchange Act  subsequent  to the date of this  Prospectus  and prior to the
termination  of  this  offering  shall  be  deemed  to be  incorporated  by
reference  herein and to be a part hereof from the respective  dates of the
filing of such reports and documents; and

     (3) The  description  of the Common Stock  contained in the  Company's
Registration  Statement, as amended, on Form S-1 (Reg. No. 333-35597) filed
with the Commission on November 10, 1997.

     Any  statement  contained in a document  incorporated  or deemed to be
incorporated  by  reference  herein  shall  be  deemed  to be  modified  or
superseded  for purposes of this  Prospectus to the extend that a statement
contained herein or in any other  subsequently filed document which also is
or is deemed to be incorporated by reference  herein modifies or supersedes
such  statement.  Any  statement  so  modified or  superseded  shall not be
deemed,  except as so modified or superseded,  to constitute a part of this
Prospectus.

     The Company will provide  without charge to any person,  including any
beneficial owner, to whom this Prospectus is delivered, upon the written or
oral request of such person, a copy of any and all information incorporated
by reference in this  Prospectus,  other than exhibits to such  information
(unless such exhibits are  specifically  incorporated  by reference in such
documents).   Such   requests   should  be  directed   to  Mary   Finnegan,
Mettler-Toledo  International Inc., Im Langacher,  P.O. Box MT-100,  CH8606
Greifensee, Switzerland (telephone 011-41-1-944-22-11).

                     METTLER-TOLEDO INTERNATIONAL INC.
                       (FORMERLY "MT INVESTORS INC.")
                 INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

                                                                          PAGE
                                                                          ----

  AUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

  Independent Auditors' Report .........................................   F-2

  Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 1996 and 1997 .........   F-3

  Consolidated Statements of Operations for the year ended December 31,
     1995 and for the period January 1, 1996 to October 14, 1996 and for
     the period October 15, 1996 to December 31, 1996 and for the year
     ended December 31, 1997 ...........................................   F-4

  Consolidated Statements of Changes in Net Assets / Shareholders'
     Equity for the year ended December 31, 1995 and for the period
     January 1, 1996 to October 14, 1996 and for the period October 15,
     1996 to December 31, 1996 and for the year ended
     December 31, 1997 .................................................   F-5

  Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the year ended December 31,
     1995 and for the period January 1, 1996 to October 14, 1996 and for
     the period October 15, 1996 to December 31, 1996 and for the year
     ended December 31, 1997 ...........................................   F-6

  Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements ...........................   F-7

  UNAUDITED INTERIM CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS:

  Interim Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 1997 and 
     March 31, 1998 ....................................................   F-26

  Interim Consolidated Statements of Operations for the three months
     ended March 31, 1997 and 1998 .....................................   F-27

  Interim Consolidated Statements of Shareholders' Equity for the three
    months ended March 31, 1997 and 1998 ...............................   F-28

  Interim Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the three months 
     ended March 31, 1997 and 1998 .....................................   F-29

  Notes to the Interim Consolidated Financial Statements ...............   F-30


                      INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT

The Board of Directors and Shareholders
Mettler-Toledo International Inc.

We  have  audited  the   accompanying   consolidated   balance   sheets  of
Mettler-Toledo  International  Inc.  (formerly  "MT  Investors  Inc.")  and
subsidiaries  (as  defined  in  Note  1  to  the   consolidated   financial
statements) as of December 31, 1996 and 1997, and the related  consolidated
statements of operations,  net assets / shareholders' equity and cash flows
for the year ended  December 31, 1995 and for the period January 1, 1996 to
October 14, 1996, the Predecessor  periods,  and for the period October 15,
1996 to December 31, 1996,  and for the year ended  December 31, 1997,  the
Successor  periods.   These  consolidated   financial  statements  are  the
responsibility  of  the  Company's  management.  Our  responsibility  is to
express an opinion on these consolidated  financial statements based on our
audits.

We conducted  our audits in accordance  with  generally  accepted  auditing
standards in the United States of America.  Those standards require that we
plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the
financial statements are free of material  misstatement.  An audit includes
examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures
in  the  financial  statements.   An  audit  also  includes  assessing  the
accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as
well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe
that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion,  the consolidated  financial  statements  referred to above
present  fairly,  in all  material  respects,  the  consolidated  financial
position  of  Mettler-Toledo  International  Inc.  and  subsidiaries  as of
December  31,  1996  and  1997,  and  the  consolidated  results  of  their
operations  and their cash flows for the year ended  December  31, 1995 and
for the  period  January  1, 1996 to  October  14,  1996,  the  Predecessor
periods,  and for the period October 15, 1996 to December 31, 1996, and for
the year ended December 31, 1997, the Successor periods, in conformity with
generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America.

As more fully described in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements,
Mettler-Toledo  International Inc. acquired the Mettler-Toledo  Group as of
October 15, 1996 in a business combination  accounted for as a purchase. As
a result of the acquisition,  the consolidated financial statements for the
Successor  periods are presented on a different  basis of  accounting  than
that of the Predecessor periods, and therefore are not directly comparable.

KPMG FIDES PEAT

Zurich, Switzerland
February 6, 1998


                     METTLER-TOLEDO INTERNATIONAL INC.
                       (FORMERLY "MT INVESTORS INC.")
                        CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
                   (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)

                                                       SUCCESSOR   SUCCESSOR
                                                       ---------   ---------
                                                        DECEMBER    DECEMBER
                                                           31,         31,
                                                          1996        1997
                                                       ---------   ---------
                        ASSETS
Current assets:
  Cash and cash equivalents .........................  $  60,696   $  23,566
  Trade accounts receivable, less allowances of
   $8,388 in 1996 and $7,669 in 1997 ................    151,161     153,619
  Inventories .......................................    102,526     101,047
  Deferred taxes ....................................      7,565       7,584
  Other current assets and prepaid expenses .........     17,268      24,066
                                                       ---------   ---------
   Total current assets .............................    339,216     309,882
Property, plant and equipment, net ..................    255,292     235,262
Excess of cost over net assets acquired, net of
  accumulated amortization of $982 in 1996 and
  $6,427 in 1997 ....................................    135,490     183,318
Non-current deferred taxes ..........................      3,916       5,045
Other assets ........................................     37,974      15,806
                                                       ---------   ---------
   Total assets .....................................  $ 771,888   $ 749,313
                                                       =========   =========

         LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY

Current liabilities:
  Trade accounts payable ............................  $  32,797   $  39,342
  Accrued and other liabilities .....................     79,857      80,844
  Accrued compensation and related items ............     35,457      43,214
  Taxes payable .....................................     17,580      33,267
  Deferred taxes ....................................      9,132      10,486
  Short-term borrowings and current maturities of 
    long-term debt...................................     80,446      56,430
                                                       ---------   ---------
   Total current liabilities ........................    255,269     263,583
Long-term debt ......................................    373,758     340,334
Non-current deferred taxes ..........................     30,467      25,437
Other non-current liabilities .......................     96,810      91,011
                                                       ---------   ---------
   Total liabilities ................................    756,304     720,365
Minority interest ...................................      3,158       3,549
Shareholders' equity:
  Preferred stock, $0.01 par value per share; 
   authorized 10,000,000 shares......................       --          --
  Common stock, $0.01 par value per share; authorized
   125,000,000 shares; issued 38,336,014 (excluding
   64,467 shares held in treasury) at 
   December 31, 1997 ................................       --           383
  Class A, B and C common stock, $0.01 par value per
   share; authorized 2,775,976 shares; issued 
   2,438,514 at December 31, 1996 ...................         25        --
  Additional paid-in capital ........................    188,084     284,630
  Accumulated deficit ...............................   (159,046)   (224,152)
  Currency translation adjustment ...................    (16,637)    (35,462)
                                                       ---------   ---------
   Total shareholders' equity .......................     12,426      25,399
Commitments and contingencies .......................
Total liabilities and shareholders' equity ..........  $ 771,888   $ 749,313
                                                       =========   =========

    See the accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements





                     METTLER-TOLEDO INTERNATIONAL INC.
                       (FORMERLY "MT INVESTORS INC.")
                   CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
                   (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)

                                     PREDECESSOR               SUCCESSOR
                                 ---------------------  ----------------------- 
                                             FOR THE      FOR THE
                                             PERIOD       PERIOD
                                    YEAR    JANUARY 1,  OCTOBER 15,     YEAR
                                    ENDED      1996         1996        ENDED
                                  DECEMBER  TO OCTOBER  TO DECEMBER   DECEMBER
                                  31, 1995   14, 1996     31, 1996    31, 1997
                                  --------   --------     --------    --------

Net sales ...................... $  850,415  $ 662,221  $  186,912   $  878,415
Cost of sales ..................    508,089    395,239     136,820      493,480
                                 ----------  ---------  ----------   ---------- 
   Gross profit ................    342,326    266,982      50,092      384,935
Research and development .......     54,542     40,244       9,805       47,551
Selling, general and 
 administrative ................    248,327    186,898      59,353      260,397
Amortization ...................      2,765      2,151       1,065        6,222
Purchased research and 
 development ...................       --         --       114,070       29,959
Interest expense ...............     18,219     13,868       8,738       35,924
Other charges (income), net ....     (9,331)    (1,332)     17,137       10,834
                                 ----------  ---------  ----------   ---------- 
   Earnings (loss) before
     taxes, minority interest
     and extraordinary items ...     27,804     25,153    (160,076)      (5,952)
Provision for taxes ............      8,782     10,055        (938)      17,489
Minority interest ..............        768        637         (92)         468
                                 ----------  ---------  ----------   ---------- 
   Net earnings (loss)
     before extraordinary
     items .....................     18,254     14,461    (159,046)     (23,909)
Extraordinary items-debt
   extinguishments, net of tax .       --         --          --        (41,197)
                                 ----------  ---------  ----------   ---------- 
      Net earnings (loss) .....  $   18,254  $  14,461  $ (159,046)  $  (65,106)
                                 ==========  =========  ==========   ========== 

Basic and diluted loss per
 common share:
   Loss before extraordinary 
     items.....................                         $    (5.18)  $    (0.76)
   Extraordinary items.........                                --         (1.30)
                                                        ----------   ----------
   Net loss....................                         $    (5.18)  $    (2.06)
                                                        ==========   ========== 

   Weighted average number
   of common shares .............                        30,686,065   31,617,071

    See the accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements


                     METTLER-TOLEDO INTERNATIONAL INC.
                       (FORMERLY "MT INVESTORS INC.")
  CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN NET ASSETS / SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
                   (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)

                                                    PREDECESSOR
                                     -----------------------------------------
                                     YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995 AND FOR THE
                                          PERIOD JANUARY 1, 1996 TO 
                                                OCTOBER 14, 1996
                                     -----------------------------------------
                                                      CURRENCY
                                           CAPITAL   TRANSLATION
                                           EMPLOYED   ADJUSTMENT    TOTAL
                                           --------   ----------    -----
     Net assets at December 31, 1994 ....  $ 218,129   $ 10,065   $ 228,194
     Capital transactions with Ciba and 
     affiliates .........................    (73,779)      --       (73,779)
     Net earnings .......................     18,254       --        18,254
     Change in currency translation 
      adjustment ........................       --       20,585      20,585
                                           ---------   --------   ---------
     Net assets at December 31, 1995 ....    162,604     30,650     193,254
     Capital transactions with Ciba and 
      affiliates ........................    (88,404)      --       (88,404)
     Net earnings .......................     14,461       --        14,461
     Change in currency translation
      adjustment ........................       --       (6,538)     (6,538)
                                           ---------   --------   ---------
     Net assets at October 14, 1996 .....  $  88,661   $ 24,112   $ 112,773
                                           =========   ========   =========

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                                                                                  SUCCESSOR
                                             ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                       FOR THE PERIOD FROM OCTOBER 15, 1996 TO DECEMBER 31, 1996 AND FOR
                                                                         THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1997
                                             ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                   COMMON STOCK            ADDITIONAL                     CURRENCY
                                                    ALL CLASSES             PAID-IN       ACCUMULATED    TRANSLATION
                                                SHARES        AMOUNT        CAPITAL         DEFICIT       ADJUSTMENT        TOTAL
                                                ------        ------        -------         -------       ----------        -----
<S>                                           <C>              <C>         <C>             <C>             <C>            <C>      
Balance at October 15, 1996 ...........            1,000       $   1       $    --         $    --         $   --         $       1
New issuance of Class A and 
   C shares ...........................        2,437,514          24         188,084            --             --           188,108

Net loss ..............................             --          --              --          (159,046)          --          (159,046)
Change in currency
   translation adjustment .............             --          --              --              --          (16,637)        (16,637)
                                             -----------       -----       ---------       ---------       --------       ---------
Balance at December 31, 1996 ..........        2,438,514          25         188,084        (159,046)       (16,637)         12,426
New issuance of Class A and 
   C shares ...........................            3,857        --               300            --             --               300

Purchase of Class A and C
   treasury stock .....................           (5,123)         (1)           (668)           --             --              (669)
Common stock conversion ...............       28,232,099         282            (282)           --             --              --
Proceeds from stock offering ..........        7,666,667          77          97,196            --             --            97,273
Net loss ..............................             --          --              --           (65,106)          --           (65,106)
Change in currency
    translation adjustment ............             --          --              --              --          (18,825)        (18,825)
                                             -----------       -----       ---------       ---------       --------       ---------
Balance at December 31, 1997  .........       38,336,014       $ 383       $ 284,630       $(224,152)      $(35,462)      $  25,399
                                             ===========       =====       =========       =========       ========       =========
</TABLE>

    See the accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements

                     METTLER-TOLEDO INTERNATIONAL INC.
                       (FORMERLY "MT INVESTORS INC.")
                   CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
                               (IN THOUSANDS)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                              PREDECESSOR                     SUCCESSOR
                                                                    -----------------------------  -------------------------------
                                                                                  FOR THE PERIOD                    FOR THE PERIOD
                                                                    YEAR ENDED    JANUARY 1, 1996  OCTOBER 15, 1996    YEAR ENDED
                                                                    DECEMBER 31,   TO OCTOBER 14,   TO DECEMBER 31,   DECEMBER 31,
                                                                        1995            1996             1996             1997
                                                                    ------------  --------------   ----------------  ------------- 
<S>                                                                   <C>             <C>             <C>              <C>       
Cash flows from operating activities:
   Net earnings (loss) ...........................................    $ 18,254        $ 14,461        $(159,046)       $ (65,106)
   Adjustments to reconcile net earnings (loss) to net
      cash provided by operating activities:
      Depreciation ...............................................      30,598          19,512            7,925           25,613
      Amortization ...............................................       2,765           2,151            1,065            6,222
      Write-off of purchased research and
        development and cost of sales associated
        with revaluation of inventories ..........................        --              --            146,264           32,013
      Extraordinary items ........................................        --              --               --             41,197
      Net loss (gain) on disposal of long-term assets ............      (1,053)           (768)            --                 33
      Deferred taxes and adjustments to goodwill .................        (551)         (1,934)          (4,563)          (4,244)
      Minority interest ..........................................         768             637              (92)             468
   Increase (decrease) in cash resulting from changes in:
           Trade accounts receivable, net ........................      (9,979)          9,569          (10,159)          (8,113)
           Inventories ...........................................        (607)          1,276            3,350           (2,740)
           Other current assets ..................................      (3,058)         14,748          (10,605)          (7,177)
           Trade accounts payable ................................       1,437          (3,065)           3,415            4,936
           Accruals and other liabilities, net ...................      13,095           5,948           32,030           32,547
                                                                      --------        --------        ---------        ---------
             Net cash provided by operating
                activities .......................................      51,669          62,535            9,584           55,649
                                                                      --------        --------        ---------        ---------
Cash flows from investing activities:
   Proceeds from sale of property, plant and
      equipment ..................................................       4,000           1,606              736           15,913
   Purchase of property, plant and equipment .....................     (25,858)        (16,649)         (11,928)         (22,251)
   Acquisition of Mettler-Toledo from Ciba .......................        --              --           (314,962)            --
   Acquisition, net of seller financing ..........................        --              --               --            (80,469)
   Other investing activities ....................................      (7,484)         (1,632)           4,857           (9,184)
                                                                      --------        --------        ---------        ---------
             Net cash used in investing
                activities .......................................     (29,342)        (16,675)        (321,297)         (95,991)
                                                                      --------        --------        ---------        ---------
Cash flows from financing activities:
   Proceeds from borrowings ......................................       3,983            --            414,170          614,245
   Repayments of borrowings ......................................        --           (13,464)            --           (703,201)
   Proceeds from issuance of common stock ........................        --              --            188,108           97,573
   Purchase of treasury stock ....................................        --              --               --               (669)
   Ciba and affiliates borrowings (repayments) ...................     (15,693)        (26,589)        (184,666)            --
   Capital transactions with Ciba and affiliates .................     (37,361)         (7,716)         (80,687)            --
                                                                      --------        --------        ---------        ---------
             Net cash provided by (used in)
                financing activities .............................     (49,071)        (47,769)         336,925            7,948
                                                                      --------        --------        ---------        ---------
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash
   equivalents ...................................................       4,344          (3,394)            (615)          (4,736)
                                                                      --------        --------        ---------        ---------
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash
   equivalents ...................................................     (22,400)         (5,303)          24,597          (37,130)
                                                                      --------        --------        ---------        ---------
Cash and cash equivalents:
   Beginning of period ...........................................      63,802          41,402           36,099           60,696
                                                                      --------        --------        ---------        ---------
   End of period .................................................    $ 41,402        $ 36,099        $  60,696        $  23,566
                                                                      ========        ========        =========        =========
Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information:
   Cash paid during the year for:
      Interest ...................................................    $ 18,927        $  6,524        $  17,874        $  38,345
      Taxes ......................................................       9,970           9,385            2,470            6,140
Non-cash financing and investing activities:
   Due to Ciba for capital transactions ..........................      36,418            --               --               --
   Seller financing on acquisition ...............................        --              --               --             22,514
</TABLE>

    See the accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements

                     METTLER-TOLEDO INTERNATIONAL INC.
                       (FORMERLY "MT INVESTORS INC.")
               NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                   (IN THOUSANDS UNLESS OTHERWISE STATED)

1.   BUSINESS DESCRIPTION AND BASIS OF PRESENTATION

     Mettler-Toledo  International Inc. ("Mettler Toledo," the "Company" or
"Successor"), formerly MT Investors Inc., is a global supplier of precision
instruments and is a manufacturer and marketer of weighing  instruments for
use in laboratory,  industrial and food retailing applications. The Company
also  manufactures  and sells certain  related  analytical and  measurement
technologies.   The  Company's  manufacturing  facilities  are  located  in
Switzerland,  the United States, Germany, the United Kingdom and China. The
Company's   principal   executive   offices  are  located  in   Greifensee,
Switzerland.

     The  Company  was  incorporated  by AEA  Investors  Inc.  ("AEA")  and
recapitalized  to  effect  the  acquisition  (the   "Acquisition")  of  the
Mettler-Toledo  Group  ("Predecessor")  from Ciba-Geigy AG ("Ciba") and its
wholly owned subsidiary,  AG fur  Prazisionsinstrumente  ("AGP") on October
15,  1996.  The  Company  acquired  the   Mettler-Toledo   Group  for  cash
consideration of SFr. 504,996 (approximately  $402,000) including dividends
of SFr.  109,406  (approximately  $87,100)  which  were paid to Ciba by the
Company in  conjunction  with the  Acquisition.  In  addition,  the Company
incurred  expenses in connection with the Acquisition and related financing
of  approximately  $29,000,  including  approximately  $5,500  paid  to AEA
Investors,  and paid  approximately  $185,000 to settle amounts due to Ciba
and  affiliates.  The Company has accounted for the  Acquisition  using the
purchase  method of accounting.  Accordingly,  the costs of the Acquisition
were allocated to the assets  acquired and  liabilities  assumed based upon
their respective fair values.

     In connection with the Acquisition,  the Company allocated, based upon
independent  valuations,  $114,070  of  the  purchase  price  to  purchased
research and development in process. Such amount was recorded as an expense
in the period from October 15, 1996 to December 31, 1996. Additionally, the
Company  allocated  approximately  $32,200 of the purchase price to revalue
certain  inventories  (principally  work-in-process  and finished goods) to
fair value (net realizable  value).  Substantially  all of such inventories
were sold during the period from October 15, 1996 to December 31, 1996. The
excess of the cost of the Acquisition over the fair value of the net assets
acquired  of  approximately  $137,500  is being  amortized  over 32  years.
Because of this  purchase  price  allocation,  the  accompanying  financial
statements  of the  Successor  are not directly  comparable to those of the
Predecessor.

     The consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance
with  generally  accepted  accounting  principles  in the United  States of
America  and  include  all  entities  in which  the  Company  has  control,
including its majority owned  subsidiaries.  All intercompany  transactions
and balances  have been  eliminated.  Investments  in which the Company has
voting  rights  between 20% to 50% are  generally  accounted  for using the
equity method of accounting.  Certain amounts in the prior period financial
statements   have  been   reclassified   to  conform   with   current  year
presentation.

     The  combined  financial  statements  of the  Predecessor  include the
combined   historical  assets  and  liabilities  and  combined  results  of
operations of the  Mettler-Toledo  Group. All intergroup  transactions have
been eliminated as part of the combination process.

     The preparation of financial  statements  requires  management to make
estimates and  assumptions  that affect the reported  amounts of assets and
liabilities,  as well as disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at
the date of the financial  statements and the reported  amounts of revenues
and expenses  during the reporting  period.  Actual results may differ from
those estimates.


2.   SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

     Cash and Cash Equivalents

     Cash and cash  equivalents  include  highly  liquid  investments  with
original maturity dates of three months or less.

     Inventories

     Inventories  are  valued at the lower of cost or market.  Cost,  which
includes direct materials,  labor and overhead plus indirect  overhead,  is
determined  using the first in,  first out (FIFO) or weighted  average cost
methods and to a lesser extent the last in, first out (LIFO) method.

     Property, Plant and Equipment

     Property,  plant and  equipment  are  stated at cost less  accumulated
depreciation.  Depreciation  is charged  on a straight  line basis over the
estimated useful lives of the assets as follows:

            Buildings and improvements      15 to 50 years
            Machinery and equipment         3 to 12 years
            Computer software               3 to 5 years
            Leasehold improvements          Shorter of useful life or lease
                                              term

     Beginning  January 1, 1996 the Company adopted  Statement of Financial
Accounting  Standards No. 121 ("SFAS 121"),  "Accounting for the Impairment
of Long-Lived Assets and for Long-Lived Assets to Be Disposed Of." SFAS 121
requires that long-lived assets and certain identifiable  intangibles to be
held and used by an entity be reviewed for  impairment  whenever  events or
changes in circumstances  indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may
not be recoverable.  In addition,  SFAS 121 requires that long-lived assets
and certain  identifiable  intangibles to be disposed of be reported at the
lower of carrying amount or fair value less cost to sell.  Adoption of SFAS
121 had no material effect on the consolidated financial statements.

     Excess of Cost over Net Assets Acquired

     The  excess  of  purchase  price  over  the fair  value of net  assets
acquired is amortized on a straight-line  basis over the expected period to
be benefited.  The Company  assesses the  recoverability  of such amount by
determining whether the amortization of the balance over its remaining life
can be recovered from the  undiscounted  future operating cash flows of the
acquired operation. The amount of impairment,  if any, is measured based on
projected  discounted  future  operating  cash flows using a discount  rate
reflecting  the  Company's  average cost of funds.  The  assessment  of the
recoverability  of the  excess of cost  over net  assets  acquired  will be
impacted if estimated future operating cash flows are not achieved.

     Deferred Financing Costs

     Debt  financing  costs are deferred and amortized over the life of the
underlying indebtedness using the interest method.

     Taxation

     The  Company  files  tax  returns  in each  jurisdiction  in  which it
operates.  Prior  to the  Acquisition  discussed  in  Note  1,  in  certain
jurisdictions  the Company  filed its tax returns  jointly  with other Ciba
subsidiaries.  The Company had a tax sharing arrangement with Ciba in these
countries to share the tax burden or benefits. Such arrangement resulted in
each  company's tax burden or benefit  equating to that which it would have
incurred or received if it had been filing a separate tax return.

     Deferred tax assets and  liabilities are recognized for the future tax
consequences  attributable to differences  between the financial  statement
carrying  amounts of existing assets and  liabilities and their  respective
tax bases and  operating  loss and tax credit  carryforwards.  Deferred tax
assets  and  liabilities  are  measured  using  enacted  tax  rates  in the
respective jurisdictions in which the Company operates that are expected to
apply to taxable income in the years in which those  temporary  differences
are expected to be recovered or settled.  In assessing the realizability of
deferred tax assets,  management  considers  whether it is more likely than
not  that  some  portion  or all of the  deferred  tax  assets  will not be
realized.

     Generally,  deferred taxes are not provided on the unremitted earnings
of  subsidiaries  outside of the United States  because it is expected that
these earnings are  permanently  reinvested and such  determination  is not
practicable.  Such earnings may become taxable upon the sale or liquidation
of these  subsidiaries or upon the remittance of dividends.  Deferred taxes
are provided in situations  where the Company's  subsidiaries  plan to make
future dividend distributions.

     Research and Development

     Research and development costs are expensed as incurred.  Research and
development  costs,   including  customer   engineering  (which  represents
research and development charged to customers and, accordingly, is included
in cost of sales), amounted to approximately $62,400,  $45,100, $11,100 and
$50,200 for the year ended  December 31, 1995,  for the period from January
1, 1996 to October  14,  1996,  for the period  from  October  15,  1996 to
December 31, 1996 and for the year ended December 31, 1997, respectively.

     Currency Translation and Transactions

     The reporting  currency for the consolidated  financial  statements of
the Company is the United States dollar (USD). The functional  currency for
the  Company's  operations  is generally  the  applicable  local  currency.
Accordingly,  the assets and  liabilities  of  companies  whose  functional
currency  is  other  than  the USD are  included  in the  consolidation  by
translating the assets and liabilities  into the reporting  currency at the
exchange rates  applicable at the end of the reporting year. The statements
of operations and cash flows of such non-USD functional currency operations
are  translated  at the monthly  average  exchange  rates  during the year.
Translation gains or losses are accumulated as a separate  component of net
assets/shareholders' equity.

     The Company has designated  certain of its Swiss franc debt as a hedge
of its net investments. Any gains and losses due to changes on the debt are
recorded to currency translation  adjustment and offset the net investments
which they hedge.

     Derivative Financial Instruments

     The Company has only limited  involvement  with  derivative  financial
instruments and does not use them for trading purposes.  The Company enters
into foreign  currency forward  contracts to hedge short-term  intercompany
transactions  with  its  foreign  businesses.   Such  contracts  limit  the
Company's exposure to both favorable and unfavorable currency fluctuations.
These  contracts  are adjusted to reflect  market values as of each balance
sheet date, with the resulting unrealized gains and losses being recognized
in other charges (income), net.

     The Company enters into certain  interest rate cap and swap agreements
in order  to  reduce  its  exposure  to  changes  in  interest  rates.  The
differential   paid  or  received  on  interest  rate  swap  agreements  is
recognized over the life of the agreements.  Realized and unrealized  gains
on interest rate cap  agreements  are recognized as adjustments to interest
expense as incurred.

     Stock Based Compensation

     The  Company  applies  Accounting  Principles  Board  Opinion  No.  25
"Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees" and related  interpretations  in
accounting for its stock option plan.

     Loss per Common Share

     Effective  December 31,  1997,  the Company  adopted the  Statement of
Financial  Accounting Standards No. 128, "Earnings per Share" ("SFAS 128").
Accordingly,  basic and diluted  loss per common share data for each period
presented  have been  determined in accordance  with the provisions of SFAS
128.  Outstanding  options to purchase shares of common stock, as described
in Note 11, were not included in the computation of diluted loss per common
share for the periods  ended  December 31, 1996 and 1997,  as the effect is
antidilutive.  The Company  retroactively  adjusted  its  weighted  average
common  shares  for the  purpose of the basic and  diluted  loss per common
share  computations  for the 1996 and 1997 periods pursuant to SFAS 128 and
Securities and Exchange  Commission Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 98 issued
in February 1998.

     Concentration of Credit Risk

     The Company's revenue base is widely  diversified by geographic region
and by individual  customer.  The  Company's  products are utilized in many
different  industries,  although  extensively  in  the  pharmaceutical  and
chemical industries. The Company performs ongoing credit evaluations of its
customers' financial condition and, generally,  requires no collateral from
its customers.

     Revenue Recognition

     Revenue is  recognized  when  title to a product  has  transferred  or
services have been rendered. Revenues from service contracts are recognized
over the contract period.

3.   BUSINESS COMBINATIONS

     On May 30, 1997, the Company purchased the entire issued share capital
of Safeline Limited ("Safeline"), a manufacturer of metal detection systems
based in Manchester in the United Kingdom, for approximately  (pound)61,000
(approximately   $100,000),   plus   up  to  an   additional   (pound)6,000
(approximately $10,000) for a contingent earn-out payment. In October 1997,
the  Company  made  an  additional  payment,  representing  a  post-closing
adjustment,  of (pound)1,900  (approximately  $3,100). Such amount has been
accounted  for  as  additional  purchase  price.  Under  the  terms  of the
agreement  the  Company  paid  approximately  (pound)47,300  (approximately
$77,400) of the purchase  price in cash,  provided by amounts  loaned under
its  Credit   Agreement,   with  the  remaining  balance  of  approximately
(pound)13,700 (approximately $22,400) paid in the form of seller loan notes
which mature May 30, 1999. In connection  with the  acquisition the Company
incurred expenses of approximately  $2,200 which have been accounted for as
part of the purchase price.

     The Company  has  accounted  for the  acquisition  using the  purchase
method  of  accounting.  Accordingly,  the  costs of the  acquisition  were
allocated to the assets acquired and  liabilities  assumed based upon their
respective  fair values.  Approximately  $30,000 of the purchase  price was
attributed to purchased  research and  development in process.  Such amount
was expensed  immediately in the second quarter of 1997. The  technological
feasibility of the products being developed had not been  established as of
the  date  of the  acquisition.  The  Company  expects  that  the  projects
underlying  these research and  development  efforts will be  substantially
complete  over the next two  years.  In  addition,  the  Company  allocated
approximately  $2,100 of the  purchase  price to revalue  certain  finished
goods inventories to fair value. Substantially all of such inventories were
sold  in the  second  quarter  of  1997.  The  excess  of the  cost  of the
acquisition over the fair value of the net assets acquired of approximately
$65,000 is being  amortized  over 30 years.  The results of operations  and
cash flows of  Safeline  have been  consolidated  with those of the Company
from the date of the acquisition.

     The following  unaudited pro forma summary  presents the  consolidated
results of operations of the Company as if the Acquisition (see Note 1) and
Safeline  acquisition had been completed as of the beginning of each of the
periods presented,  after giving effect to certain  adjustments,  including
Safeline's  historical results of operations prior to the acquisition date,
depreciation  and amortization of the assets acquired based upon their fair
values,  increased  interest expense from the financing of the acquisitions
and income tax  effects.  The Company  allocated a portion of the  purchase
prices to (i)  in-process  research  and  development  projects,  that have
economic value and (ii) the revaluation of inventories.  These  adjustments
have not been  reflected in the  following  pro forma  summary due to their
unusual  and  non-recurring   nature.  This  pro  forma  summary  does  not
necessarily  reflect the results of  operations  as they would have been if
the acquisitions had been completed as of the beginning of such periods and
is not  necessarily  indicative of the results which may be obtained in the
future.

                                      PRO FORMA FINANCIAL INFORMATION
                                                (UNAUDITED)
                                     --------------------------------------
                                     PREDECESSOR           SUCCESSOR
                                     -----------  -------------------------
                                      FOR THE       FOR THE
                                       PERIOD        PERIOD
                                     JANUARY 1,    OCTOBER 15,
                                      1996 TO       1996 TO     YEAR ENDED
                                      OCTOBER       DECEMBER     DECEMBER
                                      14, 1996      31, 1996     31, 1997
                                      --------      --------     --------

Net sales .......................    $ 694,231     $ 195,336     $ 897,448
Earnings (loss) before
 extraordinary items ............          826        (2,128)        9,565
Net earnings (loss) .............    $     826     $  (2,128)    $ (31,632)
                                     =========     =========     ========= 
Basic and diluted loss per
 common share ...................                  $   (0.07)    $   (1.00)
                                                   =========     ========= 

4.   INVENTORIES

     Inventories consisted of the following:

                                                       Successor
                                               ---------------------------
                                                December          December
                                                31, 1996          31, 1997
                                                --------          --------
Raw materials and parts ...............        $  41,015         $  42,435
Work-in-progress ......................           31,534            29,746
Finished goods ........................           29,982            28,968
                                               ---------         ---------
                                                 102,531           101,149
LIFO reserve ..........................               (5)             (102)
                                               ---------         ---------
                                               $ 102,526         $ 101,047
                                               =========         =========

     At December 31, 1996 and 1997, 13.2% and 12.7%,  respectively,  of the
Company's  inventories  (certain U.S. companies only) were valued using the
LIFO  method of  accounting.  There were no material  liquidations  of LIFO
inventories during the periods presented.

5.   FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS WITH OFF-BALANCE SHEET RISKS

     At December  31,  1996,  the Company  had forward  contracts  maturing
during 1997 to sell the  equivalent  of  approximately  $135,000 in various
currencies in exchange for Swiss francs. These contracts were used to limit
its exposure to currency fluctuations on anticipated future cash flows.

     In July 1997,  the Company  entered into three year  interest rate cap
agreements  to limit the impact of increases in interest  rates on its U.S.
dollar  based debt.  These  agreements  "cap" the effects of an increase in
three month LIBOR above 8.5%.  In  addition,  the Company has entered  into
three year interest rate swap agreements which swap the interest obligation
associated  with $100,000 of U.S. dollar based debt from variable to fixed.
The fixed rate associated with the swap is 6.09% plus the Company's  normal
interest  margin.  The swap is  effective  at three month LIBOR rates up to
7.00%.

     In August 1997,  the Company  entered into certain three year interest
rate swap agreements that fix the interest obligation  associated with SFr.
112,500 of Swiss franc based debt at rates varying  between 2.17% and 2.49%
plus the Company's normal interest  margin.  The swaps are effective at one
month LIBOR rates up to 3.5%.

     The  Company  may  be  exposed  to  credit  losses  in  the  event  of
nonperformance by the counterparties to its derivative financial instrument
contracts.  Counterparties are established banks and financial institutions
with high credit  ratings.  The Company has no reason to believe  that such
counterparties  will not be able to fully satisfy their  obligations  under
these contracts.

     At  December  31,  1996 and  1997,  the fair  value of such  financial
instruments was approximately $(5,100) and $(1,064), respectively. The fair
values of all  derivative  financial  instruments  are  estimated  based on
current  settlement  prices of  comparable  contracts  obtained from dealer
quotes.  The values represent the estimated amount the Company would pay to
terminate the agreements at the reporting date, taking into account current
creditworthiness of the counterparties.

6.   PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT, NET

     Property, plant and equipment, net, consisted of the following:

                                                      Successor
                                               ---------------------
                                                December    December
                                                31, 1996    31, 1997
                                                --------    --------
     Land ..................................   $  63,514    $  58,226
     Buildings and leasehold improvements ..     120,173      111,065
     Machinery and equipment ...............      75,675       93,418
     Computer software .....................       3,067        3,948
                                               ---------    ---------
                                                 262,429      266,657
     Less accumulated depreciation and
       amortization ........................      (7,137)     (31,395)
                                               ---------    ---------
                                               $ 255,292    $ 235,262
                                               =========    =========

7.   OTHER ASSETS

     Other assets  include  deferred  financing fees of $22,015 and $4,101,
net of  accumulated  amortization  of $820 and $76 at December 31, 1996 and
1997,  respectively.  During 1997, the Company wrote off deferred financing
costs  associated  with  its  previous  credit  facilities  and its  Senior
Subordinated  Notes as further  discussed in Note 9. Also included in other
assets are  restricted  bank  deposits of $5,960 and $1,756 at December 31,
1996 and 1997,  respectively.  Other  assets at December  31, 1996 and 1997
also  included a loan due from the  Company's  Chief  Executive  Officer of
approximately $740 and $690, respectively. Such loan bears an interest rate
of 5% and is payable upon demand, which may not be made until 2003.

8.   SHORT-TERM BORROWINGS AND CURRENT MATURITIES OF LONG-TERM DEBT

     Short-term   borrowings  and  current  maturities  of  long-term  debt
consisted of the following:

                                                        Successor
                                                  ---------------------
                                                   December    December
                                                   31, 1996    31, 1997
                                                   --------    --------
     Current maturities of long-term debt ....     $ 8,968     $14,915
     Borrowings under revolving credit
      facility ...............................      51,928      33,320
     Other short-term borrowings .............      19,550       8,195
                                                   -------     -------
                                                   $80,446     $56,430
                                                   =======     =======

9.   LONG-TERM DEBT

     Long-term debt consisted of the following:

                                                            Successor
                                                        ------------------
                                                        December  December
                                                        31, 1996  31, 1997
                                                        --------  --------

9.75% Senior Subordinated Notes due
  October 1, 2006 ...................................   $135,000   $   --
Credit Agreement:
  Term A USD Loans, interest at LIBOR plus 1.125%
   (7.03% at December 31, 1997) payable in
   quarterly installments beginning March 31,
   1998 due May 19, 2004 ............................       --      101,573
  Term A SFr. Loans, interest at LIBOR plus
   1.125% (2.57% at December 31, 1997) payable in
   quarterly installments beginning March 31,
   1998 due May 19, 2004 ............................       --       58,991
  Term A GBP Loans, interest at LIBOR plus 1.125%
   (8.71% at December 31, 1997) payable in
   quarterly installments beginning March 31,
   1998 due May 19, 2004 ............................       --       36,198
  Seller Notes, interest at LIBOR plus 0.26%
   (7.84% at December 31, 1997) due in full 
   May 30, 1999 .....................................       --       22,946
  Term A SFr. Loans, interest at LIBOR plus 2.5%
   (4.38% at December 31, 1996) payable in
   quarterly installments beginning March 31,
   1997 due December 31, 2002 .......................     92,730       --
  Term B USD Loans, interest at LIBOR plus 3.00%
   (8.53% at December 31, 1996) payable in
   quarterly installments beginning March 31,
   1997 due December 31, 2003 .......................     75,000       --
  Term C USD Loans, interest at LIBOR plus 3.25%
   (8.78% at December 31, 1996) payable in
   quarterly installments beginning March 31,
   1997 due December 31, 2004 .......................     72,000       --
  Revolving credit facilities .......................     51,928    160,862
Other ...............................................     27,546     16,194
                                                        --------   --------
                                                         454,204    396,764
Less current maturities .............................     80,446     56,430
                                                        --------   --------
                                                        $373,758   $340,334
                                                        ========   ========
     To provide a portion of the financing required for the Acquisition and
for working  capital  and for general  corporate  purposes  thereafter,  in
October 1996 Mettler-Toledo  Holding Inc., a wholly owned subsidiary of the
Company, entered into a credit agreement with various banks.

     At December 31, 1996, loans under the credit  agreement  consisted of:
(i) Term A Loans in an aggregate  principal amount of SFr. 125,000 ($92,730
at December 31, 1996),  (ii) Term B Loans in an aggregate  principal amount
of $75,000,  (iii) Term C loans in an aggregate principal amount of $72,000
and  (iv)  a  multi-currency  revolving  credit  facility  in an  aggregate
principal amount of $140,000, which included letter of credit and swingline
subfacilities available to certain subsidiaries.

     On May 29, 1997, the Company  refinanced its previous  credit facility
and entered into a new credit facility.  This credit facility  provided for
term loan  borrowings  in an aggregate  principal  amount of  approximately
$133,800,  SFr.  171,500 and  (pound)26,700,  that were scheduled to mature
between  2002  and  2004,  a  Canadian   revolving   credit  facility  with
availability of CDN $26,300 and a multi-currency  revolving credit facility
with  availability  of  $151,000.  The  revolving  credit  facilities  were
scheduled to mature in 2002. The Company recorded an extraordinary  loss of
approximately $9,600 representing a charge for the write-off of capitalized
debt  issuance  fees and related  expenses  associated  with the  Company's
previous credit facility.

     On November 19, 1997, in connection with the initial public  offering,
the Company  refinanced its existing credit facility by entering into a new
credit   facility   (the  "Credit   Agreement")   with  certain   financial
institutions.  At  December  31,  1997,  loans  under the Credit  Agreement
consisted of: (i) Term A Loans in aggregate  principal  amount of $101,573,
SFr.  85,467 ($58,991 at December 31, 1997) and  (pound)21,661  ($36,198 at
December  31,  1997);  (ii)  a  Canadian  revolving  credit  facility  with
availability  of CDN $26,300 and (iii) a  multi-currency  revolving  credit
facility in an aggregate  principal amount of $400,000 including a $100,000
acquisition facility.

     Concurrent  with the initial  public  offering  and  refinancing,  the
Company  consummated a tender offer to repurchase  the Senior  Subordinated
Notes. The aggregate purchase price in connection with the tender offer was
approximately  $152,500.  In connection  with the  refinancing and the note
repurchase,   the  Company  recorded  an  extraordinary   loss  of  $31,600
representing  primarily  the  premium  paid in  connection  with the  early
extinguishment  of the notes of $17,900 and the  write-off  of  capitalized
debt issuance fees  associated with the Senior  Subordinated  Notes and the
Company's previous credit facility.

     The Company's  weighted average interest rate at December 31, 1997 was
approximately 6.3%.

     Loans under the Credit  Agreement may be repaid and reborrowed and are
due in full on May 19, 2004.  The Company is required to pay a facility fee
based  upon  certain  financial  ratios  per  annum  on the  amount  of the
revolving  facility and letter of credit fees on the aggregate  face amount
of letters of credit  under the  revolving  facility.  The  facility fee at
December 31, 1997 was equal to 0.3%. At December 31, 1997,  the Company had
available approximately $220,000 of additional borrowing capacity under its
Credit  Agreement.  The Company has the ability to refinance its short-term
borrowings  through its  revolving  facility  for an  uninterrupted  period
extending  beyond  one year.  Accordingly,  approximately  $128,000  of the
Company's short-term borrowings at December 31, 1997 have been reclassified
to  long-term.  At  December  31,  1997,  borrowings  under  the  Company's
revolving facility carried an interest rate of LIBOR plus 0.825%.

     The Credit  Agreement  contains  covenants  that,  among other things,
limit the Company's ability to incur liens;  merge,  consolidate or dispose
of  assets;  make  loans and  investments;  incur  indebtedness;  engage in
certain transactions with affiliates; incur certain contingent obligations;
pay   dividends   and  other   distributions;   or  make  certain   capital
expenditures.  The Credit Agreement also requires the Company to maintain a
minimum  net  worth and a  minimum  fixed  charge  coverage  ratio,  and to
maintain a ratio of total debt to EBITDA below a specified maximum.

     The aggregate  maturities of long-term  obligations during each of the
years 1999 through 2002 are  approximately  $42,748,  $32,691,  $34,531 and
$34,531, respectively.

     The estimated fair value of the Company's obligations under the Credit
Agreement  approximate  fair value due to the  variable  rate nature of the
obligations.

10.  SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY

     Common Stock

     At December  31, 1996,  the  authorized  capital  stock of the Company
consisted  of  2,775,976  shares of common  stock,  $.01 par value of which
2,233,117 shares were designated as Class A common stock, 1,000 shares were
designated  as Class B common stock and 541,859  shares were  designated as
Class C common stock. All general voting power was vested in the holders of
the Class B common stock. At December 31, 1996, the Company had outstanding
1,899,779  shares of Class A common  stock,  1,000 shares of Class B common
stock and 537,735 shares of Class C common stock.

     In  November  1997,  pursuant  to  a  merger  with  its  wholly  owned
subsidiary  Mettler-Toledo  Holding  Inc.,  each  share  of  the  Company's
existing Class A, Class B and Class C common stock  converted into 12.58392
shares of common stock and  increased  the number of  authorized  shares to
125,000,000  shares  with  a par  value  of  $0.01  per  share.  Concurrent
therewith, the Company completed an underwritten initial public offering of
7,666,667  shares at a public  offering price of $14.00 per share.  The net
proceeds from the offerings of  approximately  $97,300 were used to repay a
portion of the Company's 9.75% Senior  Subordinated  Notes (see Note 9). As
part of the offering the Company sold  approximately  287,000 shares of its
common  stock to Company  sponsored  benefit  plans at the public  offering
price.  Holders of the Company's  common stock are entitled to one vote per
share.

     At December 31, 1997,  6,368,445  shares of the Company's common stock
were reserved for the Company's stock option plan.

     Preferred Stock

     The Board of Directors, without further shareholder authorization,  is
authorized to issue up to 10,000,000  shares of preferred  stock, par value
$0.01 per share in one or more series and to determine  and fix the rights,
preferences  and privileges of each series,  including  dividend rights and
preferences  over  dividends  on the common stock and one or more series of
the preferred stock, conversion rights, voting rights (in addition to those
provided  by law),  redemption  rights  and the terms of any  sinking  fund
therefor, and rights upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up, including
preferences  over the common stock and one or more series of the  preferred
stock. The issuance of shares of preferred stock, or the issuance of rights
to purchase  such  shares,  may have the effect of  delaying,  deferring or
preventing a change in control of the Company or an unsolicited acquisition
proposal.

11.  STOCK OPTION PLAN

     Effective October 15, 1996, the Company adopted a stock option plan to
provide certain key employees  and/or  directors of the Company  additional
incentive to join and/or remain in the service of the Company as well as to
maintain and enhance the long-term  performance  and  profitability  of the
Company.

     Under the terms of the plan, options granted shall be nonqualified and
the exercise  price shall not be less than 100% of the fair market value of
the common  stock on the date of grant.  Options  vest  equally over a five
year period from the date of grant.

     Stock option activity is shown below:

                                                                    Weighted
                                                                    -Average
                                                       Number of    Exercise
                                                        Shares        Price
                                                       ---------    ---------
Granted during the period October 15,
 1996 to December 31, 1996 ........................    3,510,747    $    7.95
Exercised .........................................         --        --
Forfeited .........................................         --        --
                                                       ---------    ---------
Outstanding at December 31, 1996 ..................    3,510,747    $    7.95
Granted ...........................................    1,028,992        14.68
Exercised .........................................         --        --
Forfeited .........................................     (130,999)       (7.95)
                                                       ---------    ---------
Outstanding at December 31, 1997 ..................    4,408,740    $    9.75
                                                       =========    =========
Shares exercisable at December 31, 1997 ...........      675,950    $    7.95
                                                       =========    =========

     At  December  31,  1997,  there were  3,537,047  and  871,693  options
outstanding  to purchase  shares of common  stock with  exercise  prices of
$7.95 and $15.89, respectively.  The weighted-average remaining contractual
life of such options was 8.7 and 9.7 years, respectively.

     As of the date granted, the weighted-average  grant-date fair value of
the options granted during the period from October 15, 1996 to December 31,
1996 and for the year ended December 31, 1997 was  approximately  $1.99 and
$3.37 per share, respectively.  Such weighted-average grant-date fair value
was  determined  using an  option  pricing  model  which  incorporated  the
following assumptions:

                                                             Successor
                                                  ----------------------------
                                                    For the period
                                                   October 15,1996  Year ended
                                                      to December    December
                                                       31,1996       31, 1997
                                                  ----------------- ----------
Risk-free interest rate ......................           4.0%           5.4%
Expected life, in years ......................             7             4
Expected volatility ..........................           --             26%
Expected dividend yield ......................           --             --

     The Company  applies  Accounting  Standards  Board  Opinion No. 25 and
related  interpretations in accounting for its plans. Had compensation cost
for the Company stock option plan been determined based upon the fair value
of such awards at the grant date,  consistent with the methods of Statement
of  Financial  Accounting  Standards  No. 123  "Accounting  for Stock Based
Compensation"  ("SFAS  123"),  the Company's net loss and basic and diluted
net loss per common  share for the twelve  months  ended  December 31, 1997
would have been as follows:

     Net loss:
      As reported                                          $  (65,106)
      Pro forma                                               (66,417)
                                                           ==========
     Basic and diluted loss per common share:
      As reported                                          $    (2.06)
      Pro forma                                                 (2.10)
                                                           ==========

     The Company's net loss for the period October 15, 1996 to December 31,
1996 would not have been materially  different had  compensation  cost been
determined consistent with SFAS 123.

12.  BENEFIT PLANS

     Mettler-Toledo  maintains a number of retirement plans for the benefit
of its employees.

     Certain companies  sponsor defined  contribution  plans.  Benefits are
determined  and  funded  annually  based  upon  the  terms  of  the  plans.
Contributions  under these plans  amounted  to $9,413,  $9,484,  $2,496 and
$8,925 in 1995, for the period January 1, 1996 to October 14, 1996, for the
period  October  15,  1996 to  December  31,  1996 and for the  year  ended
December 31, 1997, respectively.

     Certain companies sponsor defined benefit plans. Benefits are provided
to  employees   primarily  based  upon  years  of  service  and  employees'
compensation  for certain periods during the last years of employment.  The
following table sets forth the funded status and amounts  recognized in the
consolidated  financial  statements  for the  Company's  principal  defined
benefit plans at December 31, 1996 and 1997:

                                                Successor
                             ------------------------------------------------
                                   December 31,           December 31,
                                       1996                   1997
                             ------------------------ -----------------------
                                Assets    Accumulated   Assets    Accumulated
                                exceed     benefits     exceed     benefits
                             accumulated    exceed    accumulated    exceed
                               benefits     assets      benefits     assets
                             -----------  ----------- ----------- -----------
Actuarial present value
  of accumulated benefit
  obligations:
   Vested benefits .........   $ 10,211    $ 97,639   $  11,712     $ 98,974
   Non-vested benefits .....         16       2,280          20        3,574
                               --------    --------   ---------     --------
                                 10,227      99,919      11,732      102,548
                               --------    --------   ---------     --------
 Projected benefit
 obligations ...............     12,458     108,504      13,350      111,608
 Plan assets at fair
 value .....................     13,336      50,609      14,899       58,176
                               --------    --------   ---------     --------
Projected benefit
  obligations in excess
  of (less than) plan
  assets ...................       (878)     57,895      (1,549)      53,432
Unrecognized net
 (losses) gains ............         22       1,479         544          561
                               --------    --------   ---------     --------
(Prepaid) accrued
 pension costs .............   $   (856)   $ 59,374   $  (1,005)   $ 53,993
                               ========    ========   =========    ========

     The (prepaid) accrued pension costs are recognized in the accompanying
consolidated  financial statements as other long-term assets and other long
term liabilities, respectively.

     The   assumed   discount   rates  and  rates  of  increase  in  future
compensation  level used in calculating the projected  benefit  obligations
vary  according  to the  economic  conditions  of the  country in which the
retirement plans are situated.  The range of rates used for the purposes of
the above calculations are as follows:

                                                 1996              1997
                                            ------------       ------------
Discount rate .......................       6.0% to 8.5%       6.0% to 8.5%
Compensation increase rate ..........       2.0% to 6.5%       2.0% to 6.5%


     The expected long term rates of return on plan assets  ranged  between
9.5% and  10.0% for  1995,  7.0% and  10.0% for 1996,  and 6.0% and 9.5% in
1997. The assumptions used above have a significant  effect on the reported
amounts of projected benefit obligations and net periodic pension cost. For
example,  increasing  the  assumed  discount  rate would have the effect of
decreasing the projected benefit obligation and increasing unrecognized net
gains. Increasing the assumed compensation increase rate would increase the
projected   benefit   obligation  and  decrease   unrecognized  net  gains.
Increasing  the  expected  long-term  rate of return on  investments  would
decrease unrecognized net gains.

     Plan assets relate  principally  to the Company's  U.S.  companies and
consist of equity  investments,  obligations of the U.S.  Treasury or other
governmental agencies, and other interest-bearing investments.

     Net  periodic  pension  cost for all of the plans above  includes  the
following components:

                                    Predecessor               Successor
                                 ---------------------  ---------------------
                                             For the
                                             period       For the     
                                  Year       January      period      Year
                                  ended      1, 1996    October 15    ended
                                 December   to October  to December  December
                                 31, 1995    14, 1996     31, 1996   31, 1997
                                 --------    --------     --------   --------
Service cost (benefits
 earned during
 the period) .................   $ 3,668    $   3,850    $   1,013    $ 5,655
Interest cost on
 projected benefit
 obligations .................     7,561        6,540        1,721      8,020
Actual gain on plan
 assets ......................    (8,653)      (6,079)      (1,600)    (8,543)
Net amortization and
 deferral ....................     5,137        2,485         --        2,516
                                 -------    ---------    ---------    -------
Net periodic pension
 expense .....................   $ 7,713    $   6,796    $   1,134    $ 7,648
                                 =======    =========    =========    =======


     The Company's U.S. operations provide  postretirement medical benefits
to their employees. Employee contributions for medical benefits are related
to employee years of service.

     The following  table sets forth the status of the U.S.  postretirement
plans and amounts:

                                                       Successor
                                                ---------------------
                                                December     December
                                                31, 1996     31, 1997
                                                --------     --------
     Accumulated postretirement benefit
     obligations:
       Retired .............................    $ 25,894     $ 26,702
       Fully eligible ......................       3,033        4,154
       Other ...............................       3,098        5,256
                                                --------     --------
                                                  32,025       36,112
     Unrecognized net loss .................        (540)      (4,465)
                                                --------     --------
     Accrued postretirement benefit cost ...    $ 31,485     $ 31,647
                                                ========     ========

     Net periodic  postretirement benefit cost for the above plans includes
the following components:

                                     Predecessor              Successor
                                 ---------------------  -----------------------
                                            For the     For the
                                             period      period
                                    Year    January 1,  October 15,   
                                   ended     1996 to    1996 to      Year ended
                                  December   October    December      December
                                  31, 1995   14, 1996   31, 1996      31, 1997
                                  --------   --------   --------      --------
Service cost (benefits
  earned during
  the period) ................   $     285   $     431    $114     $     440
Interest cost on projected
  benefit obligations ........       2,371       1,795     472         2,296
Net amortization and
 deferral ....................          99         343     --             33
                                 ---------   ---------    ----     ---------
Net periodic
  postretirement benefit
  cost .......................   $   2,755   $   2,569    $586     $   2,769
                                 =========   =========    ====     =========


     The  accumulated  postretirement  benefit  obligation and net periodic
postretirement  benefit cost were  principally  determined  using  discount
rates of 7.3% in 1995,  7.6% in 1996 and 7.0 % in 1997 and health care cost
trend rates ranging from 9.5% to 12.25% in 1995,  1996 and 1997  decreasing
to 5.0% in 2006.

     The health care cost trend rate assumption has a significant effect on
the  accumulated   postretirement   benefit  obligation  and  net  periodic
postretirement  benefit  cost.  For  example,  in  1997  the  effect  of  a
one-percentage-point  increase in the  assumed  health care cost trend rate
would be an increase of $3,611 on the  accumulated  postretirement  benefit
obligations  and an  increase of $464 on the  aggregate  of the service and
interest cost components of the net periodic benefit cost.

13.  TAXES

     The sources of the Company's  earnings  (loss) before taxes,  minority
interest and extraordinary items were as follows:

                                                          Predecessor
                                                     -------------------------
                                                                    For the
                                                                    period
                                                                   January 1,
                                                     Year ended     1996 to
                                                     December 31,  October 14,
                                                         1995         1996
                                                         ----         ----

Switzerland .......................................     $11,431      $21,241
Non-Switzerland ...................................      16,373        3,912
                                                        -------      -------
Earnings before taxes, minority interest and
  extraordinary items .............................     $27,804      $25,153
                                                        =======      =======


                                                           Successor
                                                  -------------------------
                                                    For the
                                                     period
                                                  October 15,      Year
                                                    1996 to        ended
                                                    December      December
                                                    31, 1996      31, 1997
                                                    --------      --------
United States ................................     $ (37,293)     $(14,178)
Non-United States ............................      (122,783)        8,226
                                                   ---------      --------
Loss before taxes, minority interest and
 extraordinary items .........................     $(160,076)     $ (5,952)
                                                   =========      ========

     The provision (benefit) for taxes consists of:

                                                           Adjustments
                                                               to
Predecessor:                           Current    Deferred  Goodwill     Total
                                       -------    --------  --------     -----
  Year ended December 31, 1995:
   Switzerland Federal ............   $    513    $   (92)   $  --     $    421
   Switzerland Canton (State) and
    Local .........................        481       (505)      --          (24)
   Non-Switzerland ................      8,339         46       --        8,385
                                      --------    -------    -------   --------
                                      $  9,333    $  (551)   $  --     $  8,782
                                      ========    =======    =======   ========
  For the period January 1, 1996 
   to October 14, 1996:

   Switzerland Federal ............   $  2,152    $  (172)   $  --     $  1,980
   Switzerland Canton (State) and
   Local ..........................      4,305       (344)      --        3,961

   Non-Switzerland ................      5,532     (1,418)      --        4,114
                                      --------    -------    -------   --------
                                      $ 11,989    $(1,934)   $  --     $ 10,055
                                      ========    =======    =======   ========


                                                       Adjustments
                                                           to
Successor:                         Current    Deferred  Goodwill     Total
                                   -------    --------  --------     -----

  For the period October 15, 1996 
   to December 31, 1996:
  United States Federal .......   $    475    $ (1,556)   $ --      $ (1,081)
  United States State and Local        696        (183)     --           513
  Non-United States ...........      2,454      (2,824)     --          (370)
                                  --------    --------    ------    --------
                                  $  3,625    $ (4,563)   $ --      $   (938)
                                  ========    ========    ======    ========


                                                       Adjustments
                                                           to
                                   Current    Deferred  Goodwill     Total
                                   -------    --------  --------     -----
  Year ended December 31, 1997:
   United States Federal ......   $   --     $   (351)   $ --     $   (351)
   State and Local ............        466        (41)      107        532
   Non-United States ..........     12,779      2,600     1,929     17,308
                                  --------   --------    ------   --------
                                  $ 13,245   $  2,208    $2,036   $ 17,489
                                  ========   ========    ======   ========

     The  adjustments to goodwill  during the year ending December 31, 1997
relate to tax  benefits  received  on amounts  which were  included  in the
purchase  price  allocation  pertaining to the  Acquisition  of the Company
described in Note 1.

     The provision for tax expense for the year ended December 31, 1995 and
for the  period  January  1, 1996 to October  14,  1996  where the  Company
operated as a group of  businesses  owned by Ciba differed from the amounts
computed by applying  the  Switzerland  federal  income tax rate of 9.8% to
earnings before taxes and minority interest as a result of the following:

                                                           Predecessor
                                                    ---------------------------
                                                                     For the
                                                                     period
                                                                    January 1,
                                                     Year ended      1996 to
                                                     December 31,  October 14,
                                                         1995         1996
                                                         ----         ----
Expected tax ...................................      $  2,725      $  2,465
Switzerland Canton (state) and local
  income taxes, net of federal
  income tax benefit ...........................           (21)        3,573
Non-deductible intangible amortization .........           248           205
Change in valuation allowance ..................         1,603         1,235
Non-Switzerland income taxes in
 excess of 9.8% ................................         4,968         2,291
Other, net .....................................          (741)          286
                                                      --------      --------
Total provision for taxes ......................      $  8,782      $ 10,055
                                                      ========      ========

     The  provision for tax expense  (benefit)  for the period  October 15,
1996 to  December  31,  1996  and for the year  ended  December  31,  1997,
subsequent  to the  Acquisition  described  in Note 1,  differed  from  the
amounts  computed by applying the United States  Federal income tax rate of
35% to the loss before taxes,  minority interest and extraordinary items as
a result of the following:

                                                          Successor
                                                  -------------------------
                                                   For the
                                                    period
                                                  October 15,
                                                    1996 to      Year ended
                                                    December      December
                                                    31, 1996      31, 1997
                                                    --------      --------
Expected tax ..................................     $(56,027)     $ (2,083)
United States state and local income
   taxes, net of federal
   income tax benefit .........................          333           276
Non-deductible purchased research and
   development ................................       39,925        10,486
Non-deductible intangible amortization ........          336         2,073
Change in valuation allowance .................        4,662           263
Non-United States income taxes at other
   than a 35% rate ............................       10,037         5,545
Other, net ....................................         (204)          929
                                                    --------      --------
Total provision, for taxes ....................     $   (938)     $ 17,489
                                                    ========      ========

     The tax effects of temporary differences that give rise to significant
portions  of the  deferred  tax assets and  deferred  tax  liabilities  are
presented below:

                                                          Successor
                                                    ----------------------
                                                    December      December
                                                    31, 1996      31, 1997
                                                    --------      --------
Deferred tax assets:
Inventory .....................................     $  7,974      $  7,552
   Accrued and other liabilities ..............        7,046         9,278
   Deferred loss on sale of subsidiaries ......        7,907         7,907
   Accrued postretirement benefit and
    pension costs .............................       19,043        19,161
   Net operating loss carryforwards ...........       15,817        27,345
    Other .....................................          408           678
                                                    --------      --------
Total deferred tax assets .....................       58,195        71,921
Less valuation allowance ......................      (46,714)      (59,292)
                                                    --------      --------
Total deferred tax assets less valuation
 allowance ....................................       11,481        12,629
                                                    --------      --------
Deferred tax liabilities:
   Inventory ..................................        5,618         6,177
   Property, plant and equipment ..............       31,123        24,081
   Other ......................................        2,858         5,665
                                                    --------      --------
Total deferred tax liabilities ................       39,599        35,923
                                                    --------      --------
Net deferred tax liability ....................     $ 28,118      $ 23,294
                                                    ========      ========

     The Company has  established  valuation  allowances  primarily for net
operating  losses,  deferred  losses on the sale of subsidiaries as well as
postretirement and pension costs as follows:

                                                            Successor
                                                     --------------------------
                                                     December 31,  December 31,
                                                        1996          1997
                                                        ----          ----
Summary of valuation allowances:
  Cumulative net operating losses ...............      $15,817       $27,345
  Deferred loss on sale of subsidiaries .........        7,907         7,907
  Accrued postretirement and pension
   benefit costs ................................       18,122        17,104
  Other .........................................        4,868         6,936
                                                       -------       -------
Total valuation allowance .......................      $46,714       $59,292
                                                       =======       =======

     The total valuation  allowances relating to acquired businesses amount
to $38,785 and $35,524 at December 31, 1996 and 1997, respectively.  Future
reductions of these valuation allowances will be credited to goodwill.

     At December 31, 1997, the Company had net operating loss carryforwards
for  income  tax  purposes  of (i)  $45,939  related  to U.S.  Federal  net
operating  losses of which  $4,376  expires in 2011 and $41,563  expires in
2012, (ii) $51,832 related to U.S. State net operating  losses which expire
in varying  amounts  through  2012,  (iii)  $15,595  related to foreign net
operating  losses  with no  expiration  date and (iv)  $14,205  related  to
foreign net operating losses which expire in varying amounts through 2003.

14.  OTHER CHARGES (INCOME), NET

     Other charges  (income),  net consists  primarily of foreign  currency
transactions,   interest  income  and  charges  related  to  the  Company's
restructuring  programs.  Foreign currency  transactions,  net for the year
ended  December  31,  1995,  for the period  January 1, 1996 to October 14,
1996, for the period October 15, 1996 to December 31, 1996 and for the year
ended  December  31,  1997  were  $(3,242),   $(220),  $8,324  and  $4,235,
respectively. Interest income for the year ended December 31, 1995, for the
period January 1, 1996 to October 14, 1996, for the period October 15, 1996
to December 31, 1996 and for the year ended December 31, 1997 was $(5,388),
$(3,424), $(1,079) and $(1,832), respectively.

     Severance  and other  exit  costs for the  period  January  1, 1996 to
October 14, 1996 of $1,872 represent employee severance of $1,545 and other
exit costs of $327  associated  with the closing of its  Westerville,  Ohio
facility.  Severance  costs for the period October 15, 1996 to December 31,
1996 principally  represent employee severance benefits associated with (i)
the  Company's  general  headcount  reduction  programs in Europe and North
America of $4,557 which were  announced  during such  period,  and (ii) the
realignment of the analytical and precision balance business in Switzerland
of $6,205 which was announced in December  1996.  In  connection  with such
programs the Company reduced its workforce by 168 employees in 1996.

     The Company  recorded further  restructuring  charges of $6,300 during
1997. Such charges are in connection  with the closure of three  facilities
in North America and are comprised primarily of severance and other related
benefits and costs of exiting facilities, including lease termination costs
and write-down of existing  assets to their expected net realizable  value.
In connection with the closure of these facilities,  the Company expects to
involuntarily  terminate   approximately  70  employees.   The  Company  is
undertaking  these  actions as part of its efforts to reduce costs  through
reengineering.

     A  rollforward  of  the  components  of  the  Company's   accrual  for
restructuring activities is as follows:

     Balance at December 31, 1996 ........................   $ 10,762
     1997 Activities:
         Restructuring accrual for North American
           operations ....................................      6,300
         Reductions in workforce and other cash outflows .     (7,182)
         Non-cash  write-downs  of  property,  plant  and
           equipment .....................................       (540)
         Impact of foreign currency ......................       (582)
                                                             -------- 
     Balance at December 31, 1997 ........................   $  8,758
                                                             ========

     The  Company's  accrual  for  restructuring  activities  of  $8,758 at
December 31, 1997  primarily  consisted of $6,544 for  severance  and other
related benefits with the remaining balance for lease termination and other
costs of exiting facilities. Such programs are expected to be substantially
complete in 1998.

15.  COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

     Operating Leases

     The Company  leases  certain of its  facilities  and  equipment  under
operating  leases.  The future minimum lease payments under  non-cancelable
operating leases are as follows at December 31, 1997:

                   1998.......................    $12,006
                   1999.......................      8,565
                   2000.......................      5,771
                   2001.......................      4,023
                   2002.......................      3,296
                   Thereafter.................      1,856
                                                  -------
                     Total....................    $35,517
                                                  =======

     Rent  expense for  operating  leases  amounted to $13,034,  $3,430 and
$16,420 for the period  January 1, 1996 to October 14, 1996, for the period
October 15, 1996 to December  31, 1996 and for the year ended  December 31,
1997, respectively.

     Legal

     The Company is party to various legal  proceedings,  including certain
environmental  matters,  incidental  to  the  normal  course  of  business.
Management  does  not  expect  that  any of such  proceedings  will  have a
material adverse effect on the Company's  financial condition or results of
operations.

16.  GEOGRAPHIC SEGMENT INFORMATION

     The tables below show the Company's  operations by geographic  region.
Transfers between geographic regions are priced to reflect consideration of
market  conditions  and the  regulations  of the  countries  in  which  the
transferring entities are located.


 Twelve months                            Transfers     Total       Earnings
    ended              Net        Net       between       net        (loss)
   December          sales by   sales by  geographic    sales by      before
  31, 1995         destination   origin      areas       origin       taxes
- -----------------  ----------- --------- ------------  ----------    ---------
Switzerland (1) ..   $ 41,820   $102,712   $ 159,453    $ 262,165    $ 11,431
Germany ..........    151,974    158,393      47,379      205,772       9,626
Other Europe .....    247,802    228,939         799      229,738       1,780
                     --------   --------   ---------    ---------    --------
Total Europe .....    441,596    490,044     207,631      697,675      22,837
United States ....    263,945    298,053      29,578      327,631      (1,353)
Other Americas ...     52,966     32,732         131       32,863         905
                     --------   --------   ---------    ---------    --------
Total Americas ...    316,911    330,785      29,709      360,494        (448)
Asia and other ...     91,908     29,586          97       29,683       1,861
Eliminations .....       --         --      (237,437)    (237,437)      3,554
                     --------   --------   ---------    ---------    --------
Totals ...........   $850,415   $850,415   $    --      $ 850,415    $ 27,804
                     ========   ========   =========    =========    ========


 For the period
   January 1,                              Transfers     Total       Earnings
    1996 to            Net        Net       between       net        (loss)
    October          sales by   sales by  geographic    sales by      before
   14, 1996        destination   origin      areas       origin       taxes
- -----------------  ----------- --------- ------------  ---------    --------
Switzerland (1) .   $ 32,282   $ 74,303   $ 126,423    $ 200,726    $ 21,241
Germany .........    104,961    114,015      35,583      149,598       8,292
Other Europe ....    186,823    171,061         840      171,901         591
                    --------   --------   ---------    ---------    --------
Total Europe ....    324,066    359,379     162,846      522,225      30,124
United States ...    217,636    246,180      22,753      268,933      (1,577)
Other Americas ..     47,473     25,925           3       25,928       1,078
                    --------   --------   ---------    ---------    --------
Total Americas ..    265,109    272,105      22,756      294,861        (499)
Asia and other ..     73,046     30,737         265       31,002         686
Eliminations ....       --         --      (185,867)    (185,867)     (5,158)
                    --------   --------   ---------    ---------    --------
Totals ..........   $662,221   $662,221   $    --      $ 662,221    $ 25,153
                    ========   ========   =========    =========    ========

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

For the period
  October 15,         Net        Net     Transfers     Total      Earnings
    1996 to          sales      sales     between       net        (loss)
  December 31,         by         by     geographic   sales by     before        Total
      1996         destination  origin     areas       origin      taxes(2)      Assets
- -----------------  ----------- --------  ----------   ---------    ----------   ---------
<S>                 <C>        <C>        <C>         <C>          <C>          <C>      
Switzerland (1) .   $  8,415   $ 15,892   $ 39,570    $  55,462    $(108,865)   $ 432,387
Germany .........     29,688     29,117     10,965       40,082       (6,041)     170,845
Other Europe ....     58,598     59,688        485       60,173       (5,809)     126,063
                    --------   --------   --------    ---------    ---------    ---------
Total Europe ....     96,701    104,697     51,020      155,717     (120,715)     729,295
United States ...     56,405     64,109      6,731       70,840      (37,293)     477,762
Other Americas ..     13,436      7,371          3        7,374         (446)      17,730
                    --------   --------   --------    ---------    ---------    ---------
Total Americas ..     69,841     71,480      6,734       78,214      (37,739)     495,492
Asia and other ..     20,370     10,735         28       10,763       (2,267)      48,245
Eliminations ....       --         --      (57,782)     (57,782)         645     (501,144)
                    --------   --------   --------    ---------    ---------    ---------
Totals ..........   $186,912   $186,912   $   --      $ 186,912    $(160,076)   $ 771,888
                    ========   ========   ========    =========    =========    =========
</TABLE>


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

  Twelve months       Net        Net     Transfers     Total      Earnings
     ended           sales      sales     between       net        (loss)
  December 31,         by         by     geographic   sales by     before        Total
      1997         destination  origin     areas       origin      taxes(2)      Assets
- -----------------  ----------- --------  ----------   ---------    ----------   ---------
<S>                 <C>        <C>        <C>         <C>          <C>          <C>      
Switzerland (1) .   $ 34,555   $ 69,700   $ 186,292    $ 255,992    $ 31,621    $ 430,436
Germany .........    115,665    123,382      51,502      174,884       5,519      144,660
Other Europe ....    245,945    232,105      10,857      242,962     (16,441)     337,720
                    --------   --------   ---------    ---------    --------    ---------
Total Europe ....    396,165    425,187     248,651      673,838      20,699      912,816
United States ...    297,688    335,630      32,009      367,639     (14,176)     589,775
Other Americas ..     71,403     37,330         165       37,495      (3,245)      32,941
                    --------   --------   ---------    ---------    --------    ---------
Total Americas ..    369,091    372,960      32,174      405,134     (17,421)     622,716
Asia and other ..    113,159     80,268       1,834       82,102       1,413       63,453
Eliminations ....       --         --      (282,659)    (282,659)    (10,643)    (849,672)
                    --------   --------   ---------    ---------    --------    ---------
Totals ..........   $878,415   $878,415   $    --      $ 878,415    $ (5,952)   $ 749,313
                    ========   ========   =========    =========    ========    =========
</TABLE>

(1)  Includes Corporate.
(2)  The  effect  of   non-recurring   Acquisition   charges  arising  from
     in-process  research  and  development  projects  ($114,100)  and  the
     revaluation of  inventories  to fair value  ($32,200) by region are as
     follows:

          Europe ...............................         $108,100
          Americas .............................           36,000
          Asia/Rest of World ...................            2,200

17.  QUARTERLY FINANCIAL DATA (UNAUDITED)

     Quarterly financial data for the years 1996 and 1997 are as follows:


                              FIRST       SECOND       THIRD      FOURTH
                             QUARTER     QUARTER(1)   QUARTER     QUARTER(2)
                             -------     ----------   -------     ----------
1996
Net sales ..............   $  201,373   $  222,429   $  200,391   $  224,940
Gross profit ...........       80,394       91,204       79,013       66,463
Net income (loss) ......          929        9,078        3,129     (157,721)
                           ==========   ==========   ==========   ==========

1997
Net sales ..............   $  197,402   $  220,412   $  215,929   $  244,672
Gross profit ...........       83,282       97,016       94,365      110,272
Net income (loss)
 before extraordinary
 items .................       (1,122)     (25,613)        (284)       3,110
Extraordinary items ....         --         (9,552)        --        (31,645)
                           ----------   ----------   ----------   ----------
Net income (loss) ......   $   (1,122)  $  (35,165)  $     (284)  $  (28,535)
                           ==========   ==========   ==========   ==========
 Basic earnings (loss)
  per common share:
  Earnings (loss) before
   extraordinary items...  $    (0.04)  $    (0.84)  $    (0.01)  $     0.09
  Extraordinary items....        --          (0.31)        --          (0.88)
                           ----------   ----------   ----------   ----------
  Net loss ..............  $    (0.04)  $    (1.15)  $    (0.01)  $    (0.83)
                           ==========   ==========   ==========   ==========
 Diluted earnings
 (loss) per common
 share:
  Earnings (loss) before
    extraordinary items..  $    (0.04)  $    (0.84)  $    (0.01)  $     0.09
  Extraordinary items....        --          (0.31)        --          (0.92)
                           ----------   ----------   ----------   ----------
  Net loss .............   $    (0.04)  $    (1.15)  $    (0.01)  $    (0.79)
                           ==========   ==========   ==========   ==========
 Market price per
 share: (3)
  High .................         --           --           --     $  18 3/4  
  Low ..................         --           --           --     $  14 1/16

(1)  The financial data for the second quarter of 1997 includes  charges in
     connection with the Safeline Acquisition,  as discussed in Note 3, for
     the  sale  of  inventories  revalued  to  fair  value  of  $2,054  and
     in-process  research and  development  of $29,959.  The second quarter
     also includes  extraordinary  charges for the write-off of capitalized
     debt issuance fees of $9,552 as discussed in Note 9.
(2)  The  financial  data for the  fourth  quarter of 1996  represents  the
     Company's  combined  results of operations for the period from October
     1, 1996 to October 14,  1996 and for the period from  October 15, 1996
     to December 31, 1996. The period from October 15, 1996 to December 31,
     1996 includes charges in connection with the Acquisition, as discussed
     in Note 1,  for the  sale of  inventories  revalued  to fair  value of
     $32,194 and  in-process  research and  development  of  $114,070.  The
     fourth quarter 1997 data includes charges for the early extinguishment
     of debt and the write-off of  capitalized  debt issuance fees totaling
     $31,645 as further discussed in Note 9.
(3)  The Company's  shares began trading on the New York Stock  Exchange on
     November 14, 1997.


                     METTLER-TOLEDO INTERNATIONAL INC.
                       (FORMERLY "MT INVESTORS INC.")
                    INTERIM CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
                 AS OF DECEMBER 31, 1997 AND MARCH 31, 1998
                   (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)

                                                                  
                                                     DECEMBER       MARCH 
                                                     31, 1997      31,1998
                                                     --------     -----------
                                                                  (UNAUDITED)

                        ASSETS
Current assets:
   Cash and cash equivalents                         $  23,566    $  21,303
   Trade accounts receivable, net                      153,619      152,396
   Inventories                                         101,047      101,020
   Deferred taxes                                        7,584        7,628
   Other current assets and prepaid expenses            24,066       24,602
                                                     ---------    ---------
      Total current assets                             309,882      306,949
Property, plant and equipment, net                     235,262      224,230
Excess of cost over net assets acquired, net           183,318      182,323
Non-current deferred taxes                               5,045        5,228
Other assets                                            15,806       16,408
                                                     ---------    ---------
      Total assets                                   $ 749,313    $ 735,138
                                                     =========    =========

         LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY

Current liabilities:
   Trade accounts payable                            $  39,342    $  32,166
   Accrued and other liabilities                        80,844       94,389
   Accrued compensation and related items               43,214       38,938
   Taxes payable                                        33,267       32,557
   Deferred taxes                                       10,486       10,093
   Short-term borrowings and current maturities of
    long-term debt                                      56,430       54,952
                                                     ---------    ---------
      Total current liabilities                        263,583      263,095
Long-term debt                                         340,334      319,207
Non-current deferred taxes                              25,437       24,142
Other non-current liabilities                           91,011       91,181
                                                     ---------    ---------
      Total liabilities                                720,365      697,625

Minority interest                                        3,549        3,587

Shareholders' equity:
   Preferred stock, $0.01 par value per share;
    authorized 10,000,000 shares                           --           --
   Common stock, $0.01 par value per share;
    authorized 125,000,000 shares;
     issued 38,336,014 shares (excluding
     64,467 shares held in treasury)                       383          383
   Additional paid-in capital                          284,630      284,630
   Accumulated deficit                                (224,152)    (217,314)
   Accumulated other comprehensive income              (35,462)     (33,773)
                                                     ---------    ---------
      Total shareholders' equity                        25,399       33,926
Commitments and contingencies
      Total liabilities and shareholders' equity     $ 749,313    $ 735,138
                                                     =========    =========

 See the accompanying notes to the interim consolidated financial statements


                     METTLER-TOLEDO INTERNATIONAL INC.
                       (FORMERLY "MT INVESTORS INC.")
               INTERIM CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
                 THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1997 AND 1998
                   (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)

                                                  MARCH 31,      MARCH 31,
                                                    1997           1998
                                                    ----           ----
                                                 (UNAUDITED)    (UNAUDITED)

Net sales                                       $    197,402    $   215,655
Cost of sales                                        114,120        121,048
                                                ------------    -----------
   Gross profit                                       83,282         94,607
Research and development                              10,832         10,795
Selling, general and administrative                   60,193         65,112
Amortization                                           1,157          1,818
Interest expense                                       9,446          5,879
Other charges, net                                     3,754            454
                                                ------------    -----------
   Earnings (loss) before taxes and
     minority interest                                (2,100)        10,549
Provision (benefit) for taxes                         (1,087)         3,692
Minority interest                                        109             19
                                                ------------    -----------
   Net earnings (loss)                          $     (1,122)   $     6,838
                                                ============    ===========

Basic earnings (loss) per common share:
   Net earnings (loss)                          $      (0.04)   $      0.18
   Weighted average number of common shares       30,686,065     38,336,014
Diluted earnings (loss) per common shares:
   Net earnings (loss)                          $      (0.04)   $      0.17
   Weighted average number of common shares       30,686,065     40,600,109

 See the accompanying notes to the interim consolidated financial statements


<TABLE>
                     METTLER-TOLEDO INTERNATIONAL INC.
                       (FORMERLY "MT INVESTORS INC.")
          INTERIM CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
                 THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1997 AND 1998
                   (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
<CAPTION>

                                                                              ACCUMULATED
                                   COMMON STOCK      ADDITIONAL                  OTHER
                                    ALL CLASSES       PAID-IN   ACCUMULATED  COMPREHENSIVE
                                  SHARES     AMOUNT   CAPITAL     DEFICIT        INCOME       TOTAL
                                  -----------------  ---------  -----------  -------------    -----
<S>                              <C>          <C>    <C>        <C>           <C>          <C>     
Balance at December 31, 1996     2,438,514    $   25 $  188,084 $  (159,046) $  (16,637)   $   12,426
Comprehensive income
   Net loss                           --        --         --        (1,122)       --          (1,122)
   Change in currency
    translation adjustment            --        --         --          --        (8,322)       (8,322)
Comprehensive income                                                                           (9,444)
                               -----------    ------ ---------- -----------  ----------    ----------
Balance at March 31, 1997        2,438,514    $   25 $  188,084 $  (160,168) $  (24,959)   $    2,982
                               ===========    ====== ========== ===========  ==========    ==========

Balance at December 31, 1997    38,336,014    $  383 $  284,630 $  (224,152) $  (35,462)   $   25,399
Comprehensive income
   Net earnings                       --        --         --         6,838        --           6,838
   Change in currency
      translation adjustment          --        --         --          --         1,689         1,689
                               -----------    ------ ---------- -----------  ----------    ----------
Comprehensive income                                                                            8,527
Balance at March 31, 1998       38,336,014    $  383 $  284,630 $  (217,314) $  (33,773)   $   33,926
                               ===========    ====== ========== ===========  ==========    ==========
</TABLE>

 See the accompanying notes to the interim consolidated financial statements


                     METTLER-TOLEDO INTERNATIONAL INC.
                       (FORMERLY "MT INVESTORS INC.")
               INTERIM CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
                 THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1997 AND 1998
                               (IN THOUSANDS)

                                                   MARCH 31,      MARCH 31,
                                                      1997           1998
                                                      ----           ----
                                                   (UNAUDITED)    (UNAUDITED)

Cash flow from operating activities:
   Net earnings (loss)                              $ (1,122)     $  6,838
   Adjustments to reconcile net
     earnings (loss) to net cash
     provided by operating activities:
      Depreciation                                     5,821         5,877
      Amortization                                     1,157         1,818
      Net gain on disposal of long-term
       assets                                            (53)       (2,142)
      Deferred taxes                                  (1,446)         (611)
      Minority interest                                  109            19
   Increase (decrease) in cash
     resulting from changes in:
      Trade accounts receivable, net                  (8,557)         (164)
      Inventories                                     (7,819)       (1,121)
      Other current assets                            (2,405)       (2,247)
      Trade accounts payable                          (1,436)       (6,729)
      Accruals and other liabilities, net             23,832        10,623
                                                    --------      --------
            Net cash provided by
             operating activities                      8,081        12,161
                                                    --------      --------
Cash flows from investing activities:
   Proceeds from sale of property,
     plant and equipment                                 431        12,183
   Purchase of property, plant and
    equipment                                         (3,063)       (7,417)
   Acquisitions                                         --          (2,573)
   Other investing activities                            (98)         --
                                                    --------      --------
            Net cash provided by (used
             in) investing activities                 (2,730)        2,193

                                                    --------      --------
Cash flows from financing activities:
   Proceeds from borrowings                            1,055         3,447
   Repayments of borrowings                          (23,160)      (19,922)
                                                    --------      --------
            Net cash used in financing
             activities                              (22,105)      (16,475)
                                                    --------      --------
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash
   and cash equivalents                               (3,343)         (142)
                                                    --------      --------
Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents            (20,097)       (2,263)
Cash and cash equivalents:
   Beginning of period                                60,696        23,566
                                                    ========      ========
   End of period                                    $ 40,599      $ 21,303
                                                    ========      ========

See the accompanying notes to the interim consolidated financial statements


                     METTLER-TOLEDO INTERNATIONAL INC.
                       (FORMERLY "MT INVESTORS INC.")
           NOTES TO THE INTERIM CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                   (IN THOUSANDS UNLESS OTHERWISE STATED)

1.   BASIS OF PRESENTATION

     Mettler-Toledo International Inc. ("Mettler Toledo" or the "Company"),
formerly MT Investors Inc., is a global  supplier of precision  instruments
and is a  manufacturer  and  marketer  of weighing  instruments  for use in
laboratory,  industrial and food retailing  applications.  The Company also
manufactures   and  sells  certain   related   analytical  and  measurement
technologies.   The  Company's  manufacturing  facilities  are  located  in
Switzerland,  the United States, Germany, the U.K. and China. The Company's
principal executive offices are located in Greifensee, Switzerland.

     The  Company  was  incorporated  by AEA  Investors  Inc.  ("AEA")  and
recapitalized  to  effect  the  acquisition   (the  "Acquisition")  of  the
Mettler-Toledo  Group from  Ciba-Geigy  AG  ("Ciba")  and its wholly  owned
subsidiary, AG fur  Prazisionsinstrumente  ("AGP") on October 15, 1996. The
Company has  accounted  for the  Acquisition  using the purchase  method of
accounting. Accordingly, the costs of the Acquisition were allocated to the
assets  acquired and liabilities  assumed based upon their  respective fair
values.

     The accompanying interim  consolidated  financial statements have been
prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the
United States of America on a basis which reflects the interim consolidated
financial  statements of the Company.  The interim  consolidated  financial
statements  have been  prepared  without  audit,  pursuant to the rules and
regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission.  Certain information
and footnote disclosures normally included in financial statements prepared
in accordance  with  generally  accepted  accounting  principles  have been
condensed or omitted  pursuant to such rules and  regulations.  The interim
consolidated  financial  statements  as of March 31, 1998 and for the three
month periods  ended March 31, 1997 and 1998 should be read in  conjunction
with the December 31, 1996 and 1997 consolidated  financial  statements and
the notes thereto  included in the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for
the year ended December 31, 1997.

     The accompanying interim consolidated financial statements reflect all
adjustments (consisting of only normal recurring adjustments) which, in the
opinion of management, are necessary for a fair statement of the results of
the interim periods presented. Operating results for the three months ended
March 31, 1998 are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected
for the full year ending December 31, 1998.

     The preparation of financial  statements  requires  management to make
estimates and  assumptions  that affect the reported  amounts of assets and
liabilities,  as well as disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at
the date of the financial  statements and the reported  amounts of revenues
and expenses  during the reporting  period.  Actual results may differ from
those estimates.

2.    SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

     INVENTORIES

     Inventories  are  valued at the lower of cost or market.  Cost,  which
includes direct materials,  labor and overhead plus indirect  overhead,  is
determined  using either the first in, first out (FIFO) or weighted average
cost methods and to a lesser extent the last in, first out (LIFO) method.

     Inventories  consisted of the following at December 31, 1997 and March
31, 1998:

                                           December 31,     March 31,
                                               1997           1998
                                            ---------       ---------
     Raw materials and parts                $  42,435       $  39,760
     Work in progress                          29,746          32,602
     Finished goods                            28,968          28,763
                                            ---------       ---------
                                              101,149         101,125
     LIFO reserve                                (102)           (105)
                                            =========       =========
                                            $ 101,047       $ 101,020
                                            =========       =========

     EARNINGS (LOSS) PER COMMON SHARE

     Effective  December 31,  1997,  the Company  adopted the  Statement of
Financial  Accounting Standards No. 128, "Earnings per Share" ("SFAS 128").
Accordingly,  basic and diluted  earnings  (loss) per common share data for
each  period   presented  have  been  determined  in  accordance  with  the
provisions of SFAS 128. In accordance  with the treasury stock method,  the
Company has  included  2,264,095  equivalent  shares  related to  4,408,740
outstanding  options to purchase  shares of common  stock,  as described in
Note 11 in the  Company's  Annual  Report on Form  10-K for the year  ended
December 31, 1997, in the calculation of diluted weighted average number of
common  shares for the period  ended  March 31,  1998.  Such  common  stock
equivalents were not included in the computation of diluted loss per common
share for the period ended March 31, 1997,  as the effect is  antidilutive.
The Company  retroactively  adjusted its weighted average common shares for
the purpose of the basic and diluted loss per common share computations for
the 1997 period pursuant to SFAS 128 and Securities and Exchange Commission
Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 98 issued in February 1998.

     REPORTING COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

     Effective  January 1, 1998, the Company adopted Statement of Financial
Accounting  Standards  No.  130  ("SFAS  130"),  "Reporting   Comprehensive
Income."  SFAS 130 requires  that changes in the amounts of certain  items,
including  foreign  currency  translation  adjustments,  be  shown  in  the
financial  statements.  The Company has displayed  comprehensive income and
its  components in the Interim  Consolidated  Statements  of  Shareholders'
Equity.  Prior year financial  statements have been restated to reflect the
application  of SFAS 130 as required by the standard.  The adoption of SFAS
130 did not have a material effect on the Company's  consolidated financial
statements.

- ----------------------------------------   -------------------------------------



      NO DEALER,  SALESPERSON  OR OTHER                    14,750,000
INDIVIDUAL HAS BEEN  AUTHORIZED TO GIVE                      SHARES
ANY   INFORMATION   OR  TO   MAKE   ANY                      [LOGO]
REPRESENTATIONS  NOT  CONTAINED IN THIS
PROSPECTUS  IN   CONNECTION   WITH  THE
OFFERING  COVERED  BY THIS  PROSPECTUS.                  METTLER-TOLEDO
IF GIVEN OR MADE,  SUCH  INFORMATION OR                INTERNATIONAL INC.
REPRESENTATIONS   MUST  NOT  BE  RELIED
UPON AS HAVING BEEN  AUTHORIZED  BY THE
COMPANY,  THE SELLING  SHAREHOLDERS  OR
THE UNDERWRITERS.  THIS PROSPECTUS DOES                   COMMON STOCK
NOT  CONSTITUTE  AN OFFER TO SELL, OR A                   ------------
SOLICITATION  OF AN OFFER  TO BUY,  THE                    PROSPECTUS
COMMON   STOCK   IN  ANY   JURISDICTION                   ------------
WHERE,  OR TO ANY PERSON TO WHOM, IT IS
UNLAWFUL   TO  MAKE   SUCH   OFFER   OR
SOLICITATION.  NEITHER THE  DELIVERY OF
THIS   PROSPECTUS  NOR  ANY  SALE  MADE               
HEREUNDER     SHALL,      UNDER     ANY
CIRCUMSTANCES,  CREATE  AN  IMPLICATION
THAT  THERE HAS NOT BEEN ANY  CHANGE IN
THE FACTS SET FORTH IN THIS  PROSPECTUS
OR IN THE AFFAIRS OF THE COMPANY  SINCE                 MERRILL LYNCH & CO.
THE DATE HEREOF.
                                                         BT ALEX. BROWN

                                                   CREDIT SUISSE FIRST BOSTON

                                                      GOLDMAN, SACHS & CO.

        -----------------------
                                                       SALOMON SMITH BARNEY

           TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                PAGE

Prospectus Summary................3                         __, 1998
Risk Factors.....................11
The Company......................14
Use Of Proceeds..................15
Dividend Policy..................15
Price Range Of Common Stock......16
Capitalization...................16
Management's Discussion And
   Analysis Of Financial Condition
   And Results Of Operations.....20
Industry.........................30
Business.........................32
Management.......................47
Certain Relationships And Related
   Transactions..................52
Principal And Selling
   Shareholders..................53
Description Of Credit Agreement..55
Description Of Capital Stock.....56
Shares Eligible For Future Sale..58
Certain United States Federal Tax
   Considerations For Non-United
   States Holders................59
Underwriting.....................62
Legal Matters....................65
Independent Auditors.............65
Available Information............65
Incorporation Of Certain Documents
   By Reference..................66
Index To Consolidated Financial
   Statements....................F-1


- ----------------------------------------   -------------------------------------

[RED  HERRING] 
Information  contained  herein is subject to  completion  or  amendment.  A
registration statement relating to these securities has been filed with the
Securities and Exchange  Commission.  These  securities may not be sold nor
may offers  to buy be accepted prior to the time the registration statement
becomes effective. This Prospectus shall not constitute an offer to sell or
the  solicitation  of an offer to buy nor shall  there be any sale of these
securities in any State in which such offer,  solicitation or sale would be
unlawful prior to the  registration or  qualification  under the securities
laws of any such State.




               [ALTERNATE PAGE FOR INTERNATIONAL PROSPECTUS]


                           SUBJECT TO COMPLETION
                  PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS DATED MAY 6, 1998

PROSPECTUS                                                     [LOGO]

                              14,750,000 SHARES
                     METTLER-TOLEDO INTERNATIONAL INC.

                                COMMON STOCK

                               --------------

     All of  the  14,750,000  shares  of  Common  Stock  of  Mettler-Toledo
International Inc.  ("Mettler-Toledo"  or the "Company") offered hereby are
being sold by certain  shareholders  (the  "Selling  Shareholders")  of the
Company.  See  "Principal  and  Selling  Shareholders."  The Company is not
selling shares of Common Stock in this Offering and will not receive any of
the proceeds from the sale of Common Stock offered hereby.

     Of the  14,750,000  shares of Common Stock offered  hereby,  2,950,000
shares are being offered for sale  initially  outside the United States and
Canada  by the  International  Managers  and  11,800,000  shares  are being
offered for sale  initially in a concurrent  offering in the United  States
and Canada by the U.S. Underwriters.  The initial public offering price and
the  underwriting  discount per share will be identical for both Offerings.
See "Underwriting."

     The Common  Stock is listed on the New York Stock  Exchange  under the
symbol  "MTD." On May 5, 1998,  the last sale price of the Common  Stock as
reported on the New York Stock Exchange was $20 per share. See "Price Range
of Common Stock."

     SEE "RISK  FACTORS"  BEGINNING ON PAGE 11 FOR A DISCUSSION  OF CERTAIN
FACTORS THAT SHOULD BE CONSIDERED BY  PROSPECTIVE  PURCHASERS OF THE COMMON
STOCK OFFERED HEREBY.

                               --------------
  THESE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED BY THE SECURITIES
    AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION, NOR HAS
       THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES
          COMMISSION PASSED UPON THE ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY OF THIS
                   PROSPECTUS. ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE
                      CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.
============================================================================
                       PRICE TO        UNDERWRITING          PROCEEDS TO
                        PUBLIC          DISCOUNT(1)     SELLING SHAREHOLDERS(2)
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Per Share........      $               $                 $
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total(3).........      $               $                 $
============================================================================

(1)  The Company and the Selling  Shareholders have agreed to indemnify the
     several Underwriters  against certain  liabilities,  including certain
     liabilities  under  the  Securities  Act  of  1933,  as  amended.  See
     "Underwriting."
(2)  The  Company  has  agreed  to pay  certain  expenses  of  the  Selling
     Shareholders estimated at $_______.
(3)  The Selling  Stockholders  have granted the U.S.  Underwriters and the
     International  Managers options to purchase up to an additional ______
     shares and ______ shares of Common Stock,  respectively,  in each case
     exercisable  within  30 days  after the date  hereof,  solely to cover
     over-allotments,  if any. If such options are  exercised in full,  the
     total Price to Public,  Underwriting  Discount and Proceeds to Company
     will  be   $______,   $  ______   and   $______,   respectively.   See
     "Underwriting."

                               --------------


               [ALTERNATE PAGE FOR INTERNATIONAL PROSPECTUS]

     The shares of Common  Stock are offered by the  several  Underwriters,
subject to prior  sale,  when,  as and if issued to and  accepted  by them,
subject  to  approval  of  certain   legal   matters  by  counsel  for  the
Underwriters and certain other  conditions.  The  Underwriters  reserve the
right to  withdraw,  cancel or modify  such  offer and to reject  orders in
whole or in part.  It is  expected  that  delivery  of the shares of Common
Stock will be made in New York, New York on or about________, 1998.

                               --------------

MERRILL LYNCH INTERNATIONAL
           BT ALEX. BROWN INTERNATIONAL
                       CREDIT SUISSE FIRST BOSTON
                          GOLDMAN SACHS INTERNATIONAL
                                         SALOMON SMITH BARNEY INTERNATIONAL

                                ------------

               The date of this Prospectus is________, 1998.



                                UNDERWRITING

     Merrill Lynch International,  BT Alex. Brown International, a Division
of Bankers Trust  International  PLC,  Credit Suisse First Boston  (Europe)
Limited,  Goldman Sachs  International  and Smith Barney Inc. are acting as
the  International   Managers  (the   "International   Managers")  for  the
International Offering. Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in an
international  purchase agreement (the "International  Purchase Agreement")
among the Company, the Selling Shareholders and the International Managers,
and  concurrently  with the sale of 2,950,000 shares of Common Stock to the
U.S.  Underwriters (as defined below), the Selling Shareholders have agreed
to sell  to the  International  Managers,  and  each  of the  International
Managers  severally and not jointly has agreed to purchase from the Selling
Shareholders  the number of shares of Common  Stock set forth  opposite its
name below.

                                                                    NUMBER OF
            INTERNATIONAL MANAGER                                    SHARES
            ---------------------                                  -------------

Merrill Lynch International....................................
BT Alex. Brown International,..................................
   a Division of Bankers Trust International PLC...............
Credit Suisse First Boston (Europe) Limited....................
Goldman Sachs International....................................
Smith Barney Inc...............................................

                                                                   -------------
                                                                     2,950,000
         Total.................................................    =============

                                                                   

     The Company and the Selling Shareholders have also entered into a U.S.
purchase  agreement  (the "U.S.  Purchase  Agreement")  with Merrill Lynch,
Pierce,  Fenner & Smith  Incorporated  ("Merrill  Lynch"),  BT Alex.  Brown
Incorporated, Credit Suisse First Boston Corporation, Goldman, Sachs & Co.,
Smith Barney Inc. in the United States and Canada (the "U.S.  Underwriters"
and, together with the International Managers, the "Underwriters"). Subject
to the terms and conditions set forth in the U.S. Purchase  Agreement,  and
concurrently  with the sale of  2,950,000  shares  of  Common  Stock to the
International  Managers pursuant to the International  Purchase  Agreement,
the Selling Shareholders have agreed to sell to the U.S. Underwriters,  and
the U.S.  Underwriters  severally  have agreed to purchase from the Selling
Shareholders,  an  aggregate  of  11,800,000  shares of Common  Stock.  The
initial public offering price per share and the total underwriting discount
per share of Common Stock are identical  under the  International  Purchase
Agreement and the U.S. Purchase Agreement.

     In  the  International   Purchase  Agreement  and  the  U.S.  Purchase
Agreement,   the  several  International  Managers  and  the  several  U.S.
Underwriters,   respectively,   have  agreed,  subject  to  the  terms  and
conditions set forth therein, to purchase all of the shares of Common Stock
being sold  pursuant to each such  agreement if any of the shares of Common
Stock being sold pursuant to such  agreement are  purchased.  Under certain
circumstances,  under the  International  Purchase  Agreement  and the U.S.
Purchase Agreement,  the commitments of non-defaulting  Underwriters may be
increased.  The closings with respect to the sale of shares of Common Stock
to be purchased by the International Managers and the U.S. Underwriters are
conditioned upon one another.

     The  Lead   Managers   have   advised  the  Company  and  the  Selling
Shareholders that the International Managers propose initially to offer the
shares of Common Stock to the public at the initial  public  offering price
set forth on the cover page of this  Prospectus,  and to certain dealers at
such price less a concession not in excess of $________ per share of Common
Stock. The International  Managers may allow, and such dealers may reallow,
a discount not in excess of $________ per share of Common Stock on sales to
certain  other  dealers.  After the  initial  public  offering,  the public
offering price, concession and discount may be changed.

     The   Selling   Shareholders   also  have   granted   options  to  the
International  Managers,  exercisable  for 30 days  after  the date of this
Prospectus,  to purchase up to an aggregate of 442,500 additional shares of
Common Stock at the initial  public  offering  price set forth on the cover
page of this Prospectus,  less the underwriting discount. The International
Managers may exercise  these options  solely to cover  over-allotments,  if
any,  made on the sale of the Common Stock  offered  hereby.  To the extent
that the International  Managers exercise these options, each International
Manager will be  obligated,  subject to certain  conditions,  to purchase a
number  of  additional  shares  of  Common  Stock   proportionate  to  such
International  Manager's  initial amount  reflected in the foregoing table.
The  Selling   Shareholders   also  have   granted   options  to  the  U.S.
Underwriters, exercisable for 30 days after the date of this Prospectus, to
purchase up to an aggregate of 1,770,000  additional shares of Common Stock
to cover over-allotments,  if any, on terms similar to those granted to the
International Managers.

     The  Company,  the  Company's  executive  officers and  directors  and
certain  existing  shareholders  of the  Company  holding in the  aggregate
______  shares of Common Stock will agree,  subject to certain  exceptions,
not to directly or indirectly (i) offer,  pledge,  sell,  contract to sell,
sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to
sell,  grant any  option,  right or  warrant  for the sale of or  otherwise
dispose of or transfer any shares of Common Stock or securities convertible
into or exchangeable or exercisable for Common Stock,  whether now owned or
thereafter  acquired by the person  executing the agreement or with respect
to which the person executing the agreement  thereafter  acquires the power
of disposition,  or file a registration  statement under the Securities Act
with  respect  to the  foregoing  or (ii)  enter  into  any  swap or  other
agreement that transfers,  in whole or in part, the economic consequence of
ownership of the Common Stock whether any such swap or transaction is to be
settled  by  delivery  of  Common  Stock  or other  securities,  in cash or
otherwise,  without the prior written consent of Merrill Lynch on behalf of
the Underwriters for a period of 90 days after the date of this Prospectus.
See "Shares Eligible for Future Sale."

     The International Managers and the U.S. Underwriters have entered into
an intersyndicate agreement (the "Intersyndicate  Agreement") that provides
for the coordination of their  activities.  Pursuant to the  Intersyndicate
Agreement,  the  International  Managers  and  the  U.S.  Underwriters  are
permitted  to sell  shares of Common  Stock to each other for  purposes  of
resale at the initial  public  offering  price,  less an amount not greater
than  the  selling  concession.  Under  the  terms  of  the  Intersyndicate
Agreement, the U.S. Underwriters and any dealer to whom they sell shares of
Common  Stock  will not offer to sell or sell  shares  of  Common  Stock to
persons who are non-U.S. or non-Canadian persons or to persons they believe
intend to resell to persons who are non-U.S. or non-Canadian  persons,  and
the  International  Managers  and any  dealer to whom  they sell  shares of
Common  Stock will not offer to sell or sell shares of Common Stock to U.S.
persons or to Canadian  persons or to persons they believe intend to resell
to U.S. or Canadian persons, except in the case of transactions pursuant to
the Intersyndicate Agreement.

     The Company and the Selling  Shareholders have agreed to indemnify the
International   Managers  and  the  U.S.   Underwriters   against   certain
liabilities,  including certain liabilities under the Securities Act, or to
contribute to payments the U.S. Underwriters and the International Managers
may be required to make in respect thereof.

     Until the distribution of the Common Stock is completed,  rules of the
Securities   and  Exchange   Commission   may  limit  the  ability  of  the
Underwriters  and certain selling group members to bid for and purchase the
Common Stock.  As an exception to these rules,  the U.S.  Underwriters  are
permitted to engage in certain transactions that stabilize the price of the
Common  Stock.  Such  transactions  consist  of bids or  purchases  for the
purpose of pegging, fixing or maintaining the price of the Common Stock.

     If the  Underwriters  create a short  position in the Common  Stock in
connection  with the  Offerings,  i.e.  if they sell more  shares of Common
Stock  than are set forth on the cover  page of this  Prospectus,  the U.S.
Underwriters  may reduce that short position by purchasing  Common Stock in
the open market.  The U.S.  Underwriters may also elect to reduce any short
position by exercising all or part of the  over-allotment  option described
above.

     The  U.S.  Underwriters  may  also  impose a  penalty  bid on  certain
Underwriters  and  selling  group  members.  This  means  that if the  U.S.
Underwriters  purchase  shares of Common Stock in the open market to reduce
the  Underwriters'  short  position or to stabilize the price of the Common
Stock,  they may  reclaim  the amount of the  selling  concession  from the
Underwriters and selling group members who sold those shares as part of the
Offerings.

     In general,  purchases of a security for the purpose of  stabilization
or to reduce a short  position  could cause the price of the security to be
higher than it might be in the absence of such purchases. The imposition of
a penalty bid might also have an effect on the price of the Common Stock to
the extent that it discourages resales of the Common Stock.

     Neither   the  Company   nor  any  of  the   Underwriters   makes  any
representation or prediction as to the direction or magnitude of any effect
that the  transactions  described above may have on the price of the Common
Stock. In addition,  neither the Company nor any of the Underwriters  makes
any  representation  that  the  U.S.   Underwriters  will  engage  in  such
transactions  or  that  such  transactions,  once  commenced,  will  not be
discontinued without notice.

     Each  International  Manager has agreed that (i) it has not offered or
sold and,  prior to the  expiration  of the period of six  months  from the
Closing Date,  will not offer or sell any shares of Common Stock to persons
in the United Kingdom,  except to persons whose ordinary activities involve
them in  acquiring,  holding,  managing or  disposing  of  investments  (as
principal  or agent) for the purposes of their  businesses  or otherwise in
circumstances  which do not constitute an offer to the public in the United
Kingdom  within the meaning of the Public Offers of Securities  Regulations
1995;  (ii) it has complied and will comply with all applicable  provisions
of the  Financial  Services Act 1986 with respect to anything done by it in
relation to the Common  Stock in, from or  otherwise  involving  the United
Kingdom;  and (iii) it has only  issued or passed on and will only issue or
pass on in the United  Kingdom any  document  received by it in  connection
with the issuance of Common Stock to a person who is of a kind described in
Article   11(3)   of  the   Financial   Services   Act   1986   (Investment
Advertisements)  (Exemptions)  Order  1996  or is a  person  to  whom  such
document may otherwise lawfully be issued or passed on.

     No action has been or will be taken in any jurisdiction (except in the
United States) that would permit a public  offering of the shares of Common
Stock, or the possession, circulation or distribution of this Prospectus or
any other material  relating to the Company,  the Selling  Shareholders  or
shares of Common Stock in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is
required.  Accordingly,  the  shares of Common  Stock may not be offered or
sold,  directly or  indirectly,  and neither this  Prospectus nor any other
offering material or advertisements in connection with the shares of Common
Stock  may  be  distributed  or  published,  in  or  from  any  country  or
jurisdiction except in compliance with any applicable rules and regulations
of any such country or jurisdiction.

     Purchasers of the shares  offered  hereby may be required to pay stamp
taxes and other  charges in  accordance  with the laws and practices of the
country of  purchase in  addition  to the  offering  price set forth on the
cover page hereof.

     The Underwriters  have from time to time provided  investment  banking
financial  advisory  services  to the  Company  and AEA  Investors  and its
affiliates,  for which they have received customary  compensation,  and may
continue to do so in the future.  Merrill  Lynch served as lead manager and
Credit  Suisse  First  Boston  Corporation  served as a  co-manager  of the
offering of the Notes in October 1996, Merrill Lynch served as the Arranger
and  Documentation  Agent and an  affiliate  of Credit  Suisse First Boston
Corporation  served as co-agent in connection  with the Company's  previous
credit facility and the Credit Agreement for which they received  customary
compensation.  An affiliate of Credit Suisse First Boston  Corporation  and
Merrill Lynch and its affiliates were lenders under the Company's  previous
credit facility and are lenders under the Credit Agreement.  Merrill Lynch,
BT Alex.  Brown  Incorporated,  Credit Suisse First Boston  Corporation and
Goldman,  Sachs & Co and certain of their  affiliates acted as underwriters
in connection with the IPO.


                  [ALTERNATE PAGE FOR INTERNATIONAL PROSPECTUS]




- ----------------------------------------   -------------------------------------



      NO DEALER,  SALESPERSON  OR OTHER                    14,750,000
INDIVIDUAL HAS BEEN  AUTHORIZED TO GIVE                      SHARES
ANY   INFORMATION   OR  TO   MAKE   ANY                      [LOGO]
REPRESENTATIONS  NOT  CONTAINED IN THIS
PROSPECTUS  IN   CONNECTION   WITH  THE
OFFERING  COVERED  BY THIS  PROSPECTUS.                  METTLER-TOLEDO
IF GIVEN OR MADE,  SUCH  INFORMATION OR                INTERNATIONAL INC.
REPRESENTATIONS   MUST  NOT  BE  RELIED
UPON AS HAVING BEEN  AUTHORIZED  BY THE
COMPANY,  THE SELLING  SHAREHOLDERS  OR
THE UNDERWRITERS.  THIS PROSPECTUS DOES                   COMMON STOCK
NOT  CONSTITUTE  AN OFFER TO SELL, OR A                   ------------
SOLICITATION  OF AN OFFER  TO BUY,  THE                    PROSPECTUS
COMMON   STOCK   IN  ANY   JURISDICTION                   ------------
WHERE,  OR TO ANY PERSON TO WHOM, IT IS
UNLAWFUL   TO  MAKE   SUCH   OFFER   OR
SOLICITATION.  NEITHER THE  DELIVERY OF           MERRILL LYNCH INTERNATIONAL
THIS   PROSPECTUS  NOR  ANY  SALE  MADE           
HEREUNDER     SHALL,      UNDER     ANY          BT ALEX. BROWN INTERNATIONAL
CIRCUMSTANCES,  CREATE  AN  IMPLICATION           
THAT  THERE HAS NOT BEEN ANY  CHANGE IN           CREDIT SUISSE FIRST BOSTON
THE FACTS SET FORTH IN THIS  PROSPECTUS            
OR IN THE AFFAIRS OF THE COMPANY  SINCE           GOLDMAN SACHS INTERNATIONAL
THE DATE HEREOF.                                  
                                              SALOMON SMITH BARNEY INTERNATIONAL
        -----------------------
                                              




           TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                PAGE
                                ----
                                                              __, 1998
Prospectus Summary................3
Risk Factors.....................11
The Company......................14
Use Of Proceeds..................15
Dividend Policy..................15
Price Range Of Common Stock......16
Capitalization...................16
Management's Discussion And
   Analysis Of Financial Condition
   And Results Of Operations.....20
Industry.........................30
Business.........................32
Management.......................47
Certain Relationships And Related
   Transactions..................52
Principal And Selling 
   Shareholders..................53
Description Of Credit Agreement..55
Description Of Capital Stock.....56
Shares Eligible For Future Sale..58
Certain United States Federal Tax
   Considerations For Non-United
   States Holders................59
Underwriting.....................62
Legal Matters....................65
Independent Auditors.............65
Available Information............65
Incorporation Of Certain Documents
   By Reference..................66
Index To Consolidated Financial
   Statements...................F-1

- ----------------------------------------   -------------------------------------




                                  PART II

                   INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

ITEM 14. OTHER EXPENSES OF ISSUANCE AND DISTRIBUTION*

     The  following  table  shows the  expenses,  other  than  underwriting
discounts and commissions, to be incurred by the Company in connection with
the sale and distribution of securities being registered by the Company.

             SEC Registration Fee..................   $ 98,978
             NASD Filing Fee.......................
             Listing Fee...........................
             Blue Sky Fees and Expenses............
             Legal Fees and Expenses...............
             Accounting Fees and Expenses..........
             Printing Expenses.....................
             Miscellaneous Expenses................
                                                      ----------

                Total..............................   $

* Except for the SEC  registration  fee and the NASD Filing Fee, all of the
foregoing expenses have been estimated.

ITEM 15. INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS

     The Company, as a Delaware corporation, is empowered by Section 145 of
the DGCL,  subject to the procedures and  limitations  stated  therein,  to
indemnify  any  person  against  expenses   (including   attorneys'  fees),
judgments,  fines and amounts paid in  settlement  actually and  reasonably
incurred by him in  connection  with any  threatened,  pending or completed
action, suit or proceeding in which such person is made or threatened to be
made a party by reason of his being or  having  been a  director,  officer,
employee  or agent of the  Company  or his  serving  at the  request of the
Company as a director,  officer,  employee  or agent of another  company or
other entity.  The statute  provides that  indemnification  pursuant to its
provisions is not exclusive of other rights of  indemnification  to which a
person may be entitled under any by-law, agreement, vote of stockholders or
disinterested  directors,  or otherwise.  The Amended  By-laws  provide for
indemnification  by the Company of its  directors  and officers to the full
extent  authorized  by the DGCL.  Pursuant to Section 145 of the DGCL,  the
Company  has  purchased  insurance  on behalf  of its  present  and  former
directors and officers against liabilities asserted against and incurred by
them in such capacity or arising out of their status as such.

     Pursuant to specific authority granted by Section 102 of the DGCL, the
Amended and Restated  Certificate of  Incorporation  contains the following
provision regarding indemnification of directors:

          "To  the  fullest  extent   permitted  by  the  Delaware  General
     Corporation  Law as the same exists or may  hereafter  be  amended,  a
     Director of the Corporation  shall not be liable to the Corporation or
     its  stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as
     a Director."

          The Amended  By-laws  contain the following  provision  regarding
     indemnification of directors and officers:

          "The Corporation shall indemnify to the full extent authorized by
     law any  person  made or  threatened  to be made a party to an action,
     suit  or  proceeding,   whether  criminal,   civil  administrative  or
     investigative,  by  reason  of the  fact  that  he,  his  testator  or
     intestate  is or was a  director,  officer,  employee  or agent of the
     Corporation or is or was serving,  at the request of the  Corporation,
     as a  director,  officer,  employee  or agent of another  corporation,
     partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise."

     The Company has entered into agreements to provide indemnification for
their  directors  and certain  officers in addition to the  indemnification
provided for in the Amended and Restated  Certificate of Incorporation  and
Amended  By-laws.  These  agreements,  among other  things,  indemnify  the
directors,  to the fullest  extent  provided by Delaware  law,  for certain
expenses  (including   attorneys'  fees),  losses,   claims,   liabilities,
judgments,  fines and settlement amounts incurred by such indemnitee in any
action  or  proceeding,  including  any  action  by or in the  right of the
Company,  on account of services as a director or officer of any  affiliate
of the  Company,  or as a  director  or  officer  of any other  company  or
enterprise that the indemnitee  provides  services to at the request of the
Company.

     The  Management  Agreement  between   Mettler-Toledo,   Inc.  and  AEA
Investors  provides for  indemnification  of employees of AEA Investors who
serve as directors of the Company.

ITEM 16 - EXHIBITS

Exhibit

 Number  Description

  1.1*   -- Form of U.S. Purchase Agreement.

  1.2*   -- Form of International Purchase Agreement.

  2.1    -- Stock Purchase Agreement between AEA-MT Inc., AG fur
            Prazisionsinstrumente and Ciba-Geigy AG, as amended (Filed as
            Exhibit 2.1 to the Registration Statement, as amended, on Form
            S-1, of the Company (Reg. No. 33-09621) and incorporated herein
            by reference).

  2.2    -- Share Sale and Purchase Agreement relating to the
            acquisition of the entire issued share capital of Safeline
            Limited (Filed as Exhibit 2 to the Current Report on Form 8-K
            of Mettler-Toledo Holding Inc. dated June 3, 1997 and
            incorporated herein by reference).

  4.3    -- Specimen Form of the Company's Common Stock Certificate
            (Filed as Exhibit 4.3 to the Registration Statement, as amended,
            on Form S-1 of the Company (Reg. No. 333-35597) and
            incorporated herein by reference).

  5.1*   -- Opinion of Fried, Frank, Harris, Shriver & Jacobson, counsel
            to the Company, as to the legality of the securities being
            registered.

 23.1*   -- Consent of Fried, Frank, Harris, Shriver & Jacobson
            (included in Exhibit 5.1).

 23.2    -- Consent of KPMG Fides Peat, independent auditors. 

 24.1    -- Powers of Attorney (included on the signature page included in
            this Part II).
  

- ----------------------
*   To be filed by amendment

ITEM 17. UNDERTAKINGS.

     Insofar  as   indemnification   for  liabilities   arising  under  the
Securities  Act of  1933  may  be  permitted  to  directors,  officers  and
controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions,
or otherwise,  the  registrant  has been advised that in the opinion of the
Securities and Exchange  Commission such  indemnification is against public
policy as expressed  in the Act and is,  therefore,  unenforceable.  In the
event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than
the payment by the  registrant of expenses  incurred or paid by a director,
officer or controlling  person of the registrant in the successful  defense
of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or
controlling person in connection with the securities being registered,  the
registrant  will,  unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been
settled  by  controlling  precedent,  submit  to  a  court  of  appropriate
jurisdiction  the question  whether such  indemnification  by it is against
public  policy as  expressed  in the Act and will be  governed by the final
adjudication of such issue.

     The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:

          (1)  For  purposes  of  determining   any  liability   under  the
     Securities  Act of  1933,  the  information  omitted  from the form of
     Prospectus  filed as part of this  registration  statement in reliance
     upon  Rule 430A and  contained  in a form of  Prospectus  filed by the
     registrant  pursuant  to Rule  424(b)(1)  or (4) or  497(h)  under the
     Securities  Act  shall  be  deemed  to be part  of  this  registration
     statement as of the time it was declared effective.

          (2) For the  purpose  of  determining  any  liability  under  the
     Securities Act of 1933, each post-effective  amendment that contains a
     form of Prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration  statement
     relating to the securities  offered therein,  and the offering of such
     securities  at that time shall be deemed to be the  initial  bona fide
     offering thereof.

          (3) The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes as follows: that
     prior to any public reoffering of the securities  registered hereunder
     through  use of a  prospectus  which  is a part of  this  registration
     statement,  by any person or party who is deemed to be an  underwriter
     within the meaning of Rule  145(c),  the issuer  undertakes  that such
     reoffering  prospectus will contain the information  called for by the
     applicable  registration  form with respect to  reofferings by persons
     who may be deemed underwriters,  in addition to the information called
     for by the other items of the applicable form.

          (4) The registrant undertakes that every prospectus:  (i) that is
     filed pursuant to paragraph (3)  immediately  preceding,  or (ii) that
     purports to meet the  requirements of Section  10(a)(3) of the Act and
     is used in connection  with an offering of securities  subject to Rule
     415,  will be  filed  as a part of an  amendment  to the  registration
     statement and will not be used until such amendment is effective,  and
     that, for purposes of determining  any liability  under the Securities
     Act of 1933, each such post-effective  amendment shall be deemed to be
     a new  registration  statement  relating  to  the  securities  offered
     therein,  and the  offering of such  securities  at that time shall be
     deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

          (5) The undersigned  registrant  hereby  undertakes to respond to
     requests for  information  that is  incorporated by reference into the
     prospectus within one business day of receipt of such request,  and to
     send the  incorporated  documents by first class mail or other equally
     prompt means. This includes  information  contained in documents filed
     subsequent to the effective date of the registration statement through
     the date of responding to the request.

          (6) The  undersigned  registrant  hereby  undertakes to supply by
     means of a  post-effective  amendment  all  information  concerning  a
     transaction, and the company being acquired involved therein, that was
     not the subject of and included in the registration  statement when it
     became effective.


                                 SIGNATURES

     PURSUANT  TO THE  REQUIREMENTS  OF THE  SECURITIES  ACT OF  1933,  THE
REGISTRANT  CERTIFIES  THAT IT HAS  REASONABLE  GROUNDS TO BELIEVE  THAT IT
MEETS ALL OF THE  REQUIREMENTS  FOR FILING ON FORM S-3 AND HAS DULY  CAUSED
THIS REGISTRATION  STATEMENT TO BE SIGNED ON ITS BEHALF BY THE UNDERSIGNED,
THEREUNTO  DULY  AUTHORIZED IN THE CITY OF NEW YORK,  STATE OF NEW YORK, ON
THE 6th OF MAY, 1998.

                                    METTLER-TOLEDO INTERNATIONAL INC.

                                    By: /s/ Robert F. Spoerry
                                        -------------------------------------
                                                   Robert F. Spoerry
                                              President and Chief Executive
                                                Officer
                                

     KNOWN ALL MEN BY THESE  PRESENTS,  that each person whose name appears
below  consitutes  and appoints  Robert F. Spoerry and William P. Donnelly,
and each of them, his true and lawful  attorney-in-fact and agent with full
power of substitution  and  resubstitution,  for him and in his name, place
and  stead,  in any and all  capacities,  to  sign  any and all  amendments
(including  post-effective  amendments) to this Registration  Statement, as
well as any related  registration  statement (or amendment  thereto)  filed
pursuant to Rule 462(b)  promulgated  under the Securities Act of 1933, and
to file  the  same,  with all  exhibits  thereto  and  other  documents  in
connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting
unto said  attorneys-in-fact  and agents,  and each of them, full power and
authority  to do and  perform  each and every act and thing  requisite  and
necessary to be done in connection  therewith,  as fully to all intents and
purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming
all  that  said  attorneys-in-fact  and  agents,  or  any  of  them  or his
substitute  or  substitutes,  may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue
hereof.

     This Power of Attorney may be executed in multiple counterparts,  each
of which  shall be  deemed an  original,  but which  taken  together  shall
constitute one instrument.

     PURSUANT  TO THE  REQUIREMENTS  OF THE  SECURITIES  ACT  OF  1933,  AS
AMENDED,  THIS  REGISTRATION  STATEMENT  HAS BEEN  SIGNED BY THE  FOLLOWING
PERSONS IN THE CAPACITIES AND ON THE DATES INDICATED:

         SIGNATURE                        TITLE                       DATE
         ---------                        -----                       ----
/s/ Robert F. Spoerry
- --------------------------  President and Chief Executive        May 6, 1998
    Robert F. Spoerry       Officer (Principal Executive       ----------------
                            Officer), Director

/s/ William P. Donnelly                                          May 6, 1998
- --------------------------  Chief Financial Officer            ----------------
    William P. Donnelly

/s/ Philip Caldwell                                              May 6, 1998
- --------------------------  Chairman of the Board              ----------------
    Philip Caldwell

/s/ Reginald H. Jones                                            May 6, 1998
- --------------------------  Director                           ----------------
    Reginald H. Jones

/s/ John D. Macomber                                             May 6, 1998
- --------------------------  Director                           ----------------
    John D. Macomber

/s/ John M. Manser                                               May 6, 1998
- --------------------------  Director                           ----------------
    John M. Manser

/s/ Laurence Z. Y. Moh                                           May 6, 1998
- --------------------------  Director                           ----------------
    Laurence Z. Y. Moh

/s/ Thomas P. Salice                                             May 6, 1998
- --------------------------  Director                           ----------------
    Thomas P. Salice



                             INDEX TO EXHIBITS

 Exhibit
 Number  Description
 ------  -----------
  1.1*   -- Form of U.S. Purchase Agreement.
  1.2*   -- Form of International Purchase Agreement.

  2.1    -- Stock Purchase Agreement between AEA-MT Inc., AG fur
            Prazisionsinstrumente and Ciba-Geigy AG, as amended (Filed as
            Exhibit 2.1 to the Registration Statement, as amended, on Form
            S-1, of the Company (Reg. No. 33-09621) and incorporated herein
            by reference).

  2.2    -- Share Sale and Purchase Agreement relating to the
            acquisition of the entire issued share capital of Safeline
            Limited (Filed as Exhibit 2 to the Current Report on Form 8-K
            of Mettler-Toledo Holding Inc. dated June 3, 1997 and
            incorporated herein by reference).

  4.3    -- Specimen Form of the Company's Common Stock Certificate
            (Filed as Exhibit 4.3 to the Registration Statement, as amended,
            on Form S-1 of the Company (Reg. No. 333-35597) and
            incorporated herein by reference).

  5.1*   -- Opinion of Fried, Frank, Harris, Shriver & Jacobson, counsel
            to the Company, as to the legality of the securities being
            registered.

 23.1*   -- Consent of Fried, Frank, Harris, Shriver & Jacobson
            (included in Exhibit 5.1).

 23.2    -- Consent of KPMG Fides Peat, independent auditors.

 24.1    -- Powers of Attorney (included on the signature page included in
            Part II of the Registration Statement).

- ----------------------
*   To be filed by amendment


                                                       EXHIBIT 23.2

                       INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' CONSENT

The Board of Directors
Mettler-Toledo International Inc.:

We consent to the use of our reports included and incorporated by reference
herein and to the reference to our firm under the headings "Summary Financial
Information", "Selected Historical Financial Information" and "Independent
Auditors" in the prospectus

KPMG Fides Peat

Zurich, Switzerland
May 6, 1998


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission